Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)
Registration File No.: 333-
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DATED JUNE 11, 2002
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED FEBRUARY 15, 2002)
$433,693,000
(APPROXIMATE)
HOME EQUITY LOAN-BACKED NOTES, SERIES 2002-1
IRWIN HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 2002-1
ISSUER
BEAR STEARNS ASSET BACKED SECURITIES, INC.
DEPOSITOR
IRWIN UNION BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
MASTER SERVICER
THE TRUST
o will issue six classes of offered notes, the variable funding
notes and the certificates. Only the six classes of offered notes
are offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus.
o will make payments on the notes and the certificates primarily
from collections on two groups of residential mortgage loans
consisting of, adjustable-rate home equity lines of credit in the
first loan group and fixed-rate home equity loans and
adjustable-rate home equity lines of credit with high
loan-to-value ratios in the second loan group.
THE OFFERED NOTES
o will consist of the following six classes:
NOTE
CLASS BALANCE DESIGNATIONS RATE
----------- --------------- -------------- ------------
I A-1 $127,109,000 Senior Variable
II A-1 $234,033,000 Senior Variable
II A-IO Notional Senior 10.000%
II M-1 $ 24,964,000 Subordinate Variable
II M-2 $ 21,063,000 Subordinate Variable
II B-1 $ 26,524,000 Subordinate Variable
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT FOR THE OFFERED NOTES WILL CONSIST OF:
o Excess interest, to the extent described in this prospectus
supplement;
o Overcollateralization, to the extent described in this prospectus
supplement;
o Subordination, in the case of one loan group only, to the extent
described in this prospectus supplement; and
o An irrevocable and unconditional financial guaranty insurance
policy, in the case of the Class IA-1 notes only, issued by MBIA
Insurance Corporation, which policy will protect the holders of
the Class IA-1 notes against certain shortfalls in amounts due to
be distributed at the times and to the extent described in this
prospectus supplement.
[MBIA GRAPHIC OMITTED]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOU SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE S-14
IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED THE NOTES OR DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
OR THE PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. IT IS ILLEGAL FOR ANYONE TO TELL YOU
OTHERWISE.
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. is the underwriter for the issuance of the offered
notes. Delivery of the offered notes is expected to be made in book entry form
on or about June 25, 2002. The offered notes will be offered in the United
States and Europe.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS
We provide information to you about the offered notes in two separate
documents that provide progressively more detail:
o the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information,
some of which may not apply to your series of offered notes; and
o this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of
your series of offered notes.
IF THE DESCRIPTION OF YOUR OFFERED NOTES IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DIFFERS
FROM THE RELATED DESCRIPTION IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS, YOU SHOULD RELY ON
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
You can find a listing of the pages where capitalized terms used both in the
prospectus and prospectus supplement are defined under the caption "Glossary of
Terms" beginning on page 125 in the accompanying prospectus and under the
caption "Index of Defined Terms" beginning on page S-99 in this prospectus
supplement.
For 90 days following the date of this prospectus supplement, all dealers
selling offered notes will deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus. This
requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus
when acting as underwriters of the offered notes with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions. We cannot sell the offered notes to you unless you
have received both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.
The Depositor's principal offices are located at 383 Madison Avenue, New York,
New York 10179, and its phone number is (212) 272-2000.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY..........................................S-1
RISK FACTORS.....................................S-14
INTRODUCTION.....................................S-23
DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS................S-23
THE ORIGINATOR AND THE SUBSERVICER...............S-46
THE ISSUER.......................................S-51
THE OWNER TRUSTEE................................S-51
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE............................S-52
THE ENHANCER.....................................S-52
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES....................S-54
DESCRIPTION OF THE POLICY........................S-70
PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS..............S-72
DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT.........................S-83
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT
AND INDENTURE................................S-90
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES.................................S-94
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.............................S-95
LEGAL INVESTMENT.................................S-95
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION...........................S-96
EXPERTS .........................................S-96
LEGAL MATTERS....................................S-96
RATINGS..........................................S-96
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS...........................S-98
PROSPECTUS
RISK FACTORS.........................................4
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES.......................14
THE TRUST FUNDS.....................................19
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT..................................39
SERVICING OF LOANS..................................44
THE AGREEMENTS......................................53
MATERIAL LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS.................64
THE DEPOSITOR.......................................78
USE OF PROCEEDS.....................................53
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS..........79
STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS...........................109
FASIT SECURITIES...................................109
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS...............................114
LEGAL MATTERS......................................121
FINANCIAL INFORMATION..............................121
AVAILABLE INFORMATION..............................122
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION
BY REFERENCE...................................122
RATINGS............................................122
LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS....................123
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION...............................124
GLOSSARY OF TERMS..................................125
2
SUMMARY
The following summary is a general overview of the notes offered hereby and does
not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your
investment decision. To understand the terms of the offered notes, you should
read carefully this entire document and the accompanying prospectus.
Title of the offered notes..........................Home Equity Loan-Backed Notes, Series 2002-1.
Issuer..............................................Irwin Home Equity Loan Trust 2002-1.
Depositor...........................................Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc.
Originator and master servicer......................Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company.
Subservicer.........................................Irwin Home Equity Corporation.
Owner trustee.......................................Wilmington Trust Company.
Indenture trustee...................................Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association.
Enhancer............................................MBIA Insurance Corporation.
Mortgage loans......................................Adjustable-rate home equity lines of credit with
combined loan-to-value ratios generally up to 100%,
which will be allocated to loan group I and closed-end,
fixed-rate home equity loans and adjustable rate home
equity lines of credit, in each case with combined
loan-to-value ratios generally over 100% and generally
up to 125% which will be allocated to loan group II,
secured, in each case, by first, second or third
mortgages or deeds of trust on one- to four-family
residential properties. The depositor will acquire the
mortgage loans from Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company
on the closing date. Along with the mortgage loans to be
acquired by the trust on the closing date, prior to June
30, 2007 with respect to loan group I and June 30, 2008
with respect to loan group II the issuer will also
purchase from Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company
additional draws on previously acquired home equity
lines of credit.
Statistical calculation date........................The close of business on April 30, 2002.
Cut-off date........................................The close of business on May 31, 2002.
Closing date........................................On or about June 25, 2002.
Payment dates.......................................Beginning in July 2002 on the 25th day of each month
or, if the 25th day is not a business day, on the next
business day.
Form of offered notes...............................Book-entry form, same day funds through DTC,
Clearstream or Euroclear.
S-1
TERMS OF THE OFFERED NOTES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPECTED
INITIAL NOTE INITIAL RATING FINAL PAYMENT LEGAL FINAL
CLASS NOTE RATE BALANCE(1) (MOODY'S/ S&P/FITCH) DATE(2) PAYMENT DATE DESIGNATIONS
- ------------ ------------- ---------------- ----------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
IA-1 Variable(3) $127,109,000 Aaa/AAA/AAA 6/25/2008 7/25/2023 Senior/Variable
Rate
- ------------ -- --------------------------- ----------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
IIA-1 Variable(4) $234,033,000 Aaa/AAA/AAA 8/25/2011 6/25/2029 Senior/Variable
Rate
- ------------ -- --------------------------- ----------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
Senior/Fixed
IIA-IO 10.000%(5) Notional(6) Aaa/AAA/AAA 12/25/2004 12/25/2004 Rate/Interest
Only
- ------------ -- --------------------------- ----------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
IIM-1 Variable(7) $24,964,000 Aa2/AA/AA 8/25/2011 2/25/2029 Subordinate/
Variable Rate
- ------------ -- --------------------------- ----------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
IIM-2 Variable(8) $21,063,000 A2/A/A 8/25/2011 2/25/2029 Subordinate/
Variable Rate
- ------------ -- --------------------------- ----------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
IIB-1 Variable(9) $26,524,000 Baa3/BBB/BBB 8/25/2011 2/25/2029 Subordinate/
Variable Rate
- ------------ -- --------------------------- ----------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
Total $433,693,000
- ------------ ------------- ---------------- ----------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
(1) Subject to a permitted variance of plus or minus 5%.
(2) Based on the assumption that the master servicer has exercised its option
to repurchase all of the mortgage loans in the applicable loan group and
the other assumptions described herein. Due to losses and prepayments on
the mortgage loans, the final payment dates on each class of offered notes
may be substantially earlier or later than such dates.
(3) On any payment date, equal to the least of (i) LIBOR plus 0.27% per annum
(or, for any payment on or after the Step-Up Date for loan group I, LIBOR
plus 0.54% per annum), (ii) the weighted average net mortgage interest rate
of the mortgage loans in loan group I minus 0.50%, as of the first day of
the month preceding the month in which such payment date occurs and (iii)
12.00% per annum. The "STEP-UP DATE" for a loan group is the first payment
date on which the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the mortgage
loans in that loan group is less than 10% of the aggregate principal
balance of the mortgage loans in that loan group as of the cut-off date.
The "weighted average net mortgage interest rate" with respect to the Class
IA-1 notes and the related loan group is net of the related servicing fee,
trustee fee and note policy premium, with respect to the Class IIA-1 notes,
and the Class IIM-1 notes and the related loan group is net of the related
servicing fee and trustee fee and with respect to the Class IIM-2 notes and
the Class IIB-1 notes and the related loan group is net of the related
servicing fee and trustee fee and the rate at which the interest rate cap
counterparty fee accrues.
(4) On any payment date, equal to the least of (i) LIBOR plus 0.29% per annum
(or, for any payment on or after the Step-Up Date for loan group II, LIBOR
plus 0.58% per annum), and (ii) (a) the weighted average net mortgage
interest rate of all of the mortgage loans in loan group II as of the first
day of the month preceding the month in which such payment date occurs,
minus (b) on or prior to the payment date in December 2004, 1.00% and (iii)
14.00% per annum.
(5) The Class IIA-IO notes will be interest only notes. Interest will accrue on
the notional balance of the Class IIA-IO notes. No interest will accrue on
the Class IIA-IO notes after the payment date in December 2004.
(6) The Class IIA-IO notes will not have a principal balance and will not be
entitled to receive principal payments. For purposes of calculating
interest payments, interest on the Class IIA-IO notes will accrue on a
notional balance equal to the least of (i) $31,204,000 (10.00% of the
aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in loan group II as of
the cut-off date), (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
mortgage loans in loan group II and (iii) after the payment date in
December 2004, $0.
(7) On any payment date, equal to the least of (i) LIBOR plus 0.90% per annum
(or, for any payment on or after the Step-Up Date for loan group II, LIBOR
plus 1.35% per annum), and (ii) (a) the weighted average net mortgage
interest rate of all of the mortgage loans in loan group II as of the first
day of the month preceding the month in which such payment date occurs,
minus (b) on or prior to the payment date in December 2004, 1.00% plus (c)
a rate equal to the amount, if any, received with respect to such payment
date on the interest rate cap divided by the notional amount of the
interest rate cap and (iii) 14.00% per annum.
(8) On any payment date, equal to the least of (i) LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum
(or, for any payment on or after the Step-Up Date for loan group II, LIBOR
plus 2.25% per annum), and (ii) (a) the weighted average net mortgage
interest rate of all of the mortgage loans in loan group II as of the first
day of the month preceding the month in which such payment date occurs,
minus (b) on or prior to the payment date in December 2004, 1.00% plus (c)
a rate equal to the amount, if any, received with respect to such payment
date on the interest rate cap divided by the notional amount of the
interest rate cap and (iii) 14.00% per annum.
S-2
(9) On any payment date, equal to the least of (i) LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum
(or, for any payment on or after the Step-Up Date for loan group II, LIBOR
plus 3.375% per annum), and (ii) (a) the weighted average net mortgage
interest rate of all of the mortgage loans in loan group II as of the first
day of the month preceding the month in which such payment date occurs,
minus (b) on or prior to the payment date in December 2004, 1.00% plus (c)
a rate equal to the amount, if any, received with respect to such payment
date on the interest rate cap divided by the notional amount of the
interest rate cap and (iii) 14.00% per annum.
S-3
THE NOTES
Offered Group I
notes: The Class IA-1 notes.
Offered Group II The Class IIA-1, Class
notes: IIA-IO, Class IIM-1, Class
IIM-2 and Class IIB-1 notes.
Group I notes: The Offered Group I notes and the Group I
variable funding note.
Group II notes: The Offered Group II notes and the Group II variable
funding note
Senior
Group I notes: The Class IA-1 notes and the Group I variable
funding note.
Senior
Group II notes: The Class IIA-1 notes, the Class IIA-IO notes
and the Group II variable funding note.
Subordinate The Class IIM-1, Class IIM-2 and Class IIB-1 notes.
Group II notes:
Offered notes: The Class IA-1 notes and the Offered Group II notes.
THE VARIABLE FUNDING NOTES
In addition to the offered notes, the trust will also issue the Group I variable
funding notes and the Group II variable funding notes which will not be offered
by this prospectus supplement. The Group I variable funding notes and Group II
variable funding notes will each have a variable funding balance of $0 on the
closing date. Any information concerning the variable funding notes included in
this prospectus supplement is only included to provide you with a better
understanding of the offered notes.
During the managed amortization period, if principal collections on the mortgage
loans in a loan group are insufficient to fund all of the additional balances on
the related home equity lines of credit arising during the related collection
period, the related variable funding balance will be increased by the shortfall.
THE CERTIFICATES
The trust will also issue Home Equity Loan-Backed Certificates, Series 2002-1,
which will not be offered by this prospectus supplement. Any information
concerning the certificates included in this prospectus supplement is only
included to provide you with a better understanding of the offered notes. The
certificates will be subordinated to the offered notes and the variable funding
notes. The certificates will be issued pursuant to the trust agreement and will
represent the beneficial ownership interests in the trust.
THE TRUST
The depositor will establish Irwin Home Equity Loan Trust 2002-1, a Delaware
business trust. The trust will be established pursuant to a trust agreement,
dated as of May 31, 2002, between the depositor and the owner trustee. The trust
will issue the notes pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 31, 2002, between
the issuer and the indenture trustee. The assets of the trust will include:
o the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans as of the close of
business on the cut-off date; and
o any additions to the home equity lines of credit as a result of draws or
new advances of money made pursuant to the applicable loan agreement after
the cut-off date until the end of the managed amortization period.
The unpaid principal balance of a home equity line of credit on any day will be
equal to:
o its cut-off date balance,
o plus any additional balances relating to that home equity line of credit
sold to the issuer and acquired by the trust before that day,
o minus all collections credited against the principal balance of that home
equity line of credit in accordance with
S-4
the related loan agreement after the cut-off date.
The principal balance of a liquidated home equity line of credit or a closed-end
home equity loan after the final recovery of related liquidation proceeds will
be zero.
In addition to the mortgage loans conveyed to the trust on the closing date, the
property of the trust will include cash on deposit in certain accounts and
collections on the mortgage loans. The trust will also include a financial
guaranty insurance policy provided by MBIA Insurance Corporation, which will
guarantee certain payments on the Group I notes only. The insurance policy will
not be available to make payments on the Group II notes.
Payments of interest and principal on the notes will be made only from (i)
payments received in connection with the mortgage loans in the related loan
group, (ii) in the case of the Group I notes only, the financial guaranty
insurance policy to the extent described herein and (iii) in the case of the
Group II notes only, the interest rate cap agreement.
THE GROUP I NOTES AND THE GROUP II NOTES ARE NOT CROSS-COLLATERALIZED.
Collections on the mortgage loans from a loan group will not be applied to
payments on the offered notes related to the other loan group. As a result,
collections on the mortgage loans in loan group I will be applied only to the
Group I notes and collections on the mortgage loans in loan group II will be
applied only to the Group II notes.
MORTGAGE LOAN GROUPS
The mortgage loans assigned and transferred to the issuer and pledged to the
indenture trustee as of the closing date will be divided into two loan groups.
Loan group I will include mortgage loans which consist of adjustable-rate home
equity lines of credit with combined loan-to-value ratios generally up to 100%,
secured by first, second or third mortgages or deeds of trust on residential
properties.
The mortgage loans in loan group I have the following characteristics as of the
statistical calculation date:
Aggregate principal balance $112,115,640.46
Average principal balance $51,405.61
Range of mortgage interest rates 4.740% to 15.400%
Weighted average mortgage
interest rate 8.792%
Weighted average maximum
mortgage interest rates 17.68%
Weighted average minimum
mortgage interest rates 7.51%
Weighted average gross margin 3.92%
Range of original terms to
maturity 60 to 300 months
Weighted average original term to
maturity 237 months
Range of remaining terms to
maturity 39 to 240 months
Weighted average remaining term
to maturity 228 months
Weighted average combined loan-
to-value ratios 90.15%
Loan group II will include mortgage loans which consist of (i) fixed-rate,
closed-end home equity loans with combined loan-to-value ratios generally over
100% and generally up to 125% and (ii) adjustable rate home equity lines of
credit with combined loan-to-value ratios generally over 100% and generally up
to 125%, secured in both cases by first, second or third mortgages or deeds of
trust on residential properties.
The mortgage loans in loan group II have the following characteristics as of the
statistical calculation date:
Aggregate principal balance $258,275,955.85
Average principal balance $42,222.65
Range of mortgage interest rates 5.990% to 20.450%
Weighted average mortgage
interest rate 12.981%
Range of original terms to
maturity 84 to 360 months
Weighted average maximum
mortgage interest rates 21.06%
Weighted average minimum
mortgage interest rates 10.62%
Weighted average gross margin 7.18%
Weighted average original term
to maturity 234 months
Range of remaining terms to
maturity 42 to 320 months
Weighted average remaining
term to maturity 229 months
S-5
Weighted average combined
loan-to-value ratios 118.15%
See "Description of the Mortgage Loans" in this prospectus supplement.
INTEREST PAYMENTS
Interest payments on each class of the offered notes will be made monthly on
each payment date, beginning in July 2002, at the respective note rates
described above. The Class IIA-IO notes, which will be interest only notes, will
receive interest payments only up to and including the payment date in December
2004. Interest on the Class IIA-IO notes for each payment date will accrue
during the calendar month preceding the month in which such payment date occurs,
on the basis of a 30 day month and a 360 day year. Interest on the Class IA-1,
Class IIA-1, Class IIM-1, Class IIM-2 and Class IIB-1 notes, for each payment
date will accrue from the preceding payment date (or, in the case of the first
payment date, from the closing date) through the day before that payment date,
on the basis of the actual number of days in that interest period and a 360-day
year.
All interest payments on the notes for any payment date will be allocated to the
notes based on their respective interest accruals. Interest will accrue on the
Class IIA-IO notes on the notional balance thereof. The initial notional balance
of the Class IIA-IO notes will be $31,204,000 and will not be subject to
reduction unless the aggregate principal balance of all of the mortgage loans in
loan group II is reduced below $31,204,000 on or before November 1, 2004.
The note rate on the Group I variable funding notes for any payment date will
not exceed the note rate on the Class IA-1 notes for the related interest
period. The note rate on the Group II variable funding notes for any payment
date will not exceed the note rate on the Class IIA-1 notes for the related
interest period.
To the extent the note rate of an Offered Note (other than a Class IIA-IO note)
is limited by the weighted average net mortgage interest rate of the mortgage
loans in the related loan group, these notes may receive interest up to the
applicable LIBOR rate as an interest carry-forward amount on subsequent payment
dates. Notwithstanding such carry-forward, the interest rate on each such note
is subject to a maximum rate. The financial guaranty insurance policy does not
cover the payment of any interest carry-forward amounts.
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
On each payment date during the managed amortization period, the aggregate
amount payable as principal of the Group I notes or the Group II notes from
principal collections will be equal to principal collections for the related
loan group for that payment date, less any additional balances created with
respect to mortgage loans in that loan group, as further described in this
prospectus supplement. The managed amortization period will be the period
beginning on the closing date and ending on the earlier of June 30, 2007 in the
case of loan group I and June 30, 2008 in the case of loan group II and the
occurrence of an amortization event. On each payment date after the end of the
managed amortization period, the aggregate amount payable as principal of the
Group I notes or the Group II notes from principal collections will be equal to
principal collections for the related loan group for that payment date.
Payments of principal that are allocated to the Group I notes will be paid to
the Class IA-1 notes and the Group I variable funding notes pro rata based on
their outstanding principal balance and variable funding balance, respectively,
until paid in full.
Payments of principal that are allocated to the Group II notes will be paid to
the Class IIA-I notes and the Group II variable funding notes pro rata based on
their outstanding principal balance and variable funding balance, respectively
until paid in full.
The right of the senior Group II notes to receive principal payments will be
senior to the right of the subordinate Group II notes. The Class IIA-IO notes,
which are interest only notes, will not receive principal payments.
In addition, on each payment date, to the extent of funds available for that
purpose, holders of the offered notes entitled to receive principal payments on
that payment date and the holders of the variable funding notes will be entitled
to receive certain additional amounts in reduction
S-6
of their principal balances (or variable funding balance in the case of the
variable funding notes), generally equal to liquidation loss amounts for the
related loan group, as further described in this prospectus supplement.
In no event will principal payments on a class of offered notes on any payment
date exceed the related principal balance (or the variable funding balance in
the case of the variable funding notes) on that payment date.
For at least 36 months after the closing date, no principal payments will be
distributed to the subordinate Group II notes, unless the principal balance of
the Class IIA-1 notes has been reduced to zero. In addition, if on any payment
date certain loss or delinquency tests are not satisfied, amounts otherwise
payable to the subordinate Group II notes with respect to principal will be paid
to the Class IIA-1 notes and the Group II variable funding notes, if applicable,
and the subordinate Group II notes will receive no distributions of principal on
that payment date.
On the related legal final payment date, principal will be due and payable on
the offered notes in an amount equal to the related principal balance (or the
variable funding balance in the case of variable funding notes) remaining
outstanding on that payment date.
The payment of principal to the subordinate Group II notes after the step-down
date is subject to the following loss and delinquency tests:
o satisfaction of a cumulative liquidation loss amount test such that the
fraction (expressed as a percentage) of cumulative liquidation loss amounts
in loan group II as of the respective payment date divided by the initial
aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in loan group II is less
than or equal to the applicable percentage for the related collection
period specified below:
CUMULATIVE
LIQUIDATION
COLLECTION LOSS AMOUNT
PERIOD PERCENTAGE
------ ----------
36 - 48 9.50%
49 - 60 11.25%
61 - 84 13.00%
85+ 15.00%; and
o satisfaction of a delinquency test such that the three-month rolling
average of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in loan
group II that are 60 days or more delinquent in the payment of principal
and interest (including all mortgage loans in loan group II that are in
foreclosure and mortgage loans in loan group II for which the related
mortgaged property constitutes REO property, but excluding liquidated
mortgage loans in loan group II) is less than 17.75% of the senior
enhancement percentage, which percentage for each payment date is the
percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is (x) the
principal balance of the mortgage loans in loan group II minus the
aggregate principal balance of the senior Group II notes, and the
denominator of which is (y) the principal balance of the mortgage loans in
loan group II.
We refer you to "Description of the Securities--Priority of Distributions on the
Group I Notes" and "--Priority of Distributions on the Group II Notes" in this
prospectus supplement for a description of the allocation of principal payments
on the offered notes.
PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS ON THE GROUP I NOTES
Payments of principal and interest on the mortgage loans in loan group I will be
collected each month. After retaining its servicing fee and any other fees that
constitute servicing compensation or certain reimbursable expenses on loan group
I, the master servicer will forward all collections on such mortgage loans to
the indenture trustee and on each payment date
S-7
these amounts, plus any insured payment by the enhancer with respect to the
Group I notes (which insured payment will be applied only to certain
deficiencies or preference amounts as described in this prospectus supplement),
will be allocated as follows:
o first, to pay prepayment penalties to the holders of the certificates;
o second, to pay the enhancer the accrued and unpaid premium for the policy
and to pay the indenture trustee the trustee fee with respect to Group I;
o third, to pay the accrued and unpaid interest due on the Class IA-1 notes
and the Group I variable funding notes, pro rata, at their respective note
rates;
o fourth, to pay as principal on the Class IA-1 notes and the Group I
variable funding notes, pro rata, an amount equal to principal collections
on the mortgage loans in loan group I, minus any principal collections used
to purchase additional balances and any overcollateralization release
amount;
o fifth, to pay to the Class IA-1 notes and the Group I variable funding
notes, pro rata, an amount equal to the liquidation loss distribution
amount on the mortgage loans in loan group I for such payment date,
together with any liquidation loss distribution amounts remaining
undistributed from any preceding payment date;
o sixth, to reimburse the enhancer for any unreimbursed draws made on the
policy for the Group I notes, with interest thereon;
o seventh, to the holders of the certificates:
o (i) on the payment dates in July and August 2002, 100% of the
remaining excess spread for the Group I notes and the applicable
payment date; and;
o (ii) on the payment date in September 2002 through and including the
payment date in December 2002, 50% of the remaining excess spread for
the Group I notes and the applicable payment date;
o eighth, to pay to the Class IA-1 notes and the Group I variable funding
notes, pro rata, the amount, if any, necessary to increase the amount of
overcollateralization for the Group I notes to the required
overcollateralization level;
o ninth, to pay the enhancer any other amounts owed to it pursuant to the
insurance agreement, with interest thereon;
o tenth, to pay the indenture trustee, the master servicer and the
administrator any unpaid expenses and other reimbursable amounts owed to
the indenture trustee, the master servicer and the administrator with
respect to the Group I notes;
o eleventh, to pay as interest on the Class IA-1 notes and the variable
funding notes, pro rata, any unpaid interest carry-forward amounts,
together with interest thereon; and
o twelfth, any remaining amounts to the holders of the certificates.
Principal payments on the Group I notes will be made in the amounts and in the
order described under "Description of the Securities -- Priority of
Distributions on the Group I Notes" in this prospectus supplement.
PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS ON THE GROUP II NOTES
Payments of principal and interest on the mortgage loans in loan group II will
be collected each month. After retaining its servicing fee and any other fees
that constitute servicing compensation or certain reimbursable expenses on loan
group II, the master servicer will forward all collections on such mortgage
loans to the indenture trustee and on each payment date these amounts and any
interest rate cap payments, will be allocated as follows:
o first, to pay prepayment penalties to the holders of the certificates;
S-8
o second, to pay the indenture trustee the trustee fee and any reimbursable
expenses with respect to the Group II notes;
o third, for any payment date up to and including the December 2004 payment
date, $25,833.33 to the interest rate cap counterparty;
o fourth, to pay accrued and unpaid interest due on the principal balances of
the Group II notes and the notional balance of the Class IIA-IO notes at
the respective note rates as follows:
o (i) first, to the Class IIA-1 notes, the Group II variable funding
notes and the Class IIA-IO notes, on a pro rata basis in accordance
with the amount of accrued interest due thereon;
o (ii) second, to the Class IIM-1 notes;
o (iii) third, to the Class IIM-2 notes; and
o (iv) fourth, to the Class IIB-1 notes;
o fifth, to pay as principal on the Group II notes (other than the Class
IIA-IO notes), an amount equal to principal collections on the mortgage
loans in loan group II, minus any principal used to purchase additional
balances and any overcollateralization release amount, as follows:
o (i) first, to the Class IIA-1 notes and the Group II variable funding
notes, pro rata, until the principal balance of the Class IIA-1 notes
has been reduced to its required principal balance for that payment
date;
o (ii) second, to the Class IIM-1 notes, until the principal balance of
the Class IIM-1 notes has been reduced to its required principal
balance for that payment date;
o (iii) third, to the Class IIM-2 notes, until the principal balance of
the Class IIM-2 notes has been reduced to its required principal
balance for that payment date; and
o (iv) fourth, to the Class IIB-1 notes, until the principal balance of
the Class IIB-1 notes has been reduced to its required principal
balance for that payment date;
o sixth, to pay to the Class IIA-1 notes and the Group II variable funding
notes, pro rata, until the principal balance of the Class IIA-1 notes has
been reduced to its required principal balance for that payment date, an
amount equal to the liquidation loss distribution amount on the mortgage
loans in loan group II for such payment date, together with any liquidation
loss distribution amounts remaining undistributed from any preceding
payment date;
o seventh, to pay to the Class IIM-1 notes, until the principal balance of
the Class IIM-1 notes has been reduced to its required principal balance
for that payment date, an amount equal to the liquidation loss distribution
amount on the mortgage loans in loan group II for such payment date,
together with any liquidation loss distribution amounts remaining
undistributed from any preceding payment date, to the extent not paid to
the holders of the senior Group II notes under clause sixth above;
S-9
o eighth, to pay to the Class IIM-2 notes, until the principal balance of the
Class IIM-2 notes has been reduced to its required principal balance for
that payment date, an amount equal to the liquidation loss distribution
amount on the mortgage loans in loan group II for such payment date,
together with any liquidation loss distribution amounts remaining
undistributed from any preceding payment date, to the extent not paid to
the holders of the Class IIA-1 notes, the Group II variable funding notes
or the Class IIM-1 notes under clauses sixth and seventh above,
respectively;
o ninth, to pay to the Class IIB-1 notes, until the principal balance of the
Class IIB-1 notes has been reduced to its required principal balance for
that payment date, an amount equal to the liquidation loss distribution
amount on the mortgage loans in loan group II for such payment date,
together with any liquidation loss distribution amounts remaining
undistributed from any preceding payment date, to the extent not paid to
the holders of the Class IIA-1 notes, the Group II variable funding notes,
the Class IIM-1 notes or the Class IIM-2 notes under clauses, sixth,
seventh and eighth above, respectively;
o tenth, to pay to the Class IIA-1 notes and the Group II variable funding
notes, pro rata, until the principal balance of the Class IIA-1 notes has
been reduced to its required principal balance for that payment date, the
amount, if any, necessary to increase the amount of overcollateralization
for the Group II notes to the required overcollateralization level;
o eleventh, to pay to the Class IIM-1 notes, until the principal balance of
the Class IIM-1 notes has been reduced to its required principal balance
for that payment date, the amount, if any, necessary to increase the amount
of overcollateralization for the Group II notes to the required
over-collateralization level to the extent not previously distributed to
the Class IIA-1 notes or the Group II variable funding notes pursuant to
clause tenth above;
o twelfth, to pay to the Class IIM-2 notes, until the principal balance of
the Class IIM-2 notes has been reduced to its required principal balance
for that payment date, the amount, if any, necessary to increase the amount
of overcollateralization for the Group II notes to the required
over-collateralization level to the extent not previously distributed to
the Class IIA-1 notes or the Group II variable funding notes or the Class
IIM-1 notes pursuant to clauses tenth and eleventh above, respectively;
o thirteenth, to pay to the Class IIB-1 notes, until the principal balance of
the Class IIB-1 notes has been reduced to its required principal balance
for that payment date, the amount, if any, necessary to increase the amount
of overcollateralization for the Group II notes to the required
over-collateralization level to the extent not previously distributed to
the Class IIA-1 notes or the Group II variable funding notes, the Class
IIM-1 notes or the Class IIM-2 notes pursuant to clauses tenth, eleventh
and twelfth above, respectively;
o fourteenth, to pay the indenture trustee, the master servicer and the
administrator any unpaid expenses and other reimbursable amounts owed to
the indenture trustee, the master servicer and the administrator with
respect to the Group II notes;
S-10
o fifteenth, to pay the holders of the Class IIA-1 notes and the Group II
variable funding notes, pro rata, any unpaid interest carry-forward
amounts, together with interest thereon;
o sixteenth, to pay the holders of the Class IIM-1 notes any unpaid interest
carry-forward amounts, together with interest thereon;
o seventeenth, to pay the holders of the Class IIM-2 notes any unpaid
interest carry-forward amounts, together with interest thereon;
o eighteenth, to pay the holders of the Class IIB-1 notes any unpaid interest
carry-forward amounts, together with interest thereon; and
o nineteenth, any remaining amounts to the holders of the certificates.
Principal payments on the Group II notes will be made in the amounts and in the
order described under "Description of the Securities -- Priority of
Distributions on the Group II Notes" in this prospectus supplement.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
The credit enhancement provided for the benefit of the offered notes consists
of:
EXCESS SPREAD. The weighted average mortgage loan rate for loan group I is
generally expected to be higher than the sum of (a) the master servicing fee
rate and the trustee fee rate allocable to loan group I and the Group I notes,
(b) the premium rate payable to the enhancer and (c) the weighted average note
rate of the Group I notes. The weighted average mortgage loan rate for loan
group II is generally expected to be higher than the sum of (a) the master
servicing fee rate and the trustee fee rate allocable to loan group II and the
Group II notes, (b) for any payment date up to and including the December 2004
payment date, the fee of the interest rate cap counterparty calculated as a per
annum rate and (c) the weighted average note rate of the Group II notes. On each
payment date, excess spread generated during the related collection period for
each loan group will be available to cover losses and build
overcollateralization with respect to the related classes of offered notes,
except for excess spread allocated as described in clause seventh above under
"--Priority of Payments on the Group I Notes".
OVERCOLLATERALIZATION. On the closing date, there will be no
overcollaterlization for the Group I notes and there will be
overcollaterlization equal to $5,460,326.07 for the Group II notes (or 1.75% of
the aggregate principal balance of the Offered Group II notes). Excess interest
on the mortgage loans in each loan group that is not (i) needed to cover losses
on the loans in that loan group or (ii) in the case of Group I, paid to the
holders of the certificates on the payment dates specified in clause seventh
above under "--Priority of Payments on the Group I Notes", will be used to make
additional principal payments on the related classes of notes, until the
aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in that loan group exceeds the
aggregate principal balance of the related group of notes (including the related
variable funding notes but not the Class IIA-IO notes) by a specified amount.
This excess will represent overcollateralization for each group of notes, which
will absorb losses on the mortgage loans in the related loan group, to the
extent of the overcollateralization, if the losses are not covered by excess
interest with respect to that loan group. If the level of overcollateralization
for a group of offered notes falls below what is required, the excess interest
described above for the related loan group will be paid to the related classes
of notes as principal, until the required level of overcollateralization for
that group of notes is reached again.
SUBORDINATION. To the extent no overcollateralization exists with respect to the
Group II notes, losses on the mortgage loans in loan group II during the related
collection period in excess of amounts available to be paid on that payment date
pursuant to clauses sixth through ninth above under "-Priority of Payments on
the Group II Notes" will be allocated in full to the first class of notes listed
below with a principal balance greater than zero:
o Class IIB-1 notes;
o Class IIM-2 notes; and
o Class IIM-1 notes.
S-11
When this occurs, the principal balance of the class of subordinate Group II
notes to which the loss is allocated is reduced, without a corresponding payment
of principal.
If none of the subordinate Group II notes remains outstanding, losses will be
allocated to the senior Group II notes.
The subordinate Group II notes will not provide credit enhancement for the Group
I notes.
INTEREST RATE CAP AGREEMENT. On the closing date, the trust will enter into an
interest rate cap agreement with Bear Stearns Financial Products, Inc., an
affiliate of the underwriter. The Class IA-1 notes will not receive any amounts
from the interest rate cap agreement. The interest rate cap counterparty will be
required to make payments to the trust on any payment date for which LIBOR is
greater than 7.75%. The required payment will be in an amount equal to the
product of (1) LIBOR minus 7.75% and (2) the notional amount of the interest
rate cap which will be equal to the lesser of (1) (a) the then outstanding
principal balance of the Class IIM-2 notes and Class IIB-1 notes and (b) the
initial principal balance of the Class IIM-2 notes and Class IIB-1 notes reduced
by any payments that would be paid to them under the specified pricing speed and
assuming that there are no losses on the mortgage loans in loan group II. The
interest rate cap agreement will terminate on August 25, 2011.
Since the note rates on the subordinate notes are based on LIBOR and under
certain prepayment and loss scenarios, payments on the subordinate notes would
be supported in whole or in part by fixed rate mortgage loans, the interest rate
cap agreements will be acquired by the trust to make it more likely that the
subordinate notes will be paid the applicable note rates based on LIBOR.
See "Description of the Securities -- Interest Rate Cap Agreements" in this
prospectus supplement.
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICY. The enhancer will unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantee, subject to the provisions in the policy the payment of
certain amounts to the holders of the Group I notes.
The financial guaranty insurance policy will not provide credit enhancement for
the Group II notes and will not cover any interest carry-forward amounts on the
Group II notes.
See "Description of the Policy" in this prospectus supplement and "Enhancement"
in the prospectus.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
With respect to each of the two loan groups, the master servicer may, at its
option repurchase all, but not less than all, of the mortgage loans in such loan
group on any payment date on which the aggregate outstanding principal balance
of the mortgage loans in such loan group (after applying payments received in
the related collection period) is less than 10% of the aggregate principal
balance of the mortgage loans in such loan group as of the cut-off date. No such
optional repurchase for loan group I will be permitted without the prior written
consent of the enhancer if it would result in a draw on the financial guaranty
insurance policy or there would be insufficient funds to pay amounts then due
and owing to the enhancer under the insurance agreement with interest thereon.
The purchase price for the mortgage loans in a loan group will equal the lesser
of (a) the outstanding principal balance of such mortgage loans and (b) the
market value of the mortgage loans in such loan group. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the master servicer may not exercise the option if the purchase price
does not equal or exceed the sum of (i) all accrued and unpaid interest
(including interest carry-forward amounts) and of the related class or classes
of notes, (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the related class or classes
of notes, (iii) in the case of loan group I, all amounts due and owing the
enhancer under the insurance agreement and interest thereon in accordance with
the terms of the insurance agreement and (iv) any amounts owed to the indenture
trustee. In addition, if the Group II notes are redeemed prior to the payment
date in December 2004, the Class IIA-IO notes will be entitled to receive their
adjusted issue price, which will be approximately equal to the present value of
the remaining payments on the Class IIA-IO notes, using a discount rate equal to
the discount rate
S-12
reflected in the price paid by the initial purchaser of the Class IIA-IO notes
on the closing date.
An exercise of the optional redemption for any loan group will cause the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the related class or classes of
offered notes to be paid in full sooner than it otherwise would have been paid.
See "Description of the Securities -- Maturity and Optional Redemption" in this
prospectus supplement and "The Agreements -- Termination" in the prospectus.
OPTIONAL PURCHASE
The originator will have the option to purchase, at anytime, 1.5% of the
mortgage loans (and in any case, at least 5 mortgage loans) in a loan group at a
purchase price equal to the outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loans
purchased plus accrued interest. An exercise of this optional purchase will
cause a prepayment of principal on the related notes.
See "Description of the Securities -- Maturity and Optional Redemption" in this
prospectus supplement.
LEGAL INVESTMENT
The offered notes will not be "mortgage related securities" for purposes of the
Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984. You should consult your legal
advisors in determining whether and to what extent the offered notes constitute
legal investments for you.
See "Legal Investment" in this prospectus supplement for important information
concerning possible restrictions on ownership of the offered notes by regulated
institutions.
RATINGS
When issued, the offered notes will receive the ratings indicated in the chart
above. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold a security
and is subject to change or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating
agency. The ratings also do not address the rate of principal prepayments on the
mortgage loans or the likelihood of the payment of any interest carry-forward
amounts. The rate of prepayments, if different than originally anticipated,
could adversely affect the yield realized by holders of the offered notes.
The rating of the Class IA-1 notes will depend primarily on the financial
strength of the enhancer. Any reduction in the financial strength of the
enhancer would likely result in a reduction in the rating of the Class IA-1
notes.
See "Ratings" in this prospectus supplement.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Subject to important considerations, the depositor expects that the offered
notes may be purchased by persons investing assets of employee benefit plans or
individual retirement accounts. Plans should consult with their legal advisors
before investing in the offered notes.
See "ERISA Considerations" in the prospectus supplement and in the accompanying
prospectus.
TAX STATUS
For federal income tax purposes, the offered notes will be treated as debt. The
trust itself will not be subject to tax.
See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" in this prospectus supplement and
"Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations" in the accompanying prospectus.
S-13
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the matters described elsewhere in this prospectus supplement and
the accompanying prospectus, you should carefully consider the following risk
factors before deciding to purchase an offered note.
UNPREDICTABILITY OF Approximately 10.28% of mortgagors of mortgage loans in
PREPAYMENTS AND ITS EFFECT loan group I and 6.67% of mortgagors of mortgage loans
ON YIELDS in loan group II may prepay their mortgage loans in
whole or in part at any time without penalty. We cannot
predict the rate at which borrowers will repay their
mortgage loans. Further, the rate of repayment on the
revolving home equity lines of credit is likely to
differ from that on the closed end home equity loans due
to the revolving nature of the lines of credit and to
the fact that borrowers are more likely to view
revolving home equity lines of credit as temporary or
short-term financing. Those mortgage loans also may
exhibit more seasonality in the repayment experience.
Neither the master servicer nor the subservicer is aware
of any publicly available studies or statistics on the
rate of prepayment of revolving home equity lines of
credit.
A prepayment of a mortgage loan in loan group I
generally will result in a payment of principal on the
Group I notes. A prepayment of a mortgage loan in loan
group II generally will result in a payment of principal
on the senior Group II notes and may result in a payment
of principal on the subordinate Group II notes.
o If you purchase your offered notes at a discount and
principal is repaid slower than you anticipate, then
your yield may be lower than you anticipate.
o If you purchase your offered notes at a premium and
principal is repaid faster than you anticipate, then
your yield may be lower than you anticipate.
o The rate of prepayments on the mortgage loans will
be sensitive to prevailing interest rates.
Generally, if prevailing interest rates decline
significantly below the interest rates on the
mortgage loans, those mortgage loans are more likely
to prepay than if prevailing rates remain above the
interest rates on such mortgage loans. Conversely,
if prevailing interest rates rise significantly, the
prepayments on the mortgage loans are likely to
decrease.
o If the rate of default and the amount of losses on
the mortgage loans related to your offered notes is
higher than you expect, then your yield may be lower
than you expect or you may suffer a loss.
o The policy does not guarantee the payment of any
interest shortfalls on the Group I notes caused by
the partial or full prepayment of the mortgage loans
in loan group I.
S-14
RISK OF INTEREST RATE CAPS The note rate on the Class IA-1 notes will be a floating
REDUCING THE NOTE RATES ON rate equal to the least of (i) one-month LIBOR plus a
THE OFFERED NOTES OTHER THAN fixed margin; (ii) the weighted average mortgage
THE CLASS IIA-IO NOTES interest rate of the mortgage loans in loan group I
minus 0.50% and the rate at which the premium, the
servicing fee and the trustee fee accrues and (iii)
12.00% per annum. The note rate on each class of Group
II notes (other than the Class IIA-IO notes) will be a
floating rate equal to the least of (i) one-month LIBOR
plus a fixed margin; (ii) (a) the weighted average
mortgage interest rate of all of the Group II mortgage
loans minus the rate at which the servicing fee, trustee
fee and in the case of the Class IIM-2 notes and Class
IIB-1 notes, the rate of which the interest rate cap
counterparty fee accrues, minus (b) on or prior to the
payment date in December 2004, 1.00%, plus in the case
of the Class IIM-2 notes and Class IIB-1 notes (c) a
rate equal to the amount, if any, received with respect
to such payment date on the interest rate cap agreement
divided by the notional amount of the interest rate cap
agreement as of the first day of the month preceding the
month in which such payment date occurs and (iii) 14.00%
per annum.
All of the mortgage loans in loan group I, and
approximately 56.65% by principal balance of the
mortgage loans in loan group II have mortgage interest
rates that are based on the highest prime rate as
published in the "Money Rates" section of The Wall
Street Journal plus a specified margin. As a result, it
is possible that mortgage interest rates on the
adjustable rate mortgage loans in a loan group may
decline while one-month LIBOR is stable or rising. It is
also possible that mortgage interest rates on the
adjustable rate mortgage loans in a loan group and
one-month LIBOR may decline or increase during the same
period, but that one-month LIBOR may decline more slowly
or increase more rapidly. Furthermore, substantially all
of the adjustable rate mortgage loans have minimum and
maximum limitations on adjustments to the related
mortgage interest rate, and the mortgage rates on the
fixed rate mortgage loans in loan group II will not
adjust. As a result of these factors and the foregoing
limitations on the note rates, holders of one or more
classes of offered notes (other than the Class IIA-IO
notes) may receive interest at a rate less than
one-month LIBOR plus the specified margin.
In addition, the weighted average of the mortgage
interest rates of the mortgage loans in both loan groups
will change, and may decrease, over time due to
scheduled amortization of the mortgage loans and
prepayments of the mortgage loans. There can be no
assurance that the weighted average mortgage interest
rate of either loan group or both loan groups together
will not decrease after the closing date.
The interest rate cap will be acquired by the trust to
make it more likely that the Class IIM-2 notes and Class
IIB-1 notes will be paid the applicable note rates based
on LIBOR. Because (a) the notional amount of the
interest rate cap agreement is defined as the lesser of
(i) the scheduled outstanding balance of the Class IIM-2
notes and Class IIB-1 notes and (ii) the actual
outstanding balance of the Class IIM-2 notes and Class
IIB-1 notes, the actual balance of the Class IIM-2 notes
and Class IIB-1 notes may exceed the notional amount and
(b) the interest rate cap will terminate on August 25,
2011, the interest rate cap agreement may not fully
protect the Class IIM-2 notes and Class IIB-1 notes from
increases in LIBOR.
S-15
LIMITED HISTORY The subservicer of the mortgage loans, Irwin Home Equity
Corporation, was incorporated in September 1994. Because
the home equity loan program through which Irwin Union
Bank and Trust Company originates mortgage loans was
begun in January 1995 and the correspondent loan program
was begun in February 2000, and the originator and the
subservicer have developed significant unique
origination procedures for mortgage loans, including
some of the mortgage loans transferred to the trust,
they do not have historical delinquency, bankruptcy,
foreclosure or default information prior to such time
that would be helpful to you in trying to estimate the
future delinquency and loss experience of such loans.
UNDERWRITING STANDARDS The originator originates home equity loans and home
equity lines of credit for a target market of
creditworthy and active borrowers. These products are
offered pursuant to programs developed by the originator
and the subservicer. Such borrowers have historically
been solicited primarily by mail. Loan brokers and the
internet have also been used to procure customer leads.
A portion of the mortgage loans being sold to the trust
were originated by correspondent lenders and portfolio
acquisitions. In addition, because the original combined
loan-to-value ratio of the mortgage loans may be high
relative to that of other similar mortgage loans,
recoveries on defaulted mortgage loans may be lower than
the level of recoveries experienced by such other
defaulted mortgage loans. There can be no assurance as
to the level of delinquencies and defaults that may be
experienced by the mortgage loans. If the level of
delinquencies and/or defaults is higher than you expect
and (1) you hold a Group II note, you may suffer a loss
or (2) you hold a Class IA-1 note you may receive a
prepayment.
Under the home equity program of the originator and the
subservicer relating to the home equity lines of credit,
mortgagors are generally qualified based on an assumed
payment that reflects a mortgage interest rate
significantly lower than the related maximum mortgage
interest rate. The repayment of any home equity line of
credit may thus be dependent on the ability of the
related mortgagor to make larger payments following the
adjustment of the mortgage interest rate thereof during
the life of such home equity line of credit or following
the commencement of the amortization period.
HOME EQUITY LINES OF In general, the home equity lines of credit may be drawn
CREDIT HAVE INTEREST-ONLY upon during the related draw period. During the draw
FEATURE DURING THE DRAW period, the mortgagor will be obligated to make minimum
PERIOD monthly payments on the home equity line of credit,
which minimum payment amounts will generally be equal to
the finance charge for the related billing cycle plus
any applicable fees. The minimum payment due during the
repayment period will be an amount necessary to amortize
the balance due, plus interest and fees. Scheduled
principal amortization (but not necessarily principal
from other sources, including prepayments) may be de
minimis during the related draw periods such that
little, if any, principal payments based on scheduled
principal amortization may be paid to the noteholders
during such draw periods. Substantially all of the home
equity lines of credit have a 10 year draw period.
Substantially all of the home equity lines of credit are
still in the draw period. Collections on the home equity
lines of credit may also vary due to seasonal purchasing
and payment habits of the related mortgagors.
GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION When measured by aggregate principal balance of the
related loan group as of the statistical calculation
date, mortgaged properties located in the following
states secure the approximate percentages (in excess of
5%) of mortgage loans in each of the indicated loan
groups:
S-16
Loan Loan
State Group I Group II
----- ------- --------
California 30.96% 16.46%
Florida 5.39% 7.76%
New York 5.95%
New Jersey 5.64%
Illinois 5.08%
Maryland 5.94%
Arizona 6.06%
Virginia 6.14%
Ohio 5.55%
This geographic concentration might magnify the effect
on the loan groups of adverse economic conditions or of
special hazards in these areas and therefore might
increase the rate of delinquencies, defaults and losses
on the mortgage loans in the related loan group more
than would be the case if the mortgaged properties were
more geographically diversified. Further, mortgage loans
in the State of California are subject to "one action"
and "anti-deficiency" laws which generally means that in
the event of default on mortgage loans in that state,
the lender, in this case the master servicer, on behalf
of the indenture trustee, must elect either (i) to seek
a judicial foreclosure of the related mortgaged property
and, in the event the loan balance exceeds the sales
price at the foreclosure sale, seek a deficiency
judgment against the borrower or (ii) to seek a
non-judicial foreclosure, in which case any such
deficiency would be waived. Accordingly, the actual
rates of delinquencies and losses on the mortgage loans
could be higher than those experienced if there were no
geographical concentrations.
HIGH COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE All of the mortgage loans in loan group II had combined
RATIOS loan-to-value ratios at origination in excess of 100%.
Based on the appraised value, stated value or purchase
price of the related mortgaged property at the time of
origination of a mortgage loan with a combined
loan-to-value ratio at origination greater than 100%,
the value or price of the related mortgaged property was
less than the sum of the principal balance of the
mortgage loan and the principal balance of any related
senior mortgage(s). Mortgage loans with high combined
loan-to-value ratios, in particular those mortgage loans
with original combined loan-to-value ratios in excess of
100%, will be more sensitive to declines in property
values than those loans with lower combined
loan-to-value ratios and may present a greater risk of
loss upon liquidation. If losses exceed the
then-available credit enhancement and you hold a Group
II note, you may incur a loss.
AMOUNT OF BORROWER'S EQUITY Approximately 94.46% of the mortgage loans had combined
loan-to-value ratios at origination that were greater
than 80%. The value of the mortgaged properties may have
declined since those mortgage loans were originated or
the borrowers may have obtained additional financing on
the properties. If a borrower on one of those mortgage
loans defaults, there may not be enough value in the
property to repay the mortgage loan and the trust may
suffer a loss. If losses exceed the then available
credit enhancement and (1) you hold a Group II note, you
may incur a loss or (2) you hold a Class IA-1 note, you
may receive a prepayment.
SEASONING OF MORTGAGE LOANS Defaults on mortgage loans tend to occur at higher rates
during the early years of the mortgage loans. Most of
the mortgage loans were originated within twelve months
prior to the sale to the trust. As a result, the trust
may experience higher rates of default than if the
mortgage loans had been outstanding for a longer period
of time. If defaults are higher than you expect and (1)
you hold a Group II note, you may incur a loss or (2)
you hold a Class IA-1 note, you may receive a
prepayment.
S-17
SUBORDINATE LOANS Substantially all of the mortgage loans evidence a lien
that is subordinate to the rights of the mortgagee under
a senior mortgage or mortgages. The proceeds from any
liquidation, insurance or condemnation proceedings will
be available to satisfy the outstanding principal
balance of such junior loans only to the extent that the
claims of such senior mortgages have been satisfied in
full, including any foreclosure costs. In circumstances
where the master servicer determines that it would be
uneconomical to foreclose on the related mortgaged
property, the master servicer may write off the entire
outstanding principal balance of the related mortgage
loan as bad debt. The foregoing considerations will be
particularly applicable to junior loans that have high
combined loan-to-value ratios because in such cases, the
master servicer is more likely to determine that
foreclosure would be uneconomical. You should consider
the risk that to the extent losses on mortgage loans are
not covered by available credit enhancement, you may
incur a loss or if you hold a Class IA-1 note, you may
receive a prepayment.
POTENTIAL INADEQUACY OF The mortgage loans in each loan group, and in the case
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT of loan group II, the interest rate cap agreement, are
expected to generate more interest than is needed to pay
interest on the related notes because the weighted
average net interest rate on the mortgage loans plus, in
the case of loan group II, a rate equal to the amount,
if any, received with respect to a payment date on the
interest rate cap agreement divided by the notional
amount of the interest rate cap agreement, is expected
to be higher than the weighted average interest rate on
the related notes. If the mortgage loans and, in the
case of loan group II, the interest rate cap agreement
generate more interest than is needed to pay interest on
the related notes and certain fees and expenses of the
trust, the remaining interest will be used to compensate
for losses. After these financial obligations of the
trust have been satisfied, payments are made to the
holders of the certificates on the first six payment
dates in the case of the Group I notes, and any
remaining excess interest will be used to create and
maintain overcollateralization within the related loan
group until the overcollateralization targets have been
met. We cannot assure you, however, that enough excess
interest for each loan group will be generated to
compensate for losses on those mortgage loans or to
maintain the required level of overcollateralization for
that loan group. In addition, because the two groups of
offered notes are not cross-collateralized, any
remaining excess interest generated from one loan group
will not be used either to cover losses or to create and
maintain overcollateralization on the other loan group.
The excess interest available on any payment date will
be affected by the actual amount of interest received,
collected or recovered in respect of the related
mortgage loans during the preceding month and in the
case of the Group II notes, payments under the interest
rate cap agreement. Such amount will be influenced by
changes in the weighted average of the mortgage interest
rates resulting from prepayments and liquidations of the
related mortgage loans.
The indenture requires the indenture trustee to make a
claim for an insured payment under the financial
guaranty insurance policy not later than the second
business day prior to any payment date as to which the
indenture trustee has determined that an insured payment
will be necessary with respect to the Group I notes.
Investors in the Group I notes should realize that,
under extreme loss or delinquency scenarios, they may
temporarily receive no distributions of principal.
If the protection afforded to the Group I notes by
excess spread and over-collateralization is insufficient
and if the enhancer is unable to meet its obligations
under the policy with respect to the Group I notes, then
the holders of the Group I notes could experience a loss
on their investment.
S-18
If the protection afforded to the Group II notes by
excess spread, over-collateralization and, except in the
case of the Class IIB-1 notes, subordination is
insufficient, then the holders of the Group II notes
could experience a loss on their investment.
THE PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS Because the Class IIB-1 notes have a lower payment
AND THE ALLOCATION OF LOSSES priority than the Class IIM-2 notes, the Class IIM-2
ON THE MORTGAGE LOANS MAY notes have a lower payment priority than the Class IIM-1
AFFECT THE YIELD TO MATURITY notes and the Class IIM-1 notes have a lower payment
ON THE SUBORDINATE GROUP priority than the senior Group II notes, the yield to
II NOTES maturity on the Class IIM-1 notes, the Class IIM-2
notes, and to a greater extent, the Class IIB-1 notes,
will be more sensitive than the senior Group II notes to
delinquencies and losses on the mortgage loans in loan
group II.
Because losses on the mortgage loans in loan group II to
the extent not covered by overcollateralization and
excess spread at that time, will be allocated to the
subordinate Group II notes in inverse order of their
payment priority, the Class IIM-1 notes and the Class
IIM-2 notes will be sensitive, and the Class IIB-1 notes
will be very sensitive, to the rate of losses on the
mortgage loans in loan group II. Any allocation of a
loss to a class of subordinate Group II notes will
reduce, to the extent not reimbursed from future excess
spread, the amount of interest and principal the
applicable class of subordinate Group II notes will
receive. As a result, you may suffer a loss.
In addition, the subordinate Group II notes will not be
entitled to receive any distributions of principal for
at least 36 months after the closing date or thereafter,
if the delinquencies, or if losses on the mortgage loans
in loan group II exceed the levels specified in this
prospectus supplement unless the principal balances of
the senior Group II notes have been reduced to zero.
ORIGINATION DISCLOSURE The originator believes that none of the mortgage loans
PRACTICES FOR THE MORTGAGE in loan group I and not more than 30% of the mortgage
LOANS COULD CREATE loans in loan group II (as of the statistical
LIABILITIES THAT MAY AFFECT calculation date) may be subject to the Home Ownership
YOUR NOTES and Equity Protection Act of 1994. These provisions
impose additional disclosure and other requirements on
creditors with respect to these high cost loans. These
provisions can impose specified statutory liabilities
upon creditors who fail to comply with their provisions
and may affect the enforceability of the related high
cost loans. In addition, purchasers or assignees of
these high cost loans, including the trust, could be
exposed to all claims and defenses that the mortgagors
could assert against the originators of the high cost
loans. Remedies available to a mortgagor include
monetary penalties, as well as rescission rights if the
appropriate disclosures were not given as required.
Violations of certain provisions of these federal laws
may limit the ability of the master servicer to collect
all or part of the principal of or interest on the
mortgage loans and in addition, could subject the trust
to damages and administrative enforcement.
THE TRUST MAY EXPERIENCE Applicable federal and state laws generally regulate
LOSSES AS A RESULT OF interest rates and other charges, require certain
LAWSUITS UNDER STATE AND disclosure, and, in some instances, require licensing of
FEDERAL LAW loan originators. In addition, other federal and state
laws, public policy and general principles of equity
relating to the protection of consumers, unfair and
deceptive practices and debt collection practices may
apply to the origination, servicing and collection of
the mortgage loans.
S-19
Numerous class action lawsuits have been filed in
multiple states by borrowers of subordinate lien
residential mortgage loans. These loans generally have
high loan to value ratios and may include high cost
loans. The suits, which allege violations of federal and
state consumer protection laws and state usury and
licensing laws, seek damages, rescission and other
relief. In addition to naming the originators of loans,
the suits have named current and former holders of
interests in the loans, including securitization
vehicles. Although no trust sponsored by the depositor
has been named in such a class action lawsuit, there can
be no assurance that this will continue to be the case.
If the trust were to be named as a defendant in a class
action lawsuit, the costs of defending or settling that
lawsuit or a judgment could reduce the amount available
for distribution to the noteholders.
A SECONDARY MARKET FOR THE There is currently no market for the offered notes. We
OFFERED NOTES MAY NOT DEVELOP, cannot assure you that any market will develop or, if it
WHICH MEANS YOU HAVE does develop, that it will provide you with liquidity of
DIFFICULTY SELLING YOUR NOTES investment or will continue for the life of the offered
notes. The offered notes will not be listed on any
securities exchange. There have been times in the past
where there have been very few buyers of asset-backed
securities (i.e., there has been a lack of liquidity),
and there may be these times in the future. In addition,
if the banking regulators change the capital treatment
of residual interests, the originator may be less likely
to securitize its loans in the future which may result
in less liquidity for the notes. As a result, you may
not be able to sell your notes when you want to do so or
you may not be able to obtain the price that you wish to
receive.
The offered notes will be issued in book-entry, rather
than physical, form. As a result, in some circumstances,
the liquidity of the securities in the secondary market
and the ability of the note owners to pledge them may be
adversely affected.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE The Class IIA-IO notes will have a notional balance
CLASS IIA-IO NOTES equal to the least of (i) $31,204,000, (ii) the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the mortgage
loans in loan group II and (iii) after the December 2004
payment date, $0. Accordingly, if the mortgage loans in
loan group II have high prepayments and losses, the
notional amount of the Class IIA-IO notes, and as a
result the interest distributable on the Class IIA-IO
notes, may be reduced and you may fail to recover your
initial investment.
HOLDERS OF THE SUBORDINATE The indenture provides that failure to pay interest when
GROUP II NOTES HAVE due on the outstandingclass or classes of subordinate
LIMITED RIGHTS Group II notes (for example, for so long as any of the
senior Group II notes are outstanding, the Class IIM-1,
Class IIM-2 and Class IIB-1 notes, or after the senior
Group II notes have been paid in full but the Class
IIM-1 notes are still outstanding, the Class IIM-2 and
Class IIB-1 notes) will not be an event of default under
the indenture.
If there is a conflict between directions given to the
indenture trustee by the holders of the senior Group II
notes and the holders of the subordinate Group II notes,
the indenture trustee will follow the directions of the
holders of the senior Group II notes.
PRIORITIES OF PAYMENTS Payment defaults, or the insolvency or dissolution of
CHANGE FOLLOWING AN EVENT the trust that results in the acceleration of the Group
OF DEFAULT UNDER INDENTURE II notes pursuant to the indenture, will result in
changes in the priority of payments under the Group II
notes. After an event of default and an acceleration of
the Group II notes, the trust will not: (i) make
payments of interest or principal on the subordinate
Group II notes until the senior Group II notes have been
paid in full; (ii) make payments of interest or
principal on the Class IIM-2 or Class IIB-1 notes until
the Class IIM-1 notes have been paid in full; or (iii)
make payments of interest or principal on the Class
IIB-1 notes until the Class IIM-2 notes have been paid
in full.
S-20
Under the circumstances described in the first paragraph
of this risk factor, payment priorities on the Group II
notes will change. These changes in the priorities of
payments may cause payments on each class of the Group
II notes to be made at a different rate - either earlier
or later - than expected. Classes of Group II notes that
receive payments earlier than expected are exposed to
greater reinvestment risk and classes of Group II notes
that receive principal later than expected are exposed
to greater risk of loss. In either case, the yields on
your Group II notes could be materially and adversely
affected.
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE MAY Although the trust will be obligated to sell the
BE UNABLE TO LIQUIDATE mortgage loans if directed to do so by the indenture
RECEIVABLES AFTER AN trustee, or in the case of loan group I, by the
EVENT OF DEFAULT enhancer, in accordance with the indenture following an
acceleration of offered notes upon an event of default,
there is no assurance that the market value of the
mortgage loans will at any time be equal to or greater
than the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
offered notes. Therefore, upon an event of default,
there can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be
available to repay the noteholders in full. You, and
particularly investors in the subordinate Group II
notes, will bear the risk of loss on your investment. In
addition, the amount of principal required to be
distributed to noteholders under the indenture is
generally limited to amounts available. Therefore, the
failure to pay principal on a class of offered notes
will not result in the occurrence of an event of default
until the legal final payment date for that class of
offered notes.
THE RETURN ON YOUR NOTES The Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, or
COULD BE REDUCED BY the Relief Act, provides relief to borrowers who enter
SHORTFALLS DUE TO THE active military service and to borrowers in reserve
SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL status who are called to active duty after the
RELIEF ACT origination of their mortgage loan. The response of the
United States to the terrorist attacks on September 11,
2001 has included the activation to active duty of
persons in reserve military status. The Relief Act
provides generally that a borrower who is covered by the
Relief Act may not be charged interest on a mortgage
loan in excess of 6% per annum during the period of the
borrower's active duty. Amounts in excess of the 6%
limitation are not required to be paid by the borrower
at any future time. Similar state laws may also apply to
borrowers not otherwise covered by the Relief Act
The Relief Act also limits the ability to foreclose on a
mortgage loan during the borrower's period of active
duty and, in some cases, during an additional three
month period thereafter. As a result, there may be
delays in payment and increased losses on the mortgage
loans. Those delays and increased losses will be borne
primarily by the outstanding class of notes with the
lowest payment priority. The policy does not guarantee
the payment of any interest shortfalls on the Group I
notes caused by the application of the Relief Act.
Although we do not know the exact number of affected
borrowers, to date, only two of the mortgage loans have
been affected by the application of the Relief Act.
Except for those two mortgage loans, no other borrower
has notified the subservicer, and the subservicer has no
knowledge, of any other relief requested or allowed
under the Relief Act. The subservicer is unable to
estimate how many other borrowers may request relief
under the Relief Act in the future. The policy does not
guarantee the payment of any interest shortfalls on the
Group I notes caused by the application of the Relief
Act. See "Material Legal Aspects of the Loans--Soldiers'
and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940" in the
prospectus.
S-21
THE OFFERED NOTES ARE NOT The offered notes, and in particular the subordinate
SUITABLE INVESTMENTS FOR ALL Group II notes, are not a suitable investment if you
INVESTORS require a regular or predictable schedule of payments or
payment on any specific date. The offered notes are
complex investments that should be considered only by
investors who, either alone or with their financial, tax
and legal advisors, have the expertise to analyze the
prepayment, reinvestment, default and market risk, the
tax consequences of an investment, and the interaction
of these factors.
THE ENHANCER HAS For so long as no enhancer default has occurred, the
CONTROLLING RIGHTS WITH enhancer will be deemed to be treated as a 100% holder
RESPECT TO THE CLASS IA-1 of the Group I notes for purposes relating to the
NOTES AND CERTAIN RIGHTS exercise of rights under the indenture. As a result, the
WITH RESPECT TO THE enhancer will have the right to exercise all of the
INDENTURE AND THE TRUST rights of the Group I noteholders set forth in the
prospectus, which include but is not limited to the
rights to (1) declare or waive certain defaults by or
cause the removal of the master servicer with respect to
the mortgage loans in loan group I, (2) consent to the
entering into of certain supplemental indentures, (3)
consent to the appointment of any successor master
servicer with respect to the mortgage loans in loan
group I and (4) upon the occurrence and continuation of
an event of default under the indenture with respect to
the Group I notes: instruct the indenture trustee to
declare the principal of the Group I notes to be
immediately due and payable or to subsequently rescind
such acceleration, instruct the indenture trustee
concerning any related proceedings or remedies, and
waive certain non-payment defaults affecting the Group I
notes under the indenture.
In addition, under certain limited circumstances, the
enhancer shall have the right to consent to certain
amendments to the transaction documents that affect the
Group I notes.
S-22
INTRODUCTION
The Irwin Home Equity Loan Trust 2002-1 (the "ISSUER" or the
"TRUST") will be formed pursuant to a trust agreement (the "TRUST
AGREEMENT"), to be dated as of May 31, 2002 between Bear Stearns Asset
Backed Securities, Inc. (the "DEPOSITOR") and Wilmington Trust Company, the
Owner Trustee. The Issuer will issue approximately $433,693,000 aggregate
principal amount of Home Equity Loan-Backed Notes, Series 2002-1. The Trust will
also issue Home Equity Loan-Backed Variable Funding Notes, Series 2002-1 (the
"VARIABLE FUNDING NOTES"). The Variable Funding Notes will be issued in two
classes: the Group I Variable Funding Notes and the Group II Variable Funding
Notes. The Class IA-1 Notes and the Group I Variable Funding Notes are
collectively referred to as the "GROUP I NOTES." The Class IIA-1, Class
IIA-IO, Class IIM-1, Class IIM-2, Class IIB-1 Notes and the Group II Variable
Funding Notes are collectively referred to as the "GROUP II NOTES." The Class
IIA-1 Notes, Class IIA-IO Notes and the Group II Variable Funding Notes are
collectively referred to as the "SENIOR GROUP II NOTES." The Class IIM-1, Class
IIM-2 and Class IIB-1 Notes are collectively referred to as the "SUBORDINATE
GROUP II Notes." The Class IA-1 Notes and Group II Notes (other than the Group
II Variable Funding Notes) are collectively referred to as the "OFFERED NOTES."
The Offered Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the
"INDENTURE"), to be dated as of May 31, 2002 between the Issuer and Wells
Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Indenture Trustee. The Offered
Notes and the Variable Funding Notes are collectively referred to herein as the
"NOTES." Pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Issuer will issue one class of
Home Equity Loan-Backed Certificates, Series 2002-1 (the "CERTIFICATES").
The Offered Notes, the Variable Funding Notes and the Certificates are
collectively referred to herein as the "SECURITIES." Only the Offered Notes are
offered hereby.
The Mortgage Loans assigned and transferred to the Issuer and pledged
to the Indenture Trustee as of the Closing Date will constitute a mortgage pool
and will be divided into two groups (each, a "LOAN GROUP"). All of the Mortgage
Loans will be acquired by the Depositor from Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company
on the Closing Date. The Issuer will be entitled to all payments of principal
and interest in respect of the Mortgage Loans collected after the Cut-Off Date.
DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS
GENERAL
The statistical information presented in this Prospectus Supplement is
based upon the characteristics of the pool of Mortgage Loans as of the
Statistical Calculation Date. Such statistical information is based upon the
characteristics of the home equity lines of credit as of the Statistical
Calculation Date (the "HELOCS") and the home equity loans as of the
Statistical Calculation Date (the "HELS"). The HELOCs and the HELs are
collectively referred to herein as thE "MORTGAGE LOANS." The Mortgage Loans will
include the mortgage loans described in this prospectus supplement and
additional mortgage loans that will be transferred to the Depositor on the
Closing Date.
With respect to the Mortgage Loans as of the Statistical Calculation
Date as to which statistical information is presented herein, some amortization
will occur prior to the Closing Date. Moreover, certain mortgage loans included
in the pool of Mortgage Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date may prepay
in full and may not be included in the final pool of Mortgage Loans. As a result
of the foregoing, the statistical distribution of characteristics as of the
Closing Date for the final pool of Mortgage Loans will vary somewhat from the
statistical distribution of such characteristics as of the Statistical
Calculation Date as presented in this Prospectus Supplement, although such
variance should not be material. The Depositor will file on form 8-K, within 10
days of the Closing Date, information on the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off
Date. In addition, Principal Collections from HELs in Loan Group II may be used
to acquire Additional Balances for allocation to Loan Group II.
MORTGAGE LOANS
The aggregate principal balance of the pool of Mortgage Loans was
approximately $370,391,596.31 as of the Statistical Calculation Date. The
Mortgage Loans assigned to Loan Group I (the "GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS")
S-23
are expected to have an aggregate principal balance of approximately
$112,115,640.46 as of the Statistical Calculation Date and will be
adjustable-rate, home equity lines of credit with combined loan-to-value ratios
generally up to 100%, secured by first, second or third mortgages or deeds of
trust on residential properties. The Mortgage Loans assigned to Loan Group II
(the "GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS") are expected to have an aggregate principal
balance of approximately $258,275,955.85 as of the Statistical Calculation Date
and will be (i) fixed-rate, closed-end home equity loans with combined
loan-to-value ratios generally over 100% and generally up to 125%, secured by
first, second or third mortgages or deeds of trust on residential properties,
and (ii) adjustable-rate, home equity lines of credit with combined
loan-to-value ratios generally over 100% and generally up to 125%, secured by
first, second or third mortgages or deeds of trust on residential properties.
Unless otherwise indicated, all percentages set forth in this
Prospectus Supplement are based upon the aggregate Principal Balances of the
Group I Mortgage Loans and the Group II Mortgage Loans as of the Statistical
Calculation Date.
The Mortgage Loans are evidenced by Mortgage Notes (each, a "MORTGAGE
NOTE") or, in the case of HELOCs, loan agreements (each, a "LOAN
AGREEMENT"), secured by mortgages or deeds of trust (the "MORTGAGES"),
substantially all of which are second or more junior lien Mortgages on one- to
four-family residential properties (the "MORTGAGED PROPERTIES") and have the
additional characteristics described below.
Each Group I Mortgage Loan for which information is presented in this
Prospectus Supplement has an original term to stated maturity of up to 25 years.
Each of the Group I Mortgage Loans met the following criteria as of the
Statistical Calculation Date: (i) a current principal balance of no less than
$1,100.00 and (ii) not more than 59 days past due. The Group I Mortgage Loans
were selected by Irwin Home Equity Corporation ("IHE") from the mortgage loans
in IUB's portfolio that met the above criteria using a selection process
believed by IHE not to be adverse to the holders of Notes or the Enhancer. As of
the Statistical Calculation Date, the average principal balance of the Group I
Mortgage Loans was approximately $51,405.61. As of the Statistical Calculation
Date, the weighted average Mortgage Interest Rate of the Group I Mortgage Loans
was approximately 8.792%. The weighted average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of
the Group I Mortgage Loans was approximately 90.15%. The weighted average
remaining term to maturity was 228 months and the latest scheduled maturity of
any Group I Mortgage Loan is May 15, 2022, however the actual date on which any
Mortgage Loan is paid in full may be earlier than the stated maturity date due
to unscheduled payments of principal.
Based on information supplied by the Mortgagors in connection with
their loan applications at origination, 2,137 of the Mortgaged Properties
securing the Group I Mortgage Loans, which secure approximately 98.44% of the
outstanding principal balance of the Group I Mortgage Loans, will be owner
occupied primary residences and 44 of the Mortgaged Properties securing the
Group I Mortgage Loans, which secure approximately 1.56% of the outstanding
principal balance of the Group I Mortgage Loans, will be non-owner occupied or
second homes.
Each Group II Mortgage Loan for which information is presented in this
Prospectus Supplement has an original term to stated maturity of up to 30 years.
Each of the Group II Mortgage Loans met the following criteria as of the
Statistical Calculation Date: (i) a current principal balance of no less than
$1,171.53 and (ii) not more than 59 days past due. The Group II Mortgage Loans
were selected by IHE from the mortgage loans in IUB's portfolio that met the
above criteria using a selection process believed by IHE not to be adverse to
the holders of Notes. As of the Statistical Calculation Date, the average
principal balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans was approximately $42,222.65.
As of the Statistical Calculation Date, the weighted average Mortgage Interest
Rate of the Group II Mortgage Loans was approximately 12.981%. The weighted
average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Group II Mortgage Loans was
approximately 118.15%. The weighted average remaining term to stated maturity
was approximately 229 months and the latest scheduled maturity of any Group II
Mortgage Loan is December 10, 2028, however the actual date on which any
Mortgage Loan is paid in full may be earlier than the stated maturity date due
to unscheduled payments of principal.
Based on information supplied by the Mortgagors in connection with
their loan applications at origination, 6,117 of the Mortgaged Properties
securing the Group II Mortgage Loans, which secure 100.00% of the outstanding
principal balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans, will be owner occupied primary
residences.
S-24
The scheduled monthly payment (the "MONTHLY PAYMENT") on each
fixed-rate Group II Mortgage Loan includes interest plus an amount that will
amortize the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan over its
remaining term, plus any Additional Charges due.
Substantially all of the HELOCs are in their Draw Period. The Monthly
Payment on each HELOC that is in its Draw Period consists of an interest only
payment, plus any Additional Charges due. Effective with the first payment due
on a HELOC after the tenth anniversary date of the date of origination thereof
in the case of substantially all of the HELOCs, on each related Interest
Adjustment Date the Monthly Payment will be adjusted to an amount that will
amortize the then-outstanding Principal Balance of such HELOC over its remaining
term plus interest thereon. During the repayment period, the interest rate on
HELOCs acquired from Providian Home Equity Trust 1999-1 (the "PNB Trust") adjust
every six months. For the Group I Mortgage Loans, the weighted average number of
months from the Statistical Calculation Date to the first adjustment of the
Monthly Payment such that the resulting amount will amortize the outstanding
Principal Balance of the HELOCs over their remaining term is approximately 112
months (approximately 50 months for the HELOCs acquired from the PNB Trust and
approximately 117 months for the other HELOCs). For the Group II Mortgage Loans,
the weighted average number of months from the Statistical Calculation Date to
the first adjustment of the Monthly Payment such that the resulting amount will
amortize the outstanding Principal Balance of the HELOCs over their remaining
term is approximately 117 months (approximately 66 months for the HELOCs
acquired from the PNB Trust and approximately 117 months for the other HELOCs).
Interest on each HELOC other than the HELOCs purchased from PNB Trust
is and will be calculated based on the average daily principal balance thereof
outstanding during the related Billing Cycle. Interest on substantially all
HELOCs purchased from the PNB Trust compounds daily. For HELOCs originated by
IUB, the "DUE DATE" is generally the 15th day of each calendar month. The
"BILLING CYCLE" for any HELOC is generally the period from on or about the
23rd or 28th day of the calendar month second preceding such Due Date to the
22nd or 27th, as applicable, day of the calendar month immediately preceding
such Due Date. For HELOCs not originated by IUB, due dates vary throughout a
month and Billing Cycles correspond accordingly.
The Mortgage Interest Rates on the HELOCs will adjust monthly on each
applicable Interest Adjustment Date to a rate equal to the sum of (i) the
highest prime rate as published in the "Money Rates" section of The Wall Street
Journal on the last Business Day of the month immediately preceding the related
Interest Adjustment Date plus (ii) a fixed percentage (the "GROSS MARGIN"),
which total is generally subject to specified maximum and minimum lifetime
Mortgage Interest Rates ("LIFETIME RATE CAPS" and "LIFETIME RATE
FLOORS", respectively), as specified in the related Mortgage documents. Due
to the application of the Lifetime Rate Caps and Lifetime Rate Floors, the
Mortgage Interest Rate on any HELOC, as adjusted on any Interest Adjustment
Date, may not equal the sum of the related prime rate and Gross Margin. Each
HELOC requires the related Mortgagor to make current interest payments during
the life of such HELOC.
Substantially all of the HELOCs purchased from the PNB Trust have a
term to maturity from the date of origination of approximately 15 years,
however, the term of some of the HELOCs purchased from PNB Trust have been
extended to 25 years. Each other HELOC has a term to maturity from the date of
origination of approximately 20 years.
A Mortgagor with a HELOC may make a draw at any time during the period
stated in the related Loan Agreement (the "DRAW PERIOD"). In addition, the
Mortgagor will not be permitted to make any draw during the period stated in the
related Loan Agreement (the "REPAYMENT PERIOD"). The Draw Period and the
Repayment Period for any HELOC may vary based on such HELOC's state of
origination and the entity originating the HELOC.
The maximum amount of each draw with respect to any HELOC is equal to
the excess, if any, of the credit limit thereof over the outstanding principal
balance thereof at the time of such draw. Approximately 10.28% of the Mortgage
Loans that are Group I Mortgage Loans and 6.67% of the Mortgage Loans that are
Group II Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in whole and the account closed at any
time after origination thereof without a corresponding penalty. However,
Mortgagors will have the right during the related Draw Period to make a draw in
the amount of any prepayment theretofore made with respect to such HELOC, unless
during such Draw Period the Mortgagor pays the outstanding balance of such HELOC
in full and requests that the account be closed.
S-25
A Mortgagor's right to make draws during the Draw Period may be
suspended, or the credit limit of the related HELOC may be reduced, for cause
under a number of circumstances, including, but not limited to, (x) a material
and adverse change in such Mortgagor's financial circumstances; (y) a decline in
the value of the related Mortgaged Property significantly below the Appraised
Value thereof at origination of such HELOC; or (z) a payment default by such
Mortgagor. However, such suspension or reduction generally will not affect the
payment terms for previously drawn amounts. Neither the Master Servicer nor any
subservicer will have any obligation to investigate whether any such
circumstances have transpired, and may have no knowledge thereof. As such, there
can be no assurance that any Mortgagor's ability to make Draws will be suspended
or reduced in the event that any of the foregoing circumstances occur. In the
event of a default under a HELOC, such HELOC may be suspended, or the credit
limit of the such HELOC may be reduced, or the HELOC may be terminated and
declared immediately due and payable in full. For such purpose, a default
includes, but is not limited to, (a) the related Mortgagor's failure to make any
payment as required; (b) any action or inaction by such Mortgagor that adversely
affects the related Mortgaged Property or the mortgagee's rights therein; or (c)
fraud or material misrepresentation by such Mortgagor in connection with such
HELOC.
With respect to each HELOC, other than HELOCs purchased from the PNB
Trust, (x) the "FINANCE CHARGE" for any Billing Cycle will be an amount
equal to the aggregate of, as calculated for each day in such Billing Cycle, the
then-applicable Mortgage Interest Rate divided by the actual number of days in
the year, and multiplied by the average daily Principal Balance of such HELOC
and (y) the "ACCOUNT BALANCE" on any day generally will be the aggregate
unpaid Principal Balance outstanding at the beginning of such day, plus the sum
of any unpaid fees, insurance premiums and other charges, if any (collectively,
"ADDITIONAL CHARGES"), and any unpaid Finance Charges due, plus the
aggregate of all draws funded on such day, minus the aggregate of all payments
and credits applied to the repayment of any such draws on such day. Payments
made by or on behalf of the Mortgagor will be applied to any unpaid Finance
Charges, fees and late charges, if any, due thereon, prior to application to any
unpaid Principal Balance outstanding. With respect to substantially all of the
HELOCs purchased from the PNB Trust, interest is compounded daily after adding
all debits and subtracting all credits for the day.
Based upon a review of the Mortgage Loans by IUB, IUB believes that
none of the Group I Mortgage Loans, as of the Statistical Calculation Date, are
subject to the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 (the
"HOMEOWNERSHIP ACT") or comparable state law, and that not more than 30% of
the Group II Mortgage Loans, as of the Statistical Calculation Date, may be
subject to the Homeownership Act or comparable state law. IUB has represented to
the Depositor in the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement that no Mortgage Loan was
originated in violation of the Homeownership Act or any comparable state law (to
the extent applicable) and steps have been taken to ensure that the relevant
Mortgage Loans were originated in compliance with the requirements of the
Homeownership Act or comparable state law for relevant Mortgage Loans.
No proceeds from any Mortgage Loan were used to finance single-premium
credit insurance policies.
The "MORTGAGE INTEREST RATE" of each Mortgage Loan is the per
annum interest rate required to be paid by the mortgagor (each a
"MORTGAGOR") under the terms of the related Mortgage Note and, in the case
of the HELOCs, the related Loan Agreement. The Mortgage Interest Rate borne by
each Mortgage Loan is (x) in the case of a HELOC, adjustable on the date (each
such date, an "INTEREST ADJUSTMENT DATE") specified in the related Loan
Agreement to a rate equal to the sum of (A) the highest prime rate as published
in the "Money Rates" section of The Wall Street Journal on the last Business Day
of the related calendar month and (B) the margin specified in the related Loan
Agreement and (y) in the case of a HEL, fixed as of the date of origination of
such HEL.
The "COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO" generally will be, with respect to
each HELOC, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the sum of (a) the credit
limit of such HELOC and (b) the outstanding principal balance at origination of
such HELOC, of all other mortgage loans, if any, secured by senior liens on the
related Mortgaged Property, to the Appraised Value. With respect to each HEL,
the "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio" generally will be the ratio, expressed as a
percentage, of the sum of (a) the Principal Balance at origination of such HEL
and (b) any outstanding principal balance at origination of such HEL of all
other mortgage loans, if any, secured by senior liens on the related Mortgaged
Property, to the Appraised Value. The "APPRAISED VALUE" for any Mortgaged
Property will be the appraised value thereof, determined in the appraisal or
property valuation used in the origination of the related Mortgage Loan (which
may have been obtained at an earlier time). See "The Originator and the
Subservicer--Underwriting Standards" herein.
S-26
Approximately 89.72% of the Group I Mortgage Loans and 93.33% of the
Group II Mortgage Loans provide for penalties upon full prepayment during the
first one, two, three, four or five years after origination thereof, as
specified in the related Mortgage Note. Each of the Mortgage Loans is subject to
a due-on-sale clause. See "Material Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans -
Due-on-Sale Clauses in Mortgage Loans" in the Prospectus.
The original mortgages or assignments of mortgage for some of the
Mortgage Loans are recorded in the name of the Mortgage Electronic Registration
Systems, Inc. ("MERS") solely as nominee for the Originator and its successors
and assigns, and subsequent assignments of those mortgages are or will be
registered electronically through the MERS(R) System. For each of these Mortgage
Loans, MERS will serve as mortgagee of record on the mortgage solely as a
nominee in an administrative capacity on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, and
does not have any interest in the Mortgage Loan.
STATISTICAL INFORMATION
Set forth below is a description of certain additional characteristics
of the Mortgage Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date (except as
otherwise indicated). Dollar amounts and percentages may not add up to totals
due to rounding.
S-27
GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
LIEN POSITION OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
LIEN POSITION LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Lien 61 $3,446,344.25 3.07%
Second Lien 2,068 106,587,797.49 95.07
Third Lien 52 2,081,498.72 1.86
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MORTGAGE INTEREST RATES OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
MORTGAGE INTEREST RATES (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.000 to 4.999 3 $174,827.83 0.16%
5.000 to 5.999 79 5,508,807.33 4.91
6.000 to 6.999 252 14,627,695.57 13.05
7.000 to 7.999 311 18,126,896.89 16.17
8.000 to 8.999 393 24,352,678.63 21.72
9.000 to 9.999 418 21,121,874.72 18.84
10.000 to 10.999 342 15,023,705.22 13.40
11.000 to 11.999 242 9,087,419.04 8.11
12.000 to 12.999 116 3,237,120.43 2.89
13.000 to 13.999 16 517,796.88 0.46
14.000 to 14.999 8 314,817.92 0.28
15.000 to 15.999 1 22,000.00 0.02
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average mortgage interest rate of the Group I Mortgage
Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 8.792% per annum.
S-28
CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION RATES OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
RATES (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.001 to 5.000 2 $2,557.05 0.00%*
5.001 to 10.000 2 13,389.60 0.01
10.001 to 15.000 4 24,396.71 0.02
15.001 to 20.000 2 31,947.88 0.03
20.001 to 25.000 4 41,939.29 0.04
25.001 to 30.000 2 22,631.59 0.02
30.001 to 35.000 6 165,782.53 0.15
35.001 to 40.000 9 318,710.28 0.28
40.001 to 45.000 11 284,275.34 0.25
45.001 to 50.000 9 216,147.60 0.19
50.001 to 55.000 12 407,265.00 0.36
55.001 to 60.000 9 300,951.11 0.27
60.001 to 65.000 7 271,688.70 0.24
65.001 to 70.000 12 425,249.02 0.38
70.001 to 75.000 23 558,925.71 0.50
75.001 to 80.000 28 1,088,362.40 0.97
80.001 to 85.000 33 1,303,765.91 1.16
85.001 to 90.000 53 2,294,352.87 2.05
90.001 to 95.000 93 3,757,506.88 3.35
95.001 to 100.000 1,860 100,585,794.99 89.72
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average credit limit utilization rate of the Group I Loans
as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 97.47%.
*Greater than 0.000% but less than 0.005%.
S-29
COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
RATIOS (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.001 to 40.000 15 $879,846.12 0.78%
40.001 to 45.000 6 421,716.12 0.38
45.001 to 50.000 12 557,227.08 0.50
50.001 to 55.000 16 1,123,049.53 1.00
55.001 to 60.000 17 824,974.98 0.74
60.001 to 65.000 30 1,952,623.70 1.74
65.001 to 70.000 46 2,186,375.46 1.95
70.001 to 75.000 62 3,558,759.68 3.17
75.001 to 80.000 155 9,003,722.74 8.03
80.001 to 85.000 184 9,021,322.23 8.05
85.001 to 90.000 301 15,807,640.41 14.10
90.001 to 95.000 290 14,992,299.53 13.37
95.001 to 100.000 1,047 51,786,082.88 46.19
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The minimum and maximum combined loan-to-value ratios of the Group I
Mortgage Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date are approximately 6.98%
and 100.00%, respectively, and the weighted average combined loan-to-value
ratio as of the Statistical Calculation Date of the Group I Mortgage Loans is
approximately 90.15%. The "combined loan-to-value ratio" of an Group I
Mortgage Loan as of the Statistical Calculation Date is the ratio, expressed
as a percentage, equal to the sum of any outstanding first and other mortgage
balance, if any, as of the date of origination of the related Group I
Mortgage Loan plus the credit limit of such Group I Mortgage divided by the
appraised value of the mortgaged property at origination.
PRINCIPAL BALANCES OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
PRINCIPAL BALANCES LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$0.01 to $25,000.00 413 $8,042,742.98 7.17%
$25,000.01 to $50,000.00 1,039 38,522,792.24 34.36
$50,000.01 to $75,000.00 385 23,817,339.95 21.24
$75,000.01 to $100,000.00 209 18,622,183.67 16.61
$100,000.01 to $125,000.00 52 5,892,086.37 5.26
$125,000.01 to $150,000.00 25 3,392,091.20 3.03
$150,000.01 to $175,000.00 15 2,458,069.32 2.19
$175,000.01 to $200,000.00 16 3,055,659.44 2.73
$200,000.01 to $225,000.00 7 1,486,590.82 1.33
$225,000.01 to $250,000.00 5 1,194,279.41 1.07
$250,000.01 to $275,000.00 3 805,495.58 0.72
$275,000.01 to $300,000.00 4 1,175,665.10 1.05
$300,000.01 to $400,000.00 5 1,704,941.38 1.52
$400,000.01 to $500,000.00 1 450,000.00 0.40
$600,000.01 to $700,000.00 1 700,000.00 0.62
$700,000.01 to $800,000.00 1 795,703.00 0.71
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The average unpaid principal balance of the Group I Mortgage Loans as
of the Statistical Calculation Date is $51,405.61.
S-30
MORTGAGED PROPERTIES SECURING GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
PROPERTY TYPE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Single-Family Dwelling 1,930 $98,180,950.90 87.57%
Planned Unit Development 128 8,753,203.65 7.81
Condominium 106 4,436,185.51 3.96
2-4 Family 17 745,300.40 0.66
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORIGINAL TERM TO MATURITY OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
ORIGINAL TERM TO MATURITY* GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
(MONTHS) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to 60 1 $35,601.78 0.03%
121 to 180 270 6,883,980.94 6.14
181 to 240 1,893 104,553,342.58 93.25
241 to 300 17 642,715.16 0.57
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* For certain of the HELOCs purchased from the PNB Trust the original term to
maturity was extended from 180 months to 300 months. This table reflects the
original term to maturity, as extended.
The weighted average original term to maturity of the Group I Mortgage
Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 237 months.
REMAINING TERM TO MATURITY OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
REMAINING TERM TO MATURITY GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
(MONTHS) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to 60 9 $279,043.46 0.25%
61 to 120 195 4,801,187.91 4.28
121 to 180 96 2,863,656.08 2.55
181 to 240 1,881 104,171,753.01 92.91
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average remaining term to maturity of the Group I
Mortgage Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 228
months.
S-31
YEAR OF ORIGINATION OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
YEAR OF ORIGINATION LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2002 1,048 $56,008,363.51 49.96%
2001 830 48,076,464.89 42.88
2000 2 50,615.76 0.05
1999 4 143,028.96 0.13
1998 14 421,733.37 0.38
1997 69 1,760,749.27 1.57
1996 74 1,802,195.08 1.61
1995 55 1,302,041.59 1.16
1994 39 992,327.86 0.89
1993 15 523,091.81 0.47
1992 10 276,781.22 0.25
1991 5 152,455.17 0.14
1990 13 480,604.12 0.43
1989 2 89,187.85 0.08
1988 1 36,000.00 0.03
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The earliest month and year of origination of any Group I Mortgage
Loan as of the Statistical Calculation Date is November 1988 and the latest
month and year of origination of any Group I Mortgage Loan as of the
Statistical Calculation Date is April 2002.
OCCUPANCY TYPE OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
OCCUPANCY TYPE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Owner Occupied 2,137 $110,361,772.43 98.44%
Non-Owner Occupied 44 1,753,868.03 1.56
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CREDIT QUALITY OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
CREDIT QUALITY LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Excellent 1,623 $86,443,185.26 77.10%
Superior 410 19,499,185.92 17.39
Good 103 4,605,371.47 4.11
Fair 18 737,404.03 0.66
Non-Prime 27 830,493.78 0.74
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Credit grades run from Excellent to Superior to Good to Fair to
Non-Prime in descending order.
S-32
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES SECURING
GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
STATE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
California 527 $34,707,269.97 30.96%
New York 129 6,671,531.03 5.95
New Jersey 124 6,323,215.89 5.64
Florida 127 6,047,092.03 5.39
Illinois 133 5,692,436.12 5.08
Virginia 115 5,501,491.42 4.91
Colorado 80 4,451,371.62 3.97
Michigan 100 4,402,743.36 3.93
Georgia 85 4,285,367.90 3.82
Washington 96 4,283,295.61 3.82
Arizona 68 3,374,437.51 3.01
Maryland 60 3,342,174.41 2.98
Ohio 74 2,908,077.95 2.59
Massachusetts 42 2,809,701.17 2.51
Oregon 57 2,466,336.54 2.20
Connecticut 45 2,384,020.38 2.13
Other (<2%) 319 12,465,077.55 11.12
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No more than approximately 0.74% of the Group I Mortgage Loans as of
the Statistical Calculation Date are secured by mortgaged properties located
in any one zip code.
DEBT-TO-INCOME RATIOS OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
DEBT-TO-INCOME RATIOS (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.001 to 10.000 5 $203,853.59 0.18%
10.001 to 15.000 12 709,337.65 0.63
15.001 to 20.000 33 1,572,768.99 1.40
20.001 to 25.000 124 5,319,255.44 4.74
25.001 to 30.000 180 9,378,394.73 8.36
30.001 to 35.000 302 14,855,650.28 13.25
35.001 to 40.000 342 17,469,185.19 15.58
40.001 to 45.000 440 22,659,278.33 20.21
45.001 to 50.000 450 25,324,665.43 22.59
50.001 to 55.000 293 14,623,250.83 13.04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average debt-to-income ratio of the Group I Mortgage Loans
as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 40.25%.
S-33
PREPAYMENT PENALTY FOR GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
MONTHS APPLICABLE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Prepayment Penalty 359 $11,524,808.60 10.28%
24 9 712,135.09 0.64
36 256 15,424,164.13 13.76
48 1 50,500.00 0.05
60 1,556 84,404,032.64 75.28
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORIGINATION CHANNEL FOR GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF
NUMBER OF STATISTICAL CALCULATION
GROUP I MORTGAGE UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF DATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
ORIGINATION CHANNEL LOANS GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Direct Mail 1,687 $93,283,449.45 83.20%
Broker 206 11,269,893.13 10.05
Acquisitions 288 7,562,297.88 6.75
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DELINQUENCY STATUS FOR GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
DELINQUENCY LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 2,061 $105,855,927.09 94.42%
1-29 120 6,259,713.37 5.58
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S-34
RATE FLOOR OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
RATE FLOOR (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.000 to 0.999 1 $29,136.43 0.03%
3.000 to 3.999 1 103,116.20 0.09
4.000 to 4.999 149 8,444,642.37 7.53
5.000 to 5.999 326 19,563,552.08 17.45
6.000 to 6.999 363 21,822,741.43 19.46
7.000 to 7.999 421 23,731,675.34 21.17
8.000 to 8.999 336 16,221,086.32 14.47
9.000 to 9.999 228 10,330,588.59 9.21
10.000 to 10.999 133 5,664,930.11 5.05
11.000 to 11.999 136 4,348,077.45 3.88
12.000 to 12.999 75 1,448,906.13 1.29
13.000 to 13.999 9 345,535.96 0.31
14.000 to 14.999 2 39,652.05 0.04
15.000 to 15.999 1 22,000.00 0.02
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average rate floor of the Group I Mortgage Loans as of the
Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 7.51% per annum.
RATE CEILING OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
RATE CEILING (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.000 to 0.999 1 $29,136.43 0.03%
13.000 to 13.999 1 103,116.20 0.09
14.000 to 14.999 149 8,444,642.37 7.53
15.000 to 15.999 326 19,563,552.08 17.45
16.000 to 16.999 359 21,669,514.85 19.33
17.000 to 17.999 404 22,452,333.06 20.03
18.000 to 18.999 331 16,307,682.93 14.55
19.000 to 19.999 472 16,361,072.64 14.59
20.000 to 20.999 79 4,114,396.28 3.67
21.000 to 21.999 26 1,157,776.21 1.03
22.000 to 22.999 13 507,174.49 0.45
23.000 to 23.999 5 279,235.52 0.25
24.000 to 24.999 7 862,508.44 0.77
26.000 + 8 263,498.96 0.24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average rate ceiling of the Group I Mortgage Loans as of
the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 17.68% per annum.
S-35
MARGIN RATE OF GROUP I MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP I MORTGAGE OF GROUP I BALANCE OF GROUP I
MARGIN RANGE (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Below 0.000 2 $69,766.81 0.06%
0.000 to 0.999 46 3,481,895.88 3.11
1.000 to 1.999 226 13,016,277.60 11.61
2.000 to 2.999 319 18,275,100.79 16.30
3.000 to 3.999 415 23,200,570.23 20.69
4.000 to 4.999 511 25,862,874.33 23.07
5.000 to 5.999 408 17,034,448.82 15.19
6.000 to 6.999 166 7,522,623.27 6.71
7.000 to 7.999 60 2,512,907.42 2.24
8.000 to 8.999 19 809,539.86 0.72
9.000 to 9.999 8 276,483.94 0.25
10.000 to 10.999 1 53,151.51 0.05
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 2,181 $112,115,640.46 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average margin of the Group I Mortgage Loans as of the
Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 3.92% per annum.
S-36
GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
LIEN POSITION OF GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
LIEN POSITION LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Lien 1 $57,042.68 0.02%
Second Lien 5,947 251,031,172.29 97.19
Third Lien 169 7,187,740.88 2.78
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 258,275,955.85 100.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MORTGAGE INTEREST RATES OF GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
MORTGAGE INTEREST RATES (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.000 to 5.999 1 $84,635.88 0.03%
6.000 to 6.999 6 432,041.47 0.17
7.000 to 7.999 41 2,338,185.85 0.91
8.000 to 8.999 108 5,322,399.84 2.06
9.000 to 9.999 380 19,169,974.14 7.42
10.000 to 10.999 613 29,952,663.49 11.60
11.000 to 11.999 814 35,794,602.58 13.86
12.000 to 12.999 937 38,630,837.68 14.96
13.000 to 13.999 1,069 42,952,141.41 16.63
14.000 to 14.999 1,019 39,278,001.05 15.21
15.000 to 15.999 447 17,233,933.05 6.67
16.000 to 16.999 289 11,992,224.51 4.64
17.000 to 17.999 230 9,009,675.01 3.49
18.000 to 18.999 96 3,504,607.69 1.36
19.000 to 19.999 64 2,490,179.57 0.96
20.000 + 3 89,852.63 0.03
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 258,275,955.85 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average mortgage interest rate of the Group II Mortgage
Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 12.981% per
annum.
S-37
CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION RATES OF ADJUSTABLE RATE GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
RATES (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.001 to 5.000 1 1,171.53 0.00%*
5.001 to 10.000 1 3,247.63 0.00*
15.001 to 20.000 3 20,819.92 0.01
20.001 to 25.000 3 37,431.91 0.03
25.001 to 30.000 3 19,169.44 0.01
30.001 to 35.000 2 17,662.63 0.01
35.001 to 40.000 2 27,164.01 0.02
40.001 to 45.000 2 60,777.81 0.04
45.001 to 50.000 3 104,447.95 0.07
50.001 to 55.000 4 53,631.25 0.04
55.001 to 60.000 6 126,398.31 0.09
60.001 to 65.000 7 218,093.63 0.15
65.001 to 70.000 12 400,366.13 0.27
70.001 to 75.000 14 477,035.50 0.33
75.001 to 80.000 9 445,117.95 0.30
80.001 to 85.000 20 617,212.49 0.42
85.001 to 90.000 32 1,323,436.19 0.90
90.001 to 95.000 50 2,127,139.47 1.45
95.001 to 100.000 3,231 140,245,854.10 95.84
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 3,405 146,326,177.85 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average credit limit utilization rate of the adjustable
rate Group II Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately
98.91%.
* Greater than 0.000% but less than 0.005%.
S-38
COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS OF GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
RATIOS (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100.001 to 105.000 371 $12,871,551.56 4.98%
105.001 to 110.000 729 28,578,327.10 11.07
110.001 to 115.000 931 37,855,928.52 14.66
115.001 to 120.000 1,191 50,866,788.71 19.69
120.001 to 125.000 2,895 128,103,359.96 49.60
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The minimum and maximum combined loan-to-value ratios of the Group
II Mortgage Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date are approximately
100.00% and 125.00%, respectively, and the weighted average combined
loan-to-value ratio as of the Statistical Calculation Date of the Group II
Mortgage Loans is approximately 118.15%. The "combined loan-to-value ratio"
of an Group II Mortgage Loan as of the Statistical Calculation Date is the
ratio, expressed as a percentage, equal to the sum of any outstanding first
and other mortgage balance, if any, as of the date of origination of the
related Group II Mortgage Loan plus the credit limit of HELOCs and original
principal balance on HELs, as applicable, of such Group II Mortgage Loan
divided by the appraised value of the mortgaged property at origination.
PRINCIPAL BALANCES OF GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
PRINCIPAL BALANCES LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$0.01 to $25,000.00 1,078 $22,858,194.51 8.85%
$25,000.01 to $50,000.00 3,598 134,526,715.92 52.09
$50,000.01 to $75,000.00 1,066 65,463,252.44 25.35
$75,000.01 to $100,000.00 301 26,296,087.25 10.18
$100,000.01 to $125,000.00 58 6,611,869.66 2.56
$125,000.01 to $150,000.00 9 1,226,701.58 0.47
$150,000.01 to $175,000.00 3 490,294.18 0.19
$175,000.01 to $200,000.00 3 553,840.31 0.21
$225,000.01 to $250,000.00 1 249,000.00 0.10
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The average unpaid principal balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans as
of the Statistical Calculation Date is $42,222.65
S-39
MORTGAGED PROPERTIES SECURING GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
PROPERTY TYPE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Single-Family Dwelling 5,230 $218,730,729.67 84.69%
Planned Unit Development 502 24,959,819.60 9.66
Condominium 374 14,280,678.07 5.53
2-4 Family 11 304,728.51 0.12
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORIGINAL TERM TO MATURITY OF GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
ORIGINAL TERM TO MATURITY GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
(MONTHS) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
61 to 120 112 $3,519,822.70 1.36%
121 to 180 1,495 57,537,439.08 22.28
181 to 240 3,690 159,658,530.63 61.82
241 to 300 818 37,496,944.39 14.52
301 to 360 2 63,219.05 0.02
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average original term to maturity of the Group II Mortgage
Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 234 months.
REMAINING TERM TO MATURITY OF GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
REMAINING TERM TO MATURITY GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
(MONTHS) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to 60 3 $48,130.77 0.02%
61 to 120 121 3,941,317.38 1.53
121 to 180 1,485 57,122,407.04 22.12
181 to 240 3,689 159,636,852.24 61.81
241 to 300 817 37,464,029.37 14.51
301 to 360 2 63,219.05 0.02
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average remaining term to maturity of the Group II
Mortgage Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 229
months.
S-40
YEAR OF ORIGINATION OF GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
YEAR OF ORIGINATION LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2002 3,477 $150,854,034.44 58.41%
2001 2,140 91,473,904.96 35.42
2000 2 66,022.28 0.03
1999 27 833,554.22 0.32
1998 449 14,303,568.10 5.54
1997 12 346,823.31 0.13
1996 4 139,918.11 0.05
1995 1 13,044.45 0.01
1994 4 159,144.21 0.06
1993 1 85,941.77 0.03
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The earliest month and year of origination of any Group II Mortgage
Loan as of the Statistical Calculation Date is June 1993 and the latest month
and year of origination of any Group II Mortgage Loan as of the Statistical
Calculation Date is April 2002.
OCCUPANCY TYPE OF GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
OCCUPANCY TYPE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Owner Occupied 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CREDIT QUALITY OF GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
CREDIT QUALITY LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Excellent 4,600 $204,492,195.02 79.18%
Superior 1,145 41,458,726.02 16.05
Good 346 11,551,256.51 4.47
Fair 2 53,251.05 0.02
Non-Prime 24 720,527.25 0.28
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Credit grades run from Excellent to Superior to Good to Fair to
Non-Prime in descending order.
S-41
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES SECURING
GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
STATE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
California 847 $42,503,109.20 16.46%
Florida 499 20,036,139.91 7.76
Virginia 380 15,868,094.95 6.14
Arizona 371 15,640,144.49 6.06
Maryland 332 15,347,139.83 5.94
Ohio 372 14,325,169.89 5.55
Pennsylvania 309 12,290,514.78 4.76
Washington 272 12,073,752.74 4.67
Colorado 252 11,783,898.33 4.56
Illinois 282 11,435,342.04 4.43
Georgia 292 11,363,577.42 4.40
Michigan 238 9,623,746.28 3.73
Oregon 153 6,568,480.53 2.54
New York 162 6,250,005.22 2.42
New Jersey 139 6,185,065.47 2.39
Nevada 143 6,150,697.44 2.38
Other (<2%) 1,074 40,831,077.33 15.81
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No more than approximately 0.28% of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of
the Statistical Calculation Date are secured by mortgaged properties located
in any one zip code.
DEBT-TO-INCOME RATIOS OF GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
DEBT-TO-INCOME RATIOS (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.001 to 5.000 1 $31,804.06 0.01%
5.001 to 10.000 2 72,127.63 0.03
10.001 to 15.000 7 254,803.07 0.10
15.001 to 20.000 47 1,540,801.97 0.60
20.001 to 25.000 214 7,805,860.44 3.02
25.001 to 30.000 441 16,214,422.93 6.28
30.001 to 35.000 833 32,180,235.95 12.46
35.001 to 40.000 1,175 47,248,676.77 18.29
40.001 to 45.000 1,438 59,236,068.88 22.94
45.001 to 50.000 1,464 66,706,275.52 25.83
50.001 to 55.000 495 26,984,878.63 10.45
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average debt-to-income ratio of the Group II Mortgage
Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 41.18%.
S-42
PREPAYMENT PENALTY FOR GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
MONTHS APPLICABLE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Prepayment Penalty 449 $17,237,101.13 6.67%
12 22 636,230.91 0.25
24 30 1,482,277.66 0.57
36 1,550 69,967,553.90 27.09
48 11 455,138.87 0.18
60 3,907 163,323,826.37 63.24
Other 148 5,173,827.01 2.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORIGINATION CHANNEL FOR GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
ORIGINATION CHANNEL LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Direct Mail 3,464 $143,154,128.25 55.43%
Broker 1,517 71,631,474.77 27.73
Correspondent 637 27,561,902.22 10.67
Acquisitions 499 15,928,450.61 6.17
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DELINQUENCY STATUS FOR GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
UNPAID CALCULATION DATE
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
DELINQUENCY LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 5,849 $247,791,422.92 95.94%
1-29 268 10,484,532.93 4.06
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 6,117 $258,275,955.85 100.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S-43
RATE FLOOR OF ADJUSTABLE RATE GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
RATE FLOOR (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.000 to 4.999 2 $87,466.94 0.06%
5.000 to 5.999 9 625,145.69 0.43
6.000 to 6.999 42 2,311,916.53 1.58
7.000 to 7.999 183 9,366,518.09 6.40
8.000 to 8.999 447 22,361,403.07 15.28
9.000 to 9.999 637 29,384,677.46 20.08
10.000 to 10.999 651 26,139,795.62 17.86
11.000 to 11.999 554 21,639,105.91 14.79
12.000 to 12.999 379 14,684,934.78 10.04
13.000 to 13.999 273 10,714,656.93 7.32
14.000 to 14.999 129 5,120,979.07 3.50
15.000 to 15.999 67 2,663,451.52 1.82
16.000 to 16.999 23 968,796.26 0.66
17.000 to 17.999 9 257,329.98 0.18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 3,405 $146,326,177.85 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average rate floor of the Adjustable Rate Group II
Mortgage Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 10.62%
per annum.
RATE CEILING OF ADJUSTABLE RATE GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
RATE CEILING (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.000 to 14.999 2 $87,466.94 0.06%
15.000 to 15.999 9 625,145.69 0.43
16.000 to 16.999 42 2,311,916.53 1.58
17.000 to 17.999 179 9,159,521.64 6.26
18.000 to 18.999 460 22,811,945.60 15.59
19.000 to 19.999 643 29,541,092.27 20.19
20.000 to 20.999 630 25,434,969.85 17.38
21.000 to 21.999 541 21,210,668.73 14.50
22.000 to 22.999 369 14,388,752.44 9.83
23.000 to 23.999 266 10,532,688.20 7.20
24.000 to 24.999 231 9,261,700.45 6.33
26.000 + 33 960,309.51 0.66
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 3,405 $146,326,177.85 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average rate ceiling of the Adjustable Rate Group II
Mortgage Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 21.06%
per annum.
S-44
MARGIN RATE OF GROUP II ADJUSTABLE RATE MORTGAGE LOANS
UNPAID PERCENTAGE OF STATISTICAL
NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION DATE PRINCIPAL
GROUP II MORTGAGE OF GROUP II BALANCE OF GROUP II
MARGIN RANGE (%) LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS MORTGAGE LOANS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.000 to 0.999 3 $202,801.08 0.14%
1.000 to 1.999 9 376,477.16 0.26
2.000 to 2.999 32 1,761,206.37 1.20
3.000 to 3.999 68 3,338,552.50 2.28
4.000 to 4.999 276 14,097,315.22 9.63
5.000 to 5.999 497 23,796,950.66 16.26
6.000 to 6.999 629 27,950,434.13 19.10
7.000 to 7.999 626 25,209,515.10 17.23
8.000 to 8.999 533 20,842,759.41 14.24
9.000 to 9.999 403 15,582,461.40 10.65
10.000 to 10.999 195 7,574,295.01 5.18
11.000 to 11.999 58 2,712,246.76 1.85
12.000 to 12.999 53 2,025,171.65 1.38
13.000 to 13.999 15 637,561.42 0.44
14.000 to 14.999 8 218,429.98 0.15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL 3,405 $146,326,177.85 100.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The weighted average margin of the Adjustable Rate Group II Mortgage
Loans as of the Statistical Calculation Date is approximately 7.18% per
annum.
S-45
THE ORIGINATOR AND THE SUBSERVICER
The information set forth in this section concerning the Originator and
the Subservicer has been provided by Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company. None of
the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee, the Enhancer, the Underwriter or any of
their respective affiliates make any representation as to the accuracy or
completeness of such information.
Pursuant to the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement between Irwin Union Bank
and Trust Company, as seller (in such capacity, "IUB") and the Depositor, as
purchaser, IUB will sell and convey the Mortgage Loans without recourse to the
Depositor on the Closing Date. In connection with such sale, IUB will also agree
to sell to the Depositor all additional draws relating to the HELOCs created on
or after the Cut-Off Date until the end of the Managed Amortization Period (the
"ADDITIONAL BALANCES").
THE SUBSERVICER
Irwin Home Equity Corporation ("IHE" or the "SUBSERVICER") is an
Indiana corporation with a single facility in San Ramon, California. IHE will
initially be the sole subservicer of the Mortgage Loans. The Subservicer will
service the Mortgage Loans pursuant to a Subservicing Agreement between IHE and
IUB. Notwithstanding such subservicing arrangement, IUB shall remain responsible
to the Trust, the holders of the Notes and, in the case of the Group I Notes,
the Enhancer for the servicing of the Mortgage Loans. IHE is a substantially
wholly-owned subsidiary of IUB, which is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of
Irwin Financial Corporation ("IFC"), a specialized financial services company
headquartered in Columbus, Indiana. IHE assists IUB in identifying mortgage
loans that are appropriate for origination or acquisition by IUB in selected
markets nationwide using a combination of direct mail, broker, internet
channels, correspondent lenders, telemarketing and portfolio acquisition(s). IHE
services these loans on behalf of IUB. IUB's home equity line of credit and
closed-end, fixed rate products are marketed primarily as debt consolidation
loans for a target market of creditworthy and active borrowers. As of March 31,
2002, IHE's and IUB's home equity line of business had over $651 million in
assets, had originated in aggregate over $3.9 billion in mortgage loans, and IHE
was a Freddie Mac approved seller-servicer. The home equity program underwrites
first, second and more junior lien mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family
residences located primarily in selected metropolitan markets in the United
States.
The Subservicer engages in mortgage loan servicing, including servicing
of previously securitized loans, which involves, among other things, the
processing and administration of mortgage loan payments in return for a
servicing fee. At March 31, 2002, the Subservicer serviced 64,058 mortgage loans
with an outstanding principal balance of approximately $2.337 billion.
As of March 31, 2002, IHE and IUB together had approximately 735
employees involved in the home equity program. The Subservicer's offices are
located at 12677 Alcosta Boulevard, Suite 500, San Ramon, California, 94583 and
its telephone number is (925) 277-2001.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
principal balance of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans included in
the Subservicer's servicing portfolio. The Subservicer's servicing portfolio
includes mortgage loans held for sale and mortgage loans held for investment
that were originated by the Master Servicer's mortgage banking operations.
S-46
THE SUBSERVICER'S SERVICING PORTFOLIO
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended Three Months
December 31, 1998 December 31, 1999 December 31, 2000 December 31, 2001 Ended March 31, 2002
----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- --------------------
Loans acquired
and originated: $389,673 $439,507 $ 1,225,955 $1,149,409 $ 246,737
Loan Volume:
Lines of Credit $ 98,855 $ 93,185 $ 629,906 $ 317,579 $ 101,193
Loans $290,818 $346,322 $ 596,049 $ 831,830 $ 145,544
Total Servicing
Portfolio $581,241 $842,403 $ 1,825,527 $2,317,975
$2,337,294
Loans Securitized $294,300 $430,700 $ 774,600 $1,045,707 $ 31,708
Securitized loan
balance (cumulative) $336,767 $553,866 $ 1,285,500 $1,721,048 $1,596,671
- ----------------------
Note: A significant portion of the increase in the Subservicer's servicing
portfolio during 2000 resulted from the acquisition of a seasoned pool
of previously securitized loans now serviced by the Subservicer. Those
loans were not originated by IUB.
DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SUBSERVICER'S SERVICING PORTFOLIO
The following tables summarize the delinquency and loss experience for
closed-end, fixed-rate first and second mortgage loans and adjustable-rate home
equity lines of credit originated or acquired by the Master Servicer and
serviced by the Subservicer. The data presented in the following tables is for
illustrative purposes only, and there is no assurance that the delinquency and
loss experience of the Mortgage Loans will be similar to that set forth below.
DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
Number Number Number Number Number
of Dollar of Dollar of Dollar of Dollar of Dollar
Accounts Managed Loans Amount Loans Amount Loans Amount Loans Amount Loans Amount
- -------------------- -------- --------- -------- ----------- ---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Principal Balance
of Mortgage Loans... 14,578 $581,241 22,524 $842,403 57,544 $1,825,527 65,596 $2,317,975 64,058 $2,337,294
30-59 Days Past
Due (1)....... 108 $ 3,590 262 $ 7,327 1,454 $ 38,857 1,647 $ 45,218 1,414 $ 40,464
60-89 Days Past
Due (1)....... 13 $ 352 70 $ 2,053 547 $ 13,033 708 $ 18,257 630 $ 16,583
90+ Days Past $
Due (1)....... 31 991 67 $ 2,445 929 $ 27,378 2,087 $ 47,909 1,965 $ 47,527
Foreclosures.. 62 $ 2,151 139 $ 4,618 86 $ 4,178 207 $ 10,282 252 $ 11,986
REO Properties (2). 8 $ 277 10 $ 300 20 $ 1,204 38 $ 2,443 45 $ 2,812
- ----------------------
Note: A significant portion of the increase in the Subservicer's servicing
portfolio during 2000 resulted from the acquisition of a seasoned pool
of previously securitized loans now serviced by the Subservicer. Those
loans were not originated by IUB.
(1) Contractually past due excluding mortgage loans in the process of
foreclosure.
(2) "REAL ESTATE OWNED" properties - properties relating to mortgages
foreclosed or for which deeds in lieu of foreclosure have been
accepted, and held by the Master Servicer pending disposition.
S-47
LOSS EXPERIENCE
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
Aggregate Principal Balance
Outstanding......... $581,241 $842,403 $1,825,527 $2,317,975 $2,337,294
Net Charge-offs (1). $ 2,141 $ 3,186 $ 10,375 $ 36,694 $ 14,565
Total Loans in Foreclosure..... $ 2,428 $ 4,918 $ 5,382 $ 10,800 $ 12,796
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Charge-offs as a
Percentage of Aggregate
Principal Balance Outstanding
at period-end...... 0.37% 0.38% 0.57% 1.58% 2.49%(2)
- ----------------------
Note: A significant portion of the increase in the Subservicer's servicing
portfolio during 2000 resulted from the acquisition of a seasoned pool
of previously securitized loans now serviced by the Subservicer. Those
loans were not originated by IUB.
(1) Net Charge-offs refers to writedowns on properties prior to liquidation
and the actual liquidated loss incurred on a mortgaged property when
sold net of recoveries.
(2) Annualized.
The home equity program commenced receiving applications for mortgage
loans under its lending programs in 1995, and IUB funded its first loan under
the home equity program in March 1995. Accordingly, neither the Master Servicer
nor the Subservicer has historical delinquency, bankruptcy, foreclosure or
default experience prior to such time that may be referred to for purposes of
estimating the future delinquency and loss experience of mortgage loans similar
to the Mortgage Loans being sold to the Trust.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In May, 2001 IUB and IHE (collectively "IRWIN") received notice that
they were named as defendants in a lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for
the District of Rhode Island. The suit alleges that Irwin's disclosures and
closing procedure for certain home equity loans did not comply with certain
provisions of the Truth in Lending Act. The suit also requests that the court
certify a plaintiff class in this action. On June 18, 2001, Irwin filed a motion
with the court to compel arbitration pursuant to the provisions in the home
equity loan agreement. On October 26, 2001, the court entered a judgment in
favor of Irwin compelling arbitration and dismissing the plaintiff's complaint.
Plaintiff appealed this decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the
First Circuit on October 23, 2001. Both parties have filed briefs and oral
argument in the First Circuit Court of Appeals was held on April 2, 2002. If
arbitration is ultimately upheld, Irwin does not expect to suffer a material
loss in this case. In an amended complaint, IUB was named in place of IHE as a
defendant in a suit originally filed in July, 2001 in the U.S. District Court
for the District of Massachusetts. The suit relates to a loan purchased by IUB
and serviced by IHE. The plaintiff alleges that the loan documents did not
comply with certain provisions of the Truth in Lending Act relating to high rate
loans. The suit also requests that the court certify a plaintiff class in this
action. IUB filed an answer to the amended complaint denying plaintiff's
allegations. The plaintiff's motion for class certification was filed on
February 17, 2002. Irwin's brief in opposition to plaintiff's motion for class
certification was filed on March 5, 2002. Because the case is in the early
stages of litigation, IUB is unable at this time to form a reasonable estimate
of the amount of potential loss, if any, that it could suffer. See "Risk
Factors--Origination Disclosure Practices for the Mortgage Loans could create
Liabilities that affect your Notes" and "--The Trust may experience Losses as a
result of Lawsuits under State Law."
SOLICITATION PROCESS
Since January 1995, IUB's home equity program has processed responses
from a geographic mailing base that includes areas within 31 states. IUB also
receives customer applications through loan brokers and the internet.
S-48
A portion of the Mortgage Loans being sold to the trust were originated by
correspondent lenders or acquired through portfolio acquisitions, including
loans in states where IUB does not originate its own loans. IUB expects to
originate its mortgage loan product line through a variety of origination
channels in other states.
IHE uses pre-screening and list processing (response modeling)
techniques in connection with direct-mail methods to assist IUB in contacting
creditworthy and profitable customer segments within a targeted mail base. IHE
also assists IUB in using direct-mail to contact individuals identified in
public records as having a second mortgage and IUB uses the internet to accept
applications from aggregator sites, banner ad respondents and direct mail
recipients.
UNDERWRITING STANDARDS
The Mortgage Loans (other than those originated by correspondent
lenders or acquired by means of portfolio acquisition) were underwritten by IUB
in accordance with its underwriting standards. The following is a brief
description of the various underwriting standards and procedures applicable to
the Mortgage Loans. However, there can be no assurance that the quality or
performance of all Mortgage Loans will be equivalent in every respect under all
circumstances.
Each prospective mortgagor completes a mortgage loan application that
includes information with respect to the applicant's liabilities, income, credit
history, employment history and personal information. At least one credit report
on each applicant from national credit reporting companies is required. The
report typically contains information relating to such matters as credit history
with local and national merchants and lenders, installment debt payments and
record of any defaults, bankruptcies, repossessions or judgments. Appraisals and
property valuations range from full appraisals to the use of prior purchase
price adjusted to reflect market appropriate appreciation to stated value. Title
searches and insurance range from full ALTA policies to property profiles. The
appraisal and title requirements obtained in connection with each loan vary
based on loan amount, lien position, property type and location and originating
lender.
The underwriting requirements for certain types of home loans may
change from time to time, which in certain instances may result in less
stringent underwriting requirements. Depending on the dates on which Mortgage
Loans are originated, such Mortgage Loans may have been originated pursuant to
different underwriting requirements, and accordingly, certain Mortgage Loans
included in the Trust may be of a different credit quality and have different
loan characteristics than other Mortgage Loans. To the extent that certain
Mortgage Loans were originated using less stringent underwriting requirements,
such Mortgage Loans may be more likely to experience higher rates of
delinquencies, defaults and losses than those Mortgage Loans originated pursuant
to more stringent underwriting requirements.
The Mortgage Loans originated by correspondent lenders were originated
in accordance with the underwriting criteria of IUB and applied by the
originating institution at the time of origination of the related Mortgage Loan.
IHE selected the mortgage loans to be acquired by IUB from among the mortgage
loans offered to it by approved originators. All acquired loans were reviewed
and approved by IUB both at underwriting and at post-closing to ensure that
underwriting and documentation guidelines were satisfied. The acquisition
requirements for certain types of mortgage loans may change from time to time,
which in certain instances may result in less stringent requirements.
The Mortgage Loans originated by lenders other than IUB or
correspondent lenders were originated in accordance with various underwriting
criteria being applied by the originating institutions at the time of
origination of the related Mortgage Loan. IHE selected the Mortgage Loans to be
acquired by IUB from among the mortgage loans offered to it by various
originators through the analysis of borrower credit information.
A portion of the HELOCs were purchased by IUB from the PNB Trust. IUB
has been advised that information regarding these mortgage loans may be found in
the prospectus supplement dated April 16, 1999 with respect to PNB Trust (filed
with the Edgar System under registration number 333-39127). The Master Servicer
did not verify any of the information in this prospectus supplement but it did
follow its standard procedures described in the following paragraph in acquiring
mortgage loans from the PNB Trust.
S-49
IUB does not fully reunderwrite the acquired loans to its own lending
criteria but does evaluate acquired loans (including the HELOCs acquired from
PNB Trust) in light of experience with mortgage loans originated by IUB pursuant
to its lending criteria. Relevant factors used in evaluating the acquired loans
include but are not limited to: (i) borrower credit scores; (ii) payment history
of the borrower on the particular loan; (iii) general credit history of the
borrower; and (iv) combined loan-to-value ratios. Similar evaluation criteria
are applied with respect to mortgage loans originated by IUB pursuant to the
underwriting standards developed by IHE at the direction of IUB. However, there
can be no assurance that the quality or performance of the acquired Mortgage
Loans will be equivalent in every respect under all circumstances to the quality
or performance of mortgage loans originated by IUB pursuant to the underwriting
standards developed by IHE at the direction of IUB or to the quality or
performance of other mortgage loans originated by the various originators of the
Mortgage Loans.
The underwriting standards of each of the originators of the Mortgage
Loans vary. Generally, however, each prospective mortgagor was required to
complete a mortgage loan application that included information with respect to
the applicant's liabilities, income, credit history, employment history and
personal information. IHE does not require a full and current credit report from
national credit reporting companies with respect to each borrower in the case of
acquired mortgage loans. IHE does, however, obtain some current credit
information with respect to each such borrower and obtains a full credit report
with respect to a sample of the mortgage loans in any acquired portfolio as part
of the diligence process. Full credit reports typically contain information
relating to such matters as credit history with local and national merchants and
lenders, installment debt payments and record of any defaults, bankruptcies,
repossessions or judgments. The originators required appraisals and property
valuations ranging from full appraisals to use of stated value. The originators
required title searches and insurance ranging from full ALTA policies to
property profiles. The appraisal and title requirements obtained in connection
with each loan vary based on originator, loan amount, lien position and property
type and location.
IHE reviews a sample of the loan files relating to the mortgage loans
being purchased by IUB in any acquisition. Depending upon the results of the
initial review, additional reviews may follow. Generally, IHE's review of the
loan files includes (i) a compliance review to assure that all necessary
disclosures have been made and that the file contains an original note, mortgage
and assignment each naming the same borrower and (ii) a credit review that is
designed to assure that the related mortgage loan was originated as required by
the originator's underwriting guidelines and that the data files received with
respect to such mortgage loan are accurate.
IUB's acquisition requirements for certain types of mortgage loans may
change from time to time, which in certain instances may result in less
stringent requirements. None of the acquired Mortgage Loans was directly subject
to the underwriting criteria of IUB at the time of origination since a lender
other than IUB originated each acquired Mortgage Loan. Depending on the dates on
which the acquired Mortgage Loans were originated and the lender that originated
each of the acquired Mortgage Loans, the acquired Mortgage Loans may have been
originated pursuant to different underwriting requirements and, accordingly,
certain acquired Mortgage Loans may be of a different credit quality and have
different loan characteristics than other Mortgage Loans or than mortgage loans
historically originated by IUB. To the extent that certain acquired Mortgage
Loans were originated using less stringent underwriting requirements, such
acquired Mortgage Loans may be more likely to experience higher rates of
delinquencies, defaults and losses than those Mortgage Loans originated pursuant
to more stringent underwriting requirements.
SERVICING PROVISIONS
The Trust will appoint IUB as Master Servicer pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement. The Master Servicer will be responsible for servicing the
Mortgage Loans directly or through one or more subservicers in accordance with
the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Initially, the Subservicer will
be the sole subservicer with respect to the Mortgage Loans, and will perform all
of the duties of the Master Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Notwithstanding such subservicing arrangements, IUB will remain responsible to
the Trust, the holders of the Notes and, in the case of the Group I Notes, the
Enhancer for the servicing of the Mortgage Loans. See "Description of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement" herein and "Servicing of Loans" in the Prospectus.
S-50
Billing statements will be mailed monthly by the Master Servicer to
Mortgagors with a payment due. Such statements will detail the monthly activity
on the related Mortgage Loan and specify the monthly payment due thereon.
For information regarding foreclosure procedures, see "Description of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement--Realization Upon or Sale of Defaulted Mortgage
Loans" herein and "Servicing of Loans--Realization Upon Defaulted Loans" in the
Prospectus. The Master Servicer's servicing and charge-off policies and
collection practices may change over time in accordance with the Master
Servicer's business judgment, changes in applicable laws and regulations and
other considerations.
THE ISSUER
The Issuer is a business trust formed under the laws of the State of
Delaware pursuant to the Trust Agreement for the purposes described in this
Prospectus Supplement. The Trust Agreement constitutes the "GOVERNING
INSTRUMENT" under the laws of the State of Delaware relating to business trusts.
After its formation, the Issuer will not engage in any activity other than (i)
acquiring and holding the Mortgage Loans and the other assets of the Issuer (the
"TRUST ESTATE") and proceeds therefrom, (ii) issuing the Notes and the
Certificates, (iii) making payments on the Notes and the Certificates and (iv)
engaging in other activities that are necessary, suitable or convenient to
accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.
The Issuer's principal offices are in Wilmington, Delaware, in care of
Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee, at Rodney Square North, 1100 North
Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001.
THE OWNER TRUSTEE
Wilmington Trust Company is the Owner Trustee under the Trust
Agreement. The Owner Trustee is a Delaware banking corporation and its principal
offices are located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, in
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001.
Neither the Owner Trustee nor any director, officer or employee of the
Owner Trustee will be under any liability to the Issuer or the Securityholders
for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good
faith pursuant to the Trust Agreement or for errors in judgment; provided,
however, that none of the Owner Trustee and any director, officer or employee
thereof will be protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed
by reason of willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and
duties under the Trust Agreement. All persons into which the Owner Trustee may
be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any person resulting from such
merger or consolidation shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee under the
Trust Agreement.
The commercial bank or trust company serving as Owner Trustee may have
normal banking relationships with the Depositor, the Master Servicer and/or
their affiliates. Payment of the fees and disbursements of the Owner Trustee
will be the obligation of the Depositor or an affiliate thereof.
The Owner Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Indenture
Trustee will be obligated to appoint a successor Owner Trustee, acceptable to
the Enhancer, as set forth in the Trust Agreement. The Indenture Trustee may,
with the consent of the Enhancer, and, at the direction of the Enhancer, will,
also remove the Owner Trustee if the Owner Trustee ceases to be eligible to
continue as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement or if the Owner Trustee
becomes insolvent. Upon becoming aware of such circumstances, the Indenture
Trustee will be obligated to appoint a successor Owner Trustee with the consent
of the Enhancer. Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment
of a successor Owner Trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the
appointment by the successor Owner Trustee.
S-51
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, a national banking
association, is the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture. The principal offices
of the Indenture Trustee are located at the Wells Fargo Center, Sixth and
Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479.
The Indenture Trustee may have normal banking relationships with the
Depositor, the Master Servicer and/or their affiliates.
The Indenture Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Issuer
will be obligated to appoint a successor Indenture Trustee, with the consent of
the Enhancer, as set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer as set forth in the
Indenture is obligated to remove the Indenture Trustee if the Indenture Trustee
ceases to be eligible to continue as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or if
the Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent. Upon becoming aware of such
circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to appoint a successor Indenture
Trustee with the consent of the Enhancer. The Indenture Trustee may also be
removed at any time by the Enhancer or by the holders of a majority of the
aggregate Note Balance of the Offered Notes. Any resignation or removal of the
Indenture Trustee and appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee will not
become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor Indenture
Trustee.
THE ENHANCER
The following information has been supplied by the Enhancer for
inclusion in this Prospectus Supplement. The Enhancer does not accept any
responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of this Prospectus Supplement or
any information or disclosure contained in this Prospectus Supplement, or
omitted from this Prospectus Supplement, other than with respect to the accuracy
of the information regarding the Policy and the Enhancer set forth under the
headings "The Enhancer" and "Description of the Policy" herein. Additionally,
the Enhancer makes no representations regarding the Notes or the advisability of
investing in the Notes.
THE ENHANCER
The Enhancer is the principal operating subsidiary of MBIA Inc., a New
York Stock Exchange listed company. MBIA Inc. is not obligated to pay the debts
of or claims against the Enhancer. The Enhancer is domiciled in the State of New
York and licensed to do business in and is subject to regulation under the laws
of all 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands of the United
States and the Territory of Guam. The Enhancer has three branches, one in the
Republic of France, one in the Republic of Singapore and the other in the
Kingdom of Spain. New York has laws prescribing minimum capital requirements,
limiting classes and concentrations of investments and requiring the approval of
policy rates and forms. State laws also regulate the amount of both the
aggregate and individual risks that may be insured, the payment of dividends by
the Enhancer, changes in control and transactions among affiliates.
Additionally, the Enhancer is required to maintain contingency reserves on its
liabilities in specified amounts and for specified periods of time.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ENHANCER
The following document filed by MBIA Inc. with the Securities and
Exchange Commission are incorporated herein by reference:
o MBIA Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2001; and
o MBIA Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2002.
Any documents filed by MBIA Inc. pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, after the date of
this Prospectus Supplement and prior to the termination of the offering of the
securities offered hereby shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in
this Prospectus Supplement and to be a part hereof. Any statement contained in a
document incorporated or deemed to be
S-52
incorporated by reference herein, or contained in this Prospectus Supplement,
shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus
Supplement to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other
subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so
modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded,
to constitute a part of this Prospectus Supplement.
The consolidated financial statements of the Enhancer, a wholly owned
subsidiary of MBIA Inc., and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and
December 31, 2000 and for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2001, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MBIA Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 2001, and the consolidated financial statements of the Enhancer and
its subsidiaries as of March 31, 2002 and for the three month period ended March
31, 2002 and March 31, 2001 included in the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of
MBIA Inc. for the period ended March 31, 2002, are hereby incorporated by
reference into this Prospectus Supplement and shall be deemed to be a part
hereof.
All financial statements of the Enhancer and its subsidiaries included
in documents filed by MBIA Inc. pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subsequent to the date of this
Prospectus Supplement and prior to the termination of the offering of the Notes
shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Prospectus Supplement
and to be a part hereof from the respective dates of filing those documents.
MBIA Inc. files annual, quarterly and special reports,
information statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under File No. 1-9583. Copies of the Securities and Exchange
Commission filings including
o MBIA Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2001; and
o MBIA Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2002;
are available
o over the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission's web
site at http://www.sec.gov;
o at the Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference room
in Washington, D.C.;
o over the Internet at MBIA Inc.'s web site at http://www.mbia.com;
and
o at no cost, upon request to MBIA Insurance Corporation, 113 King
Street, Armonk, New York 10504. The telephone number of the
Enhancer is (914) 273-4545.
The tables below present selected financial information of the Enhancer
determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or
permitted by insurance regulatory authorities and generally accepted accounting
principles:
STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
--------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 2001 MARCH 31, 2002
------------------------- ------------------------
(AUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
(IN MILLIONS)
Admitted Assets................................................. $8,545 $8,575
Liabilities..................................................... 5,688 5,713
Capital and Surplus............................................. 2,857 2,862
S-53
GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
-------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 2001 MARCH 31, 2002
------------------------ ------------------------
(AUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
(IN MILLIONS)
Assets.......................................................... $9,460 $9,426
Liabilities..................................................... 4,234 4,121
Shareholder's Equity............................................ 5,226 5,305
FINANCIAL STRENGTH RATINGS OF THE ENHANCER
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. rates the financial strength of the
Enhancer "Aaa."
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., rates the financial strength of the Enhancer "AAA."
Fitch Ratings rates the financial strength of the Enhancer "AAA."
Each rating of the Enhancer should be evaluated independently. The
ratings reflect each respective rating agency's current assessment of the
creditworthiness of the Enhancer and its ability to pay claims on its policies
of insurance. Any further explanation as to the significance of the above
ratings may be obtained only from the applicable rating agency.
The above ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold the
Notes, and the ratings may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by
the rating agencies. Any downward revision or withdrawal of any of the above
ratings may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Notes. The
Enhancer does not guaranty the market price of the Offered Notes nor does it
guaranty that the ratings on the Notes will not be revised or withdrawn.
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES
GENERAL
The Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture. The Certificates
will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement. The following summaries describe
certain provisions of the Securities, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement. The
summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and qualified in
their entirety by reference to, the provisions of the applicable agreement. Only
the Offered Notes are being offered hereby.
The Notes will be secured by the assets of the Trust pledged by the
Issuer to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture which will consist of:
(i) the assignment of the Depositor's right, title and interest in and to the
Mortgage Loans (including all Additional Balances); (ii) all funds on deposit
from time to time in the Note Payment Account, the Certificate Distribution
Account, the Collection Account and the Trustee Collection Account (each as
defined herein) and all proceeds thereof, (iii) the assignment of the
Depositor's right, title and interest in and to the representations and
warranties made by Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company in the Mortgage Loan Sale
Agreement, (iv) the Trust's rights under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement and (v)
all proceeds of the foregoing. Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the
Indenture Trustee will acknowledge and agree that it holds the Policy in trust
and that it will hold any proceeds of any Insured Payment made upon the Policy
solely for the use and benefit of the holders of the Group I Notes in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture and the terms of the Policy.
The Variable Funding Notes will be issued to the Depositor and then
transferred by the Depositor to Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company. The Variable
Funding Balance of the Group I or Group II Variable Funding Notes, as
applicable, will be increased from time to time until the end of the Managed
Amortization Period for the related loan group in consideration for Additional
Balances sold to the Issuer by Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, if Principal
Collections from the related loan group in respect of the related Collection
Period are
S-54
insufficient or unavailable to cover the full consideration therefor. The
consideration for any such sale will be an increase in the applicable Variable
Funding Balance. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Variable Funding
Balance may not exceed $5,000,000 for the Group I Variable Funding Notes and
$5,000,000 for the Group II Variable Funding Notes (in each case, the "MAXIMUM
VARIABLE FUNDING BALANCE"). Each initial Variable Funding Balance will be
zero.
BOOK-ENTRY NOTES
The Offered Notes will initially be issued as Book-Entry Notes (the
"BOOK-ENTRY NOTES"). Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in
the Offered Notes ("OFFERED NOTE OWNERS") may elect to hold their Offered
Notes through DTC in the United States, or Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear,
in Europe if they are Participants of such systems, or indirectly through
organizations which are Participants in such systems. The Book-Entry Notes will
be issued in one or more securities which equal the aggregate principal balance
of the Offered Notes and will initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co.,
as nominee of DTC ("CEDE"). Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear will hold
omnibus positions on behalf of their Participants through customers' securities
accounts in Clearstream's, Luxembourg's and Euroclear's names on the books of
their respective depositaries (in such capacities, individually the "RELEVANT
DEPOSITARY" and collectively the "EUROPEAN DEPOSITARIES") which in turn will
hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the depositaries' names
on the books of DTC. Investors may hold such beneficial interests in the
Book-Entry Notes in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral multiples of
$1 in excess thereof. Except as described below, no Beneficial Owner will be
entitled to receive a physical certificate representing such security (a
"DEFINITIVE NOTE"). Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued, it is
anticipated that the only "Holder" of the Offered Notes will be Cede, as nominee
of DTC. Offered Note Owners will not be Holders as that term is used in the
Indenture.
A Beneficial Owner's ownership of a Book-Entry Note will be recorded on
the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other financial
intermediary (each, a "FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY") that maintains the Beneficial
Owner's account for such purpose. In turn, the Financial Intermediary's
ownership of such Book-Entry Notes will be recorded on the records of DTC (or of
a Participating firm that acts as agent for the Financial Intermediary, whose
interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if the Beneficial
Owner's Financial Intermediary is not a DTC Participant and on the records of
Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear, as appropriate).
Offered Note Owners will receive all payments of principal and interest
on the Offered Notes from the Indenture Trustee through DTC and DTC
Participants. While the Offered Notes are outstanding (except under the
circumstances described below), under the rules, regulations and procedures
creating and affecting DTC and its operations (the "RULES"), DTC is required to
make book-entry transfers among Participants on whose behalf it acts with
respect to the Offered Notes and is required to receive and transmit payments of
principal and interest on the Offered Notes.
Participants and Indirect Participants with whom Offered Note Owners
have accounts with respect to Offered Notes are similarly required to make
book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such payments on behalf of their
respective Offered Note Owners. Accordingly, although Offered Note Owners will
not possess physical certificates, the Rules provide a mechanism by which
Offered Note Owners will receive payments and will be able to transfer their
interest.
Offered Note Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive
Definitive Notes representing their respective interests in the Offered Notes,
except under the limited circumstances described below. Unless and until
Definitive Notes are issued, Offered Note Owners who are not Participants may
transfer ownership of Offered Notes only through Participants and Indirect
Participants by instructing such Participants and Indirect Participants to
transfer the Offered Notes, by book-entry transfer, through DTC for the account
of the purchasers of such Offered Notes, which account is maintained with their
respective Participants. Under the Rules and in accordance with DTC's normal
procedures, transfers of ownership of Offered Notes will be executed through DTC
and the accounts of the respective Participants at DTC will be debited and
credited. Similarly, the Participants and Indirect Participants will make debits
or credits, as the case may be, on their records on behalf of the selling and
purchasing Offered Note Owners.
S-55
Under a book-entry format, Beneficial Owners of the Book-Entry Notes
may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will
be forwarded by the Indenture Trustee to Cede Payments with respect to Offered
Notes held through Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear will be credited to the
cash accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg Participants or Euroclear Participants
in accordance with the relevant system's rules and procedures, to the extent
received by the Relevant Depositary. Such payments will be subject to tax
reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations.
Because DTC can only act on behalf of Financial Intermediaries, the ability of a
Beneficial Owner to pledge Book-Entry Notes to persons or entities that do not
participate in the Depositary system, or otherwise take actions in respect of
such Book-Entry Notes, may be limited due to the lack of physical certificates
for such Book-Entry Notes. In addition, issuance of the Book-Entry Notes in
book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such Offered Notes in the secondary
market since certain potential investors may be unwilling to purchase securities
for which they cannot obtain physical certificates.
DTC has advised the Indenture Trustee that, unless and until Definitive
Notes are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the holders
of the Book-Entry Notes under the Indenture only at the direction of one or more
Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry Notes are
credited, to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of Financial
Intermediaries whose holdings include such Book-Entry Notes. Clearstream,
Luxembourg or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other
action permitted to be taken by Offered Noteholders under the Indenture on
behalf of a Clearstream, Luxembourg Participant or Euroclear Participant only in
accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and subject to the ability of
the Relevant Depositary to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC. DTC
may take actions, at the direction of the related Participants, with respect to
some Offered Notes which conflict with actions taken with respect to other
Offered Notes.
Definitive Notes will be issued to Beneficial Owners of the Book-Entry
Notes, or their nominees, rather than to DTC, if (a) the Indenture Trustee
determines that DTC is no longer willing, qualified or able to discharge
properly its responsibilities as nominee and depository with respect to the
Book-Entry Notes and the Indenture Trustee is unable to locate a qualified
successor, (b) the Indenture Trustee elects to terminate a book-entry system
through DTC or (c) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, pursuant to the
Indenture, Beneficial Owners having Percentage Interests aggregating at least a
majority of the Offered Note Balance of the Offered Notes advise DTC through the
Financial Intermediaries and the DTC Participants in writing that the
continuation of a book-entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto) is no
longer in the best interests of Beneficial Owners.
Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Indenture Trustee will be required to notify all
Beneficial Owners of the occurrence of such event and the availability through
DTC of Definitive Notes. Upon surrender by DTC of the global certificate or
certificates representing the Book-Entry Notes and instructions for
re-registration, the Indenture Trustee will issue and authenticate Definitive
Notes, and thereafter the Indenture Trustee will recognize the holders of such
Definitive Offered Notes as Holders under the Indenture.
Although DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear have agreed to the
foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Offered Notes among
Participants of DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear, they are under no
obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures and such procedures
may be discontinued at any time. See "Risk Factors--Book-entry registration may
limit your ability to sell securities and delay your receipt of payments" and
"The Agreements--Book-Entry Securities" in the Prospectus and Annex I hereto.
None of the Depositor, the Master Servicer or the Indenture Trustee
will have any liability for any actions taken by DTC or its nominee, including,
without limitation, actions for any aspect of the records relating to or
payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Offered Notes
held by Cede, as nominee for DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing
any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
PAYMENTS
Payments on the Notes will be made by the Indenture Trustee or the
Paying Agent on the 25th day of each month or, if such day is not a Business
Day, then the next succeeding Business Day, commencing in July 2002 (each, a
"PAYMENT DATE"). Payments on the Offered Notes will be made to the persons in
whose names the Offered Notes are registered at the close of business on the day
prior to each Payment Date for the Offered Notes, other than
S-56
the Class IIA-IO notes, and payments on the Class IIA-IO Notes will be made to
the persons in whose names such Notes are registered at the close of business on
the last day of the preceding calendar month (or, if the Offered Notes are no
longer Book-Entry Notes, at the related Record Date). See "The
Agreements--Book-Entry Securities" in the Prospectus. Payments will be made by
check or money order mailed (or upon the request of a Holder owning Notes having
denominations aggregating at least $1,000,000, by wire transfer or otherwise) to
the address of the person entitled thereto (which, in the case of Book-Entry
Notes, will be DTC or its nominee) as it appears on the Note Register in amounts
calculated as described herein on the Determination Date. However, the final
payment in respect of the Notes will be made only upon presentation and
surrender thereof at the office or the agency of the Indenture Trustee specified
in the notice to Holders of such final payment. A "BUSINESS DAY" is any day
other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which banking institutions in
the State of California, Minnesota, Maryland, New York, Indiana or Delaware are
required or authorized by law to be closed or (iii) with respect to a claim on
the Policy, a day on which the Enhancer is closed.
INTEREST PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES
The "NOTE RATE" for the Offered Notes will be the per annum rate as set
forth under "Summary--Terms of the Offered Notes" of this Prospectus Supplement.
Interest payments will accrue on each class of Offered Notes on each Payment
Date at the related Note Rate, subject to the limitations set forth below, which
may result in Interest Carry-Forward Amounts.
On any Payment Date for which the Note Rate for the Class IA-1 Notes,
the Class IIA-1 Notes or any of the Subordinate Notes has been determined based
on the related Net WAC Rate, the excess of (a) the amount of interest that would
have accrued on those Notes during the related Interest Period had such amount
been determined pursuant to one-month LIBOR plus the applicable fixed margin
specified in the footnotes to the table under "Summary--Terms of the Offered
Notes" of this Prospectus Supplement (but not in excess of 12.00% or 14.00% per
annum, as applicable) over (b) the interest actually accrued on the related Note
during such Interest Period (such excess, an "INTEREST CARRY-FORWARD AMOUNT")
will accrue interest at the related Note Rate (as adjusted from time to time)
and will be paid on subsequent Payment Dates to the holders of the affected
Notes to the extent funds are available therefor. The "Net WAC Rate" for the
Class IA-1, Class IIA-1, Class IIM-1, Class IIM-2 or Class IIB-1 Notes, is the
rate determined pursuant to clause (ii) of footnotes (3), (4), (7), (8) and (9),
respectively, to the table under "Summary--Terms of the Offered Notes." The
Policy does not cover the payment of any Interest Carry-Forward Amounts to Group
I Noteholders.
The Class IIA-IO Notes will be interest only notes. Except as set forth
in the second succeeding sentence, interest on the Class IIA-IO Notes will
accrue on a notional balance of $31,204,000. The Class IIA-IO Offered Notes will
not have a Note Balance and will not be entitled to receive any payments of
principal. The notional balance of the Class IIA-IO Notes will not be subject to
reduction unless the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans
is reduced below $31,204,000 on or before December 1, 2004 and will be $0 on any
Payment Date after the Payment Date in December 2004.
Interest on each class of Offered Notes in respect of any Payment Date
will accrue for the related Interest Period on the related Note Balance. The
"INTEREST PERIOD" with respect to any Payment Date and the Class IIA-IO Notes
will be the calendar month preceding the month in which such Payment Date
occurs. Interest on these Notes will be calculated on the basis of a 30-day
month and a 360-day year. The Interest Period with respect to each other Class
of Offered Notes will be (i) with respect to the Payment Date in July 2002, the
period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the day preceding the
Payment Date in July 2002, and (ii) with respect to any Payment Date after the
Payment Date in July 2002, the period commencing on the Payment Date in the
month immediately preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs and
ending on the day preceding such Payment Date. Interest on these Notes will be
calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in the related Interest
Period and a 360-day year. Interest payments on the Group I Notes will be funded
from payments on the Group I Mortgage Loans and, if necessary, from draws on the
Policy as described herein. Interest payments on the Group II Notes will be
funded from payments on the Group II Mortgage Loans.
The interest rate on the Group I or Group II Variable Funding Notes for
any Payment Date will not exceed the Note Rate on the Class IA-1 and Class IIA-1
Notes, respectively, for the related Interest Period.
S-57
DETERMINATION OF LIBOR
On each Payment Date, LIBOR will be established by the Indenture
Trustee. As to any Interest Period, LIBOR will equal, for any Interest Period
other than the first Interest Period, the rate for United States dollar deposits
for one month that appears on the Telerate Screen Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m.,
London, England time, on the second LIBOR Business Day prior to the first day of
such Interest Period. With respect to the first Interest Period, LIBOR will
equal the rate for United States dollar deposits for one month that appears on
the Telerate Screen Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London, England time, two LIBOR
Business Days prior to the Closing Date. If such rate does not appear on such
page (or such other page as may replace such page on such service, or if such
service is no longer offered, such other service for displaying LIBOR or
comparable rates as may be reasonably selected by the Indenture Trustee after
consultation with the Master Servicer and, in the case of the Class IA-1 Notes,
the Enhancer), the rate will be the Reference Bank Rate. If no such quotations
can be obtained and no Reference Bank Rate is available, LIBOR will be LIBOR
applicable to the preceding Payment Date.
"TELERATE SCREEN PAGE 3750" means the display page so designated on the
Moneyline Telerate service (or such other page as may replace page 3750 on such
service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major
banks).
The "REFERENCE BANK RATE" will be, with respect to any Interest Period,
as follows: the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest
one sixteenth of one percent) of the offered rates for United States dollar
deposits for one month which are offered by the Reference Banks as of 11:00
a.m., London, England time, on the second LIBOR Business Day prior to the first
day of such Interest Period to prime banks in the London interbank market;
provided, that at least two such Reference Banks provide such rate. If fewer
than two offered rates appear, the Reference Bank Rate will be the arithmetic
mean of the rates quoted by one or more major banks in New York City, selected
by the Indenture Trustee after consultation with the Master Servicer and, in the
case of the Class IA-1 Notes, the Enhancer, as of 11:00 a.m., New York time, on
such date for loans in U.S. Dollars to leading European Banks for a period of
one month. If no such quotations can be obtained, the Reference Bank Rate will
be the Reference Bank Rate applicable to the preceding Interest Period.
"LIBOR BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than (i) a Saturday or a
Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the city of London,
England or New York City are required or authorized by law to be closed.
The establishment of LIBOR as to each Interest Period by the Indenture
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee's calculation of the rate of interest
applicable to the Offered Notes for the related Interest Period will, in the
absence of manifest error, be final and binding.
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES
The Group I Notes and the Group II Notes are not cross-collateralized
and will be entitled to receive Principal Collections and any other amounts only
with respect to the related Loan Group. In no event will payments of principal
on a class of Offered Notes on any Payment Date exceed the related Note Balance
on that Payment Date. No principal will be paid to the Class IIA-IO Notes, which
are interest only Notes.
During the Managed Amortization Period for each loan group, Principal
Collections on the related Mortgage Loans will be used to fund any Additional
Balances on those Mortgage Loans created during the related Collection Period.
Principal Collections on the Mortgage Loans used to fund Additional Balances for
any Collection Period will reduce the Principal Collection Distribution Amount
for the related group of Notes on the related Payment Date.
Payments of principal that are allocated to the Group I Notes will be
paid to the Class IA-1 Notes and the Group I Variable Funding Notes pro rata
based on the outstanding Note Balance or Variable Funding Balance, as
applicable, until paid in full. Payments of principal that are allocated to the
Group IIA-1 Notes and the Group II Variable Funding Notes will be paid pro rata
based on the outstanding Note Balance or Variable Funding Balance, as
applicable, until paid in full.
S-58
Until the Step-Down Date, no principal payments will be distributed to
the Subordinate Group II Notes unless the Note Balances of all of the Senior
Group II Notes have been reduced to zero. In addition, if on any Payment Date
the Loss and Delinquency Tests are not satisfied, amounts otherwise payable to
the Subordinate Group II Notes with respect to principal will be paid to the
Senior Group II Notes, and the Subordinate Group II Notes will receive no
distributions of principal on that Payment Date.
On the Legal Final Payment Date for a class of Offered Notes, principal
will be due and payable on such class of Offered Notes in an amount equal to the
related Note Balance remaining outstanding on that Payment Date.
The payment of principal to the Subordinate Group II Notes after the
Step-Down Date is subject to the following loss and delinquency tests (the "LOSS
AND DELINQUENCY TESTS"):
o satisfaction of a cumulative Liquidation Loss Amount test such that the
fraction (expressed as a percentage) of cumulative Liquidation Loss Amounts
in Loan Group II as of the respective Payment Date divided by the initial
aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans is less than or
equal to the applicable percentage for the related Collection Period
specified below:
COLLECTION CUMULATIVE LIQUIDATION
PERIOD LOSS AMOUNT PERCENTAGE
------ ----------------------
36 - 48 9.5%
49 - 60 11.25%
61 - 84 13.00%
85+ 15.00%; and
o satisfaction of a delinquency test such that the three-month rolling
average of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans
that are 60 days or more delinquent in the payment of principal and
interest (including all Group II Mortgage Loans that are in foreclosure and
Group II Mortgage Loans that are REO Loans, but excluding Liquidated
Mortgage Loans in Loan Group II) is less than 17.75% of the Senior
Enhancement Percentage.
PRIORITY OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE GROUP I NOTES
On each Payment Date, from Interest Collections, Principal Collections
and prepayment penalties with respect to the Group I Mortgage Loans together
with any draw on the Policy for such Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee will
make the following payments in the following order of priority:
o first, to pay any prepayment penalties on the Group I Mortgage Loans to
holders of the Certificates;
o second, to pay the Enhancer the accrued and unpaid premium for the Policy
and to pay the Indenture Trustee the trustee fee with respect to the Group
I Notes;
o third, to pay accrued and unpaid interest due on the Class IA-1 Notes and
the Group I Variable Funding Notes, pro rata, at their respective Note
Rates;
o fourth, to pay as principal on the Class IA-1 Notes and the Group I
Variable Funding Notes, pro rata, an amount equal to the Principal
Collection Distribution Amount for the Group I Notes and that Payment Date;
o fifth, to pay as principal on the Class IA-1 Notes and the Group I Variable
Funding Notes, pro rata, an amount equal to the Liquidation Loss
Distribution Amount for the Group I Notes and that Payment Date;
o sixth, to reimburse the Enhancer for any unreimbursed draws made on the
Policy for the Group I Notes, with interest thereon as provided in the
Insurance Agreement;
o seventh, to the holders of the Certificates in the priorities set forth in
the Indenture:
S-59
o (i) on the Payment Dates in July and August 2002, 100% of the
Remaining Excess Spread for the Group I Notes and the applicable
Payment Date; and
o (ii) on the Payment Date in September 2002 through and including the
Payment Date in December 2002, 50% of the Remaining Excess Spread for
the Group I Notes and the applicable Payment Date;
o eighth, to pay as principal on the Class IA-1 Notes and the Group I
Variable Funding Notes, pro rata, an amount equal to the
Overcollaterization Increase Amount for the Group I Notes and that Payment
Date;
o ninth, to pay the Enhancer any other amounts owed to it pursuant to the
Insurance Agreement, with interest thereon as provided in the Insurance
Agreement;
o tenth, to pay the Indenture Trustee, the Master Servicer and the
administrator any unpaid expenses and other reimbursable amounts owed to
the Indenture Trustee, the Master Servicer and the administrator with
respect to the Group I Notes;
o eleventh, to pay the holders of the Class IA-1 Notes and the Group I
Variable Funding Notes, pro rata, any applicable unpaid Interest
Carry-Forward Amounts, together with interest thereon; and
o twelfth, any remaining amounts to the holders of the Certificates in the
amounts and priorities set forth in the Indenture.
PRIORITY OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE GROUP II NOTES
On each Payment Date, from Interest Collections, Principal Collections
and prepayment penalties with respect to the Group II Mortgage Loans, and any
Interest Rate Cap Agreement Payments on deposit in the Trustee Collection
Account, the Indenture Trustee will make the following payments in the following
order of priority:
o first, to pay any prepayment penalties on the Group II Mortgage Loans to
holders of the Certificates;
o second, to pay the Indenture Trustee the trustee fee and any reimbursable
expenses with respect to the Group II Notes;
o third, for any Payment Date up to and including the December 2004 Payment
Date, an amount not to exceed $25,833.33 to the Interest Rate Cap
Counterparty;
o fourth, to pay the accrued and unpaid interest due on the Note Balances of
the Group II Notes and the notional balance of the Class IIA-IO Notes at
their respective Note Rates as follows:
o (i) first, to the Class IIA-1 Notes, the Group II Variable Funding
Notes and the Class IIA-IO Notes, on a pro rata basis in accordance
with the amount of accrued interest due thereon;
o (ii) second, to the Class IIM-1 Notes;
o (iii) third, to the Class IIM-2 Notes; and
o (iv) fourth, to the Class IIB-1 Notes;
o fifth, to pay as principal on the Group II Notes (other than the Class
IIA-IO Notes), an amount equal to the Principal Collection Distribution
Amount for the Group II Notes and that Payment Date, as follows:
o (i) first, to the Class IIA-1 Notes and the Group II Variable Funding
Notes, pro rata, until the aggregate Note Balance of the Senior Group
II Notes has been reduced to the Senior Group II Optimal Principal
Balance;
o (ii) second, to the Class IIM-1 Notes, until the Note Balance thereof
has been reduced to the Class IIM-1 Optimal Principal Balance;
S-60
o (iii) third, to the Class IIM-2 Notes, until the Note Balance thereof
has been reduced to the Class IIM-2 Optimal Principal Balance; and
o (iv) fourth, to the Class IIB-1 Notes, until the Note Balance thereof
has been reduced to the Class IIB-1 Optimal Principal Balance;
o sixth, to pay as principal on the Class IIA-1 Notes and the Group II
Variable Funding Notes, pro rata, until the Note Balance of the Senior
Group II Notes has been reduced to the Senior Group II Optimal Principal
Balance, an amount equal to the Liquidation Loss Distribution Amount for
the Group II Notes and that Payment Date;
o seventh, to pay as principal on the Class IIM-1 Notes, until the Note
Balance thereof has been reduced to the Class IIM-1 Optimal Principal
Balance, an amount equal to the Liquidation Loss Distribution Amount for
the Group II Notes and that Payment Date, to the extent not distributed to
the holders of the Senior Group II Notes under clause sixth above;
o eighth, to pay as principal on the Class IIM-2 Notes, until the Note
Balance thereof has been reduced to the Class IIM-2 Optimal Principal
Balance, an amount equal to the Liquidation Loss Distribution Amount for
the Group II Notes and that Payment Date, to the extent not distributed to
the holders of the Senior Group II Notes or the Class IIM-1 Notes under
clauses sixth and seventh above, respectively;
o ninth, to pay as principal on the Class IIB-1 Notes, until the Note Balance
thereof has been reduced to the Class IIB-1 Optimal Principal Balance, an
amount equal to the Liquidation Loss Distribution Amount for the Group II
Notes and that Payment Date, to the extent not distributed to the holders
of the Senior Group II Notes, the Class IIM-1 or Class IIM-2 Notes under
clauses sixth, seventh and eighth above, respectively;
o tenth, to pay as principal on the Class IIA-1 Notes and the Group II
Variable Funding Notes until the Note Balance of the Class IIA-1 Notes has
been reduced to the Senior Group II Optimal Principal Balance, an amount,
if any, equal to the Overcollaterization Increase Amount for the Group II
Notes and that Payment Date;
o eleventh, to pay as principal on the Class IIM-1 Notes, until the Note
Balance thereof has been reduced to the Class IIM-1 Optimal Principal
Balance, an amount, if any, equal to the Overcollaterization Increase
Amount for the Group II Notes and that Payment Date, to the extent not
previously distributed to the Senior Group II Notes under clause tenth
above;
o twelfth, to pay as principal on the Class IIM-2 Notes, until the Note
Balance thereof has been reduced to the Class IIM-2 Optimal Principal
Balance, an amount, if any, equal to the Overcollaterization Increase
Amount for the Group II Notes and that Payment Date, to the extent not
previously distributed to the Senior Group II Notes or the Class IIM-1
Notes under clauses tenth and eleventh above, respectively;
o thirteenth, to pay as principal on the Class IIB-1 Notes, until the Note
Balance thereof has been reduced to the Class IIB-1 Optimal Principal
Balance, an amount, if any, equal to the Overcollaterization Increase
Amount for the Group II Notes and that Payment Date, to the extent not
previously distributed to the Senior Group II Notes, the Class IIM-1 or
Class IIM-2 Notes under clauses tenth, eleventh and twelfth above,
respectively;
o fourteenth, to pay the Indenture Trustee, the Master Servicer and the
administrator any unpaid expenses and other reimburseable amounts owned to
the Indenture Trustee, the Master Servicer and the administrator with
respect to the Group II Notes;
o fifteenth, to pay the holders of the Class IIA-1 notes and the Group II
Variable Funding Notes, pro rata, any unpaid interest carry-forward amounts
together with interest thereon;
o sixteenth, to pay the holders of the Class IIM-1 notes any unpaid interest
carry-forward amounts together with interest thereon;
o seventeenth, to pay the holders of the Class IIM-2 notes any unpaid
interest carry-forward amounts together with interest thereon;
S-61
o eighteenth, to pay the holders of the Class IIB-1 notes any unpaid interest
carry-forward amounts together with interest thereon; and
o nineteenth, any remaining amounts to the holders of the Certificates.
PRIORITY OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE GROUP II NOTES MAY CHANGE UPON AN EVENT OF
DEFAULT
Upon the occurrence and continuation of any Event of Default described
below under "Description of the Trust Agreement and Indenture--Events of
Default" and, in the case of the Group I Notes, upon the receipt of the written
consent of the Enhancer, the Indenture Trustee, Noteholders of a majority of the
aggregate Note Balance of either the Group I Notes or the Group II Notes or the
Enhancer (in the case of the Group I Notes) may accelerate the maturity of the
Offered Notes. In the case of the Group II Notes, acceleration of the Group II
Notes will result in a change in the priority of payments. The holders of the
Senior Group II Notes must be paid in full before any distributions of interest
or principal may be made on the Subordinate Group II Notes. The holders of the
Class IIM-1 Notes must be paid in full before any distribution of interest or
principal may be made on the Class IIM-2 or Class IIB-1 Notes. The holders of
the Class IIM-2 Notes must be paid in full before any distributions of interest
or principal may be made on the Class IIB-1 Notes. The Senior Group II Notes
will be paid on a pro rata basis.
Following an Event of Default and, in the case of the Group I Notes,
upon the receipt of the written consent of the Enhancer, the Indenture Trustee
may elect to liquidate the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group and the
other property of the Trust, subject to the requirements set forth in the
prospectus and this prospectus supplement under "Description of the Trust
Agreement and Indenture--Events of Default." Irrespective of the type of Event
of Default, upon such a liquidation of Group II Mortgage Loans, (i) no amounts
will be distributed to the holders of the Subordinate Group II Notes until all
interest and principal due on the Senior Group II Notes have been paid in full,
(ii) no amounts will be distributed to the holders of the Class IIM-2 and the
Class IIB-1 Notes until all interest and principal due on the Class IIM-1 Notes
have been paid in full, and (iii) no amounts will be distributed to the holders
of the Class IIB-1 Notes until all interest and principal due on the Class IIM-2
Notes have been paid in full.
OVERCOLLATERALIZATION
The cashflow mechanics of the Trust are intended to create
overcollateralization by using a portion or all of the available Excess Spread
from a loan group to make principal payments on the related Note Group in an
amount equal to the Overcollateralization Increase Amount. The application of
available Excess Spread will continue until the Overcollateralization Amount for
a loan group equals the related Overcollateralization Target Amount at which
point such application will cease unless necessary on a later Payment Date to
increase the amount of overcollateralization to the target level. In addition,
each Overcollateralization Target Amount may be permitted to step down in the
future in which case a portion of the available Excess Spread from the related
loan group will not be used to make payments to the holders of the related Note
Group but will instead be distributed to the holders of the Certificates. As a
result of these mechanics, the weighted average lives of the Offered Notes will
be different than they would have been in the absence of such mechanics.
To the extent that the protection provided by the application of
available Excess Spread and the availability of overcollateralization are
exhausted and in the case of the Group I Notes the Enhancer is unable to meet
its obligations under the Policy, Noteholders may incur a loss on their
investments. On the Closing Date, the Overcollaterization Amount for the Group I
Notes will be equal to $0 and the Overcollaterization Amount for the Group II
Notes will be equal to $5,460,326.07.
ALLOCATION OF LOSSES ON THE GROUP II MORTGAGE LOANS
On each Payment Date, Liquidation Loss Amounts incurred on the Group II
Mortgage Loans in the related Collection Period, to the extent not covered by
related Excess Spread or a reduction in the related Overcollateralization Amount
on such Payment Date (but not a reduction to less than zero), will be allocated
first to reduce the Note Balance of the Class IIB-1 Notes, until the outstanding
Note Balance has been reduced to zero, second to reduce the Note Balance of the
Class IIM-2 Notes, until the outstanding Note Balance has been reduced to zero,
third to reduce the Note Balance of the Class IIM-1 Notes, until the outstanding
Note Balance has been reduced to zero, and last to reduce the Note Balances of
Class IIA-1 Notes and the Group II Variable Funding Notes
S-62
until the outstanding Note Balance and Variable Funding Balance, as applicable,
has been reduced to zero. The Subordinate Group II Notes will not provide credit
enhancement for the Group I Notes.
The reduction of the Note Balance of any class of Group II Notes by
application of Liquidation Loss Amounts will entitle such class to reimbursement
for such amount, with interest thereon, in accordance with the payment
priorities specified in this prospectus supplement. Payment of that
reimbursement amount will not further reduce the Note Balance of the applicable
class. Further, after the Note Balance of any class of Group II Notes has been
reduced to zero, that class will no longer be entitled to reimbursement.
THE PAYING AGENT
The paying agent (the "PAYING AGENT") initially will be the Indenture
Trustee, together with any successor thereto. The Paying Agent shall have the
revocable power to withdraw funds from the Note Payment Account for the purpose
of making payments to the Noteholders.
MATURITY AND OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
Each class of Offered Notes will be payable in full on its Legal Final
Payment Date specified above under "Summary" (the "LEGAL FINAL PAYMENT DATE"),
in each case to the extent of any accrued and unpaid interest and the
outstanding related Note Balance on such date, if any.
In addition, the Master Servicer may, at its option and at its sole
expense, repurchase all but not less than all of the Mortgage Loans in a Loan
Group, and thereby cause a full redemption of the aggregate outstanding Note
Balance of the related class or classes of Notes, on any Payment Date on which
the aggregate Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans in such Loan Group (after
applying payments received in the related Collection Period) is reduced to an
amount less than or equal to 10% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the
Mortgage Loans in such Loan Group as of the Cut-Off Date. No such optional
repurchase for Loan Group I will be permitted without the prior written consent
of the Enhancer if it would result in a draw on the Policy or there would be
insufficient funds to pay amounts then due and owing to the Enhancer under the
Insurance Agreement with interest thereon at the interest rate specified in the
Insurance Agreement.
In the event that all of the Mortgage Loans in a Loan Group are
purchased by the Master Servicer, the purchase price will equal the lesser of
(a) the outstanding Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loans and (b) the market
value of the Mortgage Loans in such Loan Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Master Servicer may not exercise the option if the purchase price does not
equal or exceed the sum of (i) all accrued and unpaid interest (including any
Interest Carry-Forward Amounts) on the related class or classes of Notes, (ii)
the outstanding Note Balances of the related class or classes of Notes, (iii) in
the case of the purchase of Mortgage Loans in Loan Group I, all amounts due and
owing the Enhancer under the Insurance Agreement and interest thereon in
accordance with the terms of the Insurance Agreement and (iv) any amounts owed
to the Indenture Trustee. In addition, in the case of the purchase of Mortgage
Loans in Loan Group II prior to the Payment Date in December 2004, the Class
IIA-IO Notes will be entitled to receive their adjusted issue price, which will
be approximately equal to the present value of the remaining payments on the
Class IIA-IO Notes, using a discount rate equal to the discount rate reflected
in the price paid by the initial purchaser of the Class IIA-IO Notes on the
Closing Date.
The Originator will have the option to purchase, at any time, 1.5% (and
in any case, at least 5 Mortgage Loans) of the Mortgage Loans in either Loan
Group at a purchase price equal to the outstanding Principal Balance of the
Mortgage Loans purchased plus accrued interest. An exercise of this optional
purchase will cause a prepayment of principal on the related Notes. The Mortgage
Loans that may be purchased by the Originator pursuant to this paragraph will be
randomly selected from the related Loan Group.
S-63
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
"AGGREGATE BALANCE DIFFERENTIAL" means, with respect to any
Payment Date and the Group I or Group II Variable Funding Notes, as applicable,
the sum of the Balance Differentials that have been added to the Variable
Funding Balance of the Group I or Group II Variable Funding Notes, as
applicable, prior to such Payment Date. "BALANCE DIFFERENTIAL" means, with
respect to any Payment Date, the amount, if any, by which the sum of the
aggregate Principal Balance of all Additional Balances transferred to the Trust
and included in the applicable Loan Group during the related Collection Period
exceeds the Principal Collections for that Loan Group during the related
Collection Period.
An "AMORTIZATION EVENT" will be deemed to occur with respect to a
Loan Group upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:
(a) the failure on the part of the Master Servicer, the Depositor or
the Issuer (i) to make any payment or deposit required to be made under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture, within five (5) Business Days after
the date such payment or deposit is required to be made; or (ii) to observe or
perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Master
Servicer or the Depositor set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the
Issuer set forth in the Indenture, which failure continues unremedied for a
period of ninety (90) days after written notice thereof to the Master Servicer,
the Depositor or the Issuer, as applicable, and such failure materially and
adversely affects the interests of the holders of the Group I Notes or the
Enhancer in the case of Loan Group I or the holders of the Group II Notes in the
case of Loan Group II, as applicable;
(b) any representation or warranty made by the Originator in the
Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement or the Master Servicer or the Depositor in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement or the Issuer in the Indenture shall prove to have been
incorrect in any material respect when made and shall continue to be incorrect
in any material respect for the related cure period specified in the Mortgage
Loan Sale Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture, as
applicable, after written notice and as a result of which the interests of the
holders of the Group I Notes or the Enhancer in the case of Loan Group I or the
holders of the Group II Notes in the case of Loan Group II, as applicable, are
materially and adversely affected; provided, that an Amortization Event will not
be deemed to occur if the Originator has repurchased or caused to be repurchased
or substituted for the related Mortgage Loans during such period in accordance
with the provisions of the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement;
(c) the entry against the Depositor or the Issuer of a decree or
order by a court or agency having jurisdiction in the premises for the
appointment of a trustee, conservator, receiver or liquidator in any insolvency,
conservatorship, receivership, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and
liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding up or liquidation of its
affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect
for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days;
(d) the Depositor or the Issuer shall voluntarily go into
liquidation, consent to the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or
similar person in any insolvency, receivership, readjustment of debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to
the Indenture Trustee, the Depositor or the Issuer or of or relating to all or
substantially all of its property, or a decree or order of a court, or agency
having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver,
liquidator or similar person in any insolvency, receivership, readjustment of
debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the
winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the
Indenture Trustee, the Depositor, or the Issuer and such decree or order shall
remain in force undischarged, unbonded or unstayed for a period of ninety (90)
days or the Indenture Trustee, the Depositor or the Issuer shall admit in
writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a
petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization
statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily
suspend payment of its obligations;
(e) the Issuer becomes subject to regulation by the Securities and
Exchange Commission as an investment company within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
(f) a Servicer Default occurs and is unremedied under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and a qualified successor Master Servicer has not been
appointed;
S-64
(g) in the case of Loan Group I, the occurrence of a draw on the
Policy;
(h) the Issuer or any portion thereof is determined to be an
association (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes; or
(i) in the case of Loan Group I, the occurrence and continuation of
an Enhancer Default.
In the case of any event described in (a)(ii), (b), (f), (g) or (i), an
Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to a Loan Group
only if, after any applicable grace period described in such clauses, either the
Indenture Trustee, in the case of Loan Group I holders of the Group I Notes
evidencing not less than 51% of the aggregate Note Balance of the Group I Notes,
with the prior written consent of the Enhancer, or the Enhancer or in the case
of Loan Group II holders of the Group II Notes evidencing not less than 51% of
the aggregate Note Balance of the Group II Notes, by written notice to the
Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Owner Trustee (and to the Indenture
Trustee, if given by the holders of the Group I Notes or the Group II Notes),
declare that an Amortization Event has occurred as of the date of such notice.
In the case of any event described in clauses (a)(i), (c), (d), (e) or (h), an
Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred without any notice or other
action on the part of the Indenture Trustee, the holders of Notes or the
Enhancer immediately upon the occurrence of such event; provided, that any
Amortization Event may be waived and deemed of no effect with the written
consent of each Rating Agency and, in the case of Loan Group I the Enhancer,
subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to such waiver.
"CLASS IIB-1 OPTIMAL PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, with respect to any
Payment Date prior to the Step-down Date, zero; and with respect to any other
Payment Date, the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans as
of the preceding Determination Date minus the sum of (a) the aggregate Note
Balances of the Senior Group II Notes, the Class IIM-1 Notes and the Class IIM-2
Notes (after taking into account any payments made on such Payment Date in
reduction of such Note Balances) and (b) the Overcollateralization Target Amount
for the Group II Notes and such Payment Date; provided, however, that the Class
IIB-1 Optimal Principal Balance will not be reduced below the Class IIB-1
Optimal Principal Balance on the prior Payment Date unless the Loss and
Delinquency Tests for Loan Group II are satisfied.
"CLASS IIM-1 OPTIMAL PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, with respect to any
Payment Date prior to the Step-down Date, zero; and with respect to any other
Payment Date, the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans as
of the preceding Determination Date minus the sum of (a) the aggregate Note
Balances of the Senior Group II Notes (after taking into account payments made
on such Payment Date in reduction of such Note Balances), (b) approximately
30.50% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of
the preceding Determination Date, and (c) the Overcollateralization Target
Amount for the Group II Notes and such Payment Date; provided, however, that the
Class IIM-l Optimal Principal Balance will not be reduced below the Class IIM-1
Optimal Principal Balance on the prior Payment Date unless the Loss and
Delinquency Tests for Loan Group II are satisfied.
"CLASS IIM-2 OPTIMAL PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, with respect to any
Payment Date prior to the Step-down Date, zero; and with respect to any other
Payment Date, the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans as
of the preceding Determination Date minus the sum of (a) the aggregate Note
Balances of the Senior Group II Notes and the Class IIM-1 Notes (after taking
into account payments made on such Payment Date in reduction of such Note
Balances), (b) approximately 17.00% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the
Group II Mortgage Loans as of the preceding Determination Date, and (c) the
Overcollateralization Target Amount for the Group II Notes and such Payment
Date; provided, however, that the Class IIM-2 Optimal Principal Balance will not
be reduced below the Class IIM-2 Optimal Principal Balance on the prior Payment
Date unless the Loss and Delinquency Tests for Loan Group II are satisfied.
"COLLECTION PERIOD" means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan and
Payment Date, the calendar month preceding any such Payment Date.
"CUT-OFF DATE" is the close of business as of May 31, 2002.
S-65
"ENHANCER DEFAULT" means (i) the failure of the Enhancer to make an
Insured Payment under the Policy in accordance with its terms or (ii) the
Enhancer (a) files any petition or commences any case or proceeding under any
state or federal law relating to insolvency or bankruptcy, (b) consents to the
entry of any decree or order for relief in an involuntary case or proceeding
under any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law, (c) makes a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (d) admits in writing its
inability to pay its debts as they come due or (iii) a court of competent
jurisdiction, the New York Department of Insurance or other competent regulatory
agency enters a final and nonappealable order, judgment or decree under any
state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law (a) appointing a custodian,
trustee, agent or receiver for the Enhancer or for all or any material portion
of its property or (b) authorizing the taking of possession by a custodian,
trustee, agent or receiver of the Enhancer or the taking of possession of all or
any material portion of its property.
"EXCESS SPREAD" means, with respect to any Payment Date and Note Group
and without taking into account any draw on the Policy on such Payment Date with
respect to the Group I Notes, amounts available for distribution on that Payment
Date after the application of clause fourth under "--Priority of Distributions
on the Group I Notes" and after the application of clause fifth under
"--Priority of Distributions on the Group II Notes" above, as applicable.
"EXCLUDED AMOUNT" will mean the portion of the Principal Balance of any
HELOC attributable to draws made after the end of the Managed Amortization
Period. Excluded Amounts will not be transferred to the Trust, and the portion
of the collections of principal and interest on the related HELOC for each
Collection Period after the end of the Managed Amortization Period will be
allocated, pro rata, between the Excluded Amount and the Principal Balance of
such HELOC in the Trust in proportion to the respective amounts outstanding as
of the end of the calendar month preceding such Collection Period.
"INSURANCE AGREEMENT" means the insurance agreement dated as of June 1,
2002, among the Enhancer, the Depositor, Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company, as
Master Servicer and Originator, the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer.
"INTEREST COLLECTIONS" means, with respect to any Payment Date and Loan
Group, the sum of all payments by or on behalf of Mortgagors and any other
amounts constituting interest (including such portion of Insurance Proceeds,
Liquidation Proceeds and Repurchase Prices as is allocable to interest on the
applicable Mortgage Loan as are paid by the Master Servicer in respect of
Mortgage Loans in the applicable Loan Group or is collected by the Master
Servicer under the Mortgage Loans in such Loan Group, reduced by (i) the
Servicing Fee for the Mortgage Loans in such Loan Group for the related
Collection Period and (ii) by any late fees, assumption fees, prepayment
penalties, other administrative fees, release fees, bad check charges and
certain other servicing related fees paid by Mortgagors with respect to Mortgage
Loans in such Loan Group during such Collection Period). The terms of the
related mortgage documents shall determine the portion of each payment in
respect of such Mortgage Loan that constitutes principal and interest,
respectively.
"LIQUIDATED MORTGAGE LOAN" means a defaulted Mortgage Loan as to
which the Master Servicer has determined that all amounts that it expects to
recover on such Mortgage Loan have been recovered (exclusive of any possibility
of a deficiency judgment).
"LIQUIDATION LOSS AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment Date and
any Liquidated Mortgage Loan in a Loan Group, the unrecovered Principal Balance
thereof at the end of the related Collection Period in which such Mortgage Loan
became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan, after giving effect to the Liquidation
Proceeds in connection therewith.
S-66
"LIQUIDATION LOSS DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT" means, with respect to either
Note Group and any Payment Date, an amount equal to any Liquidation Loss Amounts
incurred on the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group during the related
Collection Period, plus any Liquidation Loss Amounts incurred on the Mortgage
Loans in the related Loan Group remaining undistributed from any previous
Payment Date. Any Liquidation Loss Amounts on the Mortgage Loans in either Loan
Group remaining undistributed from any previous Payment Date will not be
required to be paid to the related Note Group as a Liquidation Loss Distribution
Amount to the extent that such Liquidation Loss Amounts were paid on that Note
Group by means of a draw on the Policy for a Subordination Deficit Amount in the
case of the Group I Notes, a payment from collections on the Mortgage Loans in
the related Loan Group, or were reflected in a reduction of the
Overcollateralization Amount for that Note Group or a reduction in the
Subordinate Group II Notes in the case of the Group II Notes.
"LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS" means the proceeds, including Insurance
Proceeds, if any, received in connection with the liquidation of any Mortgage
Loan or any related Mortgaged Property or any REO Loan, whether through
trustee's sale, foreclosure sale or otherwise, net of related liquidation
expenses (but not including the portion, if any, of such amount that exceeds the
Principal Balance of the related Mortgage Loan at the end of the Collection
Period immediately preceding the Collection Period in which such Mortgage Loan
became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan).
"MANAGED AMORTIZATION PERIOD" means for a Loan Group the period
beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of (i) June 30, 2007 for
Loan Group I and June 30, 2008 for Loan Group II and (ii) the occurrence of an
Amortization Event for such Loan Group.
"MORTGAGE LOAN SALE AGREEMENT" means the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement
dated as of May 31, 2002, between Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company and the
Depositor, pursuant to which Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company will sell the
Mortgage Loans to the Depositor.
"NOTE BALANCE" means the Offered Note Balance and/or the Variable
Funding Balance, as the context requires.
"NOTE GROUP" means either the Group I Notes or Group II Notes, as the
context requires.
"OFFERED NOTE BALANCE" means as of any date of determination and
with respect to each class of Offered Notes (other than the Class IIA-IO Notes),
the principal balance of such class of Offered Notes on the Closing Date less
any amounts actually distributed as principal thereon on all prior Payment
Dates.
"OVERCOLLATERALIZATION AMOUNT" means, with respect to either Note Group
and any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate Principal Balance
of all Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group as of the close of business on
the last day of the related Collection Period, over (y) the aggregate Note
Balance of the Notes in such Note Group, after taking into account the payment
of the Principal Collection Distribution Amount and Liquidation Loss
Distribution Amount for such Note Group and Payment Date.
"OVERCOLLATERALIZATION INCREASE AMOUNT" means, with respect to
either Note Group and any Payment Date, the amount necessary to increase the
Overcollateralization Amount to the Overcollateralization Target Amount for such
Note Group and Payment Date.
"OVERCOLLATERALIZATION RELEASE AMOUNT" means, with respect to
either Note Group and any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of the
Overcollateralization Amount over the Overcollateralization Target Amount for
such Note Group, after taking into account the payment of the Principal
Collection Distribution Amount for such Note Group and Payment Date (other than
the amount described in clause (1) of the definition of Principal Collection
Distribution Amount).
"OVERCOLLATERALIZATION TARGET AMOUNT" means:
(i) with respect to the Group I Notes and any Payment Date prior to the
Step-down Date, an amount equal to the sum of (i) 3.20% of the initial aggregate
Principal Balance of the Group I Mortgage Loans and (ii) the sum of (x) 100.00%
of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group I Mortgage Loans that are 180
days or more delinquent
S-67
in payment of principal or interest as of such Payment Date and (y) 100.00% of
the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group I Mortgage Loans that are REO Loans
or subject to foreclosure proceedings (without duplication for any Group I
Mortgage Loans that constitute Liquidated Mortgage Loans and are covered by
clause (x)). On or after the Step-down Date, the Overcollateralization Target
Amount with respect to the Group I Notes and any Payment Date will be calculated
pursuant to a formula described in the Indenture which will generally depend on
the performance of the Mortgage Loans, provided that such amount shall not be
less than a minimum amount described in the Indenture. In addition, the
Overcollateralization Target Amount for the Group I Notes and any Payment Date
may be reduced with the prior written consent of the Enhancer and the Rating
Agencies; and
(ii) with respect to the Group II Notes and any Payment Date prior to
the Step-down Date, an amount equal to 7.50% of the initial aggregate Note
Balance of such Note Group. On or after the Step-down Date, the
Overcollateralization Target Amount for the Group II Notes and any Payment Date
will be equal to the lesser of (a) the Overcollateralization Target Amount for
such Note Group as of the initial Payment Date and (b) 15.00% of the current
aggregate Note Balance of such Note Group (after applying payments received in
the related Collection Period), but not lower than approximately $1,532,920;
provided, however, that the scheduled reduction to the Overcollateralization
Target Amount for the Group II Notes shall not be made as of any Payment Date
unless the Loss and Delinquency Tests are satisfied; and provided, further, that
the Overcollateralization Target Amount for the Group II Notes and any Payment
Date may be reduced with the prior written consent of the Rating Agencies.
"POLICY" means the financial guaranty insurance policy provided by the
Enhancer, dated as of June 25, 2002.
"PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, with respect to any Mortgage Loan (other
than a Liquidated Mortgage Loan) and as of any day, the related Cut-Off Date
principal balance, plus, in the case of a HELOC, any Additional Balances thereof
conveyed to the Trust, minus, in the case of all Mortgage Loans, all collections
credited as principal in respect of any such Mortgage Loan in accordance with
the related mortgage documents (except for any such collections allocable to any
Excluded Amount) and applied in reduction of the Principal Balance thereof. A
Liquidated Mortgage Loan will be deemed to have a Principal Balance equal to the
Principal Balance of the related Mortgage Loan immediately prior to the final
recovery of substantially all related Liquidation Proceeds, and a Principal
Balance of zero thereafter.
"PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means, with respect to any Payment Date
and Loan Group, the aggregate of the following amounts:
(i) the total amount of payments made by or on behalf of the related
Mortgagors, received and applied as payments of principal on the Mortgage Loans
in such Loan Group during the related Collection Period, as reported by the
Master Servicer or the Subservicer;
(ii) any Liquidation Proceeds allocable as a recovery of principal
received in connection with the Mortgage Loans in such Loan Group during the
related Collection Period;
(iii) if such Mortgage Loan (or Mortgage Loans) in such Loan Group was
repurchased by the Originator pursuant to the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement
during the related Collection Period, 100% of the Principal Balance thereof as
of the date of such repurchase; and
(iv) other amounts received as payments on or proceeds of the Mortgage
Loans in such Loan Group during the related Collection Period, to the extent
applied in reduction of the Principal Balance thereof.
"PRINCIPAL COLLECTION DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT" means, with respect to
either Note Group and any Payment Date, the total Principal Collections for the
related Loan Group and Payment Date minus (1) any Overcollateralization Release
Amount for such Note Group and Payment Date, and (2) during the Managed
Amortization Period, Principal Collections for the related Loan Group used by
the Trust to acquire Additional Balances during the related Collection Period.
S-68
"REMAINING EXCESS SPREAD" means, with respect to the Group I Notes
and any Payment Date, any remaining Excess Spread available for distribution on
that Payment Date after the application of clause sixth under "--Priority of
Distributions on the Group I Notes".
"REO LOAN" means a Mortgage Loan where title to the related Mortgaged
Property has been obtained by the Indenture Trustee or its nominee on behalf of
the Noteholders.
"SENIOR ENHANCEMENT PERCENTAGE" means, with respect to the Group
II Notes and any Payment Date, the percentage obtained by dividing:
o the excess of (a) the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage
Loans as of the first day of the related Collection Period over (b) the
Note Balance of the Senior Group II Notes immediately prior to such Payment
Date, by
o the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of the
first day of the related Collection Period.
"SENIOR GROUP II OPTIMAL PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, with respect to
any Payment Date prior to the Step-down Date or after the Step-down Date if the
Loss and Delinquency Tests for Loan Group II have not been satisfied, zero; and
with respect to any other Payment Date, an amount equal to the aggregate
Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of the preceding
Determination Date minus the sum of (a) approximately 46.50% of the aggregate
Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of the preceding
Determination Date and (b) the Overcollateralization Target Amount for the Group
II Notes and such Payment Date.
"STEP-DOWN DATE" means:
(i) with respect to the Group I Notes, the later of the Payment Date in
January 2005 and the first Payment Date on which the aggregate Note Balance of
the Group I Notes (after applying payments received in the related Collection
Period) will be reduced on such Payment Date (such determination to be made by
the Master Servicer prior to the Indenture Trustee making actual distributions
on such Payment Date) to an amount which is less than 50% of the initial
aggregate Principal Balance of the Group I Mortgage Loans; and
(ii) with respect to the Group II Notes, the first Payment Date
occurring after the Payment Date in June 2005 as to which the aggregate Note
Balance of the Senior Group II Notes (after applying payments received in the
related Collection Period) will be reduced on such Payment Date (such
determination to be made by the Master Servicer prior to the Indenture Trustee
making actual distributions on such Payment Date) to an amount equal to the
excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage
Loans as of the close of business on the last day of the related Collection
Period over (b) the greater of (x) approximately 15.00% of the aggregate
Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of the close of business on
the last day of the related Collection Period, and (y) 7.50% of the initial
aggregate Principal Balance of the Group II Mortgage Loans.
"SUBORDINATION DEFICIT AMOUNT" means, with respect to the Group I
Notes and any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of the aggregate Note Balance of
the Group I Notes on such Payment Date (after taking into account the payment to
the holders of the Group I Notes of all principal from sources other than the
Policy on such Payment Date) over the aggregate Principal Balance of the Group I
Mortgage Loans as of the close of business on the last day of the related
Collection Period.
"VARIABLE FUNDING BALANCE" means, with respect to any Payment Date
and the applicable Variable Funding Notes, the Aggregate Balance Differential
for the related Loan Group immediately prior to such Payment Date reduced by all
distributions of principal on the applicable Variable Funding Notes prior to
such Payment Date.
INTEREST RATE CAP AGREEMENT
The Trust will have the benefit of an interest rate cap agreement (the
"INTEREST RATE CAP AGREEMENT") between the Trust and Bear Stearns Financial
Products, Inc. (the "INTEREST RATE CAP COUNTERPARTY"), which is
S-69
intended to partially mitigate the interest rate risk to the Class IIM-2 Notes
and the Class IIB-1 Notes that could result from the difference between
one-month LIBOR as it relates to the interest rates on these Notes and the
weighted average Mortgage Interest Rate on the Mortgage Loans. The Interest Rate
Cap Counterparty is rated "AAA" by S&P and "Aaa" by Moody's. On each Payment
Date, payments under the Interest Rate Cap Agreements will be made based on an
amount equal to the product of (x) the excess of LIBOR over 7.75%, (y) the
Interest Rate Cap Agreement Notional Balance for that Payment Date and (z) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related
Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360. The "Interest Rate Cap
Agreement Notional Balance" will initially equal $47,587,000, and will decline
on each Payment Date based on a schedule calculated at 100% of the Prepayment
Assumption CPR and the constant draw rate, assuming no losses or delinquencies
until the August 2011 Payment Date and $0 thereafter; provided that the Interest
Rate Cap Agreement Notional Balance will not, on any Payment Date exceed the
Note Balance of the Subordinate Notes. Any amounts received from the Interest
Rate Cap Counterparty under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement will be deposited in
the Trustee Collection Account and will be referred to in the prospectus
supplement as a "INTEREST RATE CAP AGREEMENT PAYMENT."
DESCRIPTION OF THE POLICY
The following information has been supplied by the Enhancer for
inclusion in this Prospectus Supplement. The Enhancer does not accept any
responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of this Prospectus Supplement or
any information or disclosure contained in this Prospectus Supplement, or
omitted from this Prospectus Supplement, other than with respect to the accuracy
of the information regarding the Policy and the Enhancer set forth under the
headings "Description of the Policy" and "The Enhancer" in this Prospectus
Supplement. Additionally, the Enhancer makes no representation regarding the
Notes or the advisability of investing in the Notes.
The Enhancer, in consideration of the payment of a premium and subject
to the terms of the Policy, thereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees
to any Group I Noteholder that an amount equal to each full and complete Insured
Payment will be received from the Enhancer by the Indenture Trustee or its
successors, as Indenture Trustee for the Group I Noteholders, on behalf of the
Group I Noteholders, for distribution by the Indenture Trustee to each Group I
Noteholder of that Group I Noteholder's proportionate share of the Insured
Payment.
The Enhancer's obligations under the Policy, with respect to a
particular Insured Payment, will be discharged to the extent funds equal to the
applicable Insured Payment are received by the Indenture Trustee, whether or not
those funds are properly applied by the Indenture Trustee. Insured Payments will
be made only at the time set forth in the Policy, and no accelerated Insured
Payments will be made regardless of any acceleration of the Group I Notes,
unless the acceleration is at the sole option of the Enhancer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Policy does not cover
shortfalls, if any, attributable to the liability of the trust fund or the
Indenture Trustee for withholding taxes, if any, (including interest and
penalties in respect of any liability for withholding taxes), Interest
Carry-Forward Amounts, Relief Act Shortfalls or any shortfalls to the amount
available to pay interest on the Group I Notes caused by partial or full
prepayments of the Group I Mortgage Loans.
The Enhancer will pay any Insured Payment that is a Preference Amount
on the business day following receipt on a business day by the Enhancer's fiscal
agent of the following:
o a certified copy of the order requiring the return of a preference
payment;
o an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Enhancer that the order
is final and not subject to appeal;
o an assignment in a form that is reasonably required by the
Enhancer, irrevocably assigning to the Enhancer all rights and
claims of the Group I Noteholder relating to or arising under the
Group I Notes against the debtor which made the preference payment
or otherwise with respect to the preference payment; and
S-70
o appropriate instruments to effect the appointment of the Enhancer
as agent for the Group I Noteholder in any legal proceeding
related to the preference payment, which instruments are in a form
satisfactory to the Enhancer;
provided that if these documents are received after 12:00 p.m., New York time,
on that business day, they will be deemed to be received on the following
business day. Payments by the Enhancer will be disbursed to the receiver or the
trustee in bankruptcy named in the final order of the court exercising
jurisdiction on behalf of the Group I Noteholder and not to any Group I
Noteholder directly unless the Group I Noteholder has returned principal or
interest paid on the Group I Notes to the receiver or trustee in bankruptcy, in
which case that payment will be disbursed to the Group I Noteholder.
The Enhancer will pay any other amount payable under the Policy no
later than 12:00 p.m., New York time, on the later of the payment date on which
the related Deficiency Amount is due or the second business day following
receipt in New York, New York on a business day by State Street Bank and Trust
Company, N.A., as fiscal agent for the Enhancer or any successor fiscal agent
appointed by the Enhancer of a notice from the Indenture Trustee specifying the
Insured Payment which is due and owing on the applicable payment date, provided
that if the notice is received after 12:00 p.m., New York time, on that business
day, it will be deemed to be received on the following business day. If any
notice received by the Enhancer's fiscal agent is not in proper form or is
otherwise insufficient for the purpose of making a claim under the Policy, it
will be deemed not to have been received by the Enhancer's fiscal agent for the
purposes of this paragraph, and the Enhancer or the fiscal agent, as the case
may be, will promptly so advise the Indenture Trustee and the Indenture Trustee
may submit an amended notice.
Insured Payments due under the Policy, unless otherwise stated in the
Policy, will be disbursed by the Enhancer's fiscal agent to the Indenture
Trustee, on behalf of the Group I Noteholders, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds in the amount of the Insured Payment less, in respect of Insured
Payments related to Preference Amounts, any amount held by the Indenture Trustee
for the payment of the Insured Payment and legally available therefor.
The fiscal agent is the agent of the Enhancer only and the fiscal agent
will in no event be liable to Group I Noteholders for any acts of the fiscal
agent or any failure of the Enhancer to deposit or cause to be deposited
sufficient funds to make payments due under the Policy.
Subject to the terms of the Indenture, the Enhancer will be subrogated
to the rights of each Group I Noteholder to receive payments under the Group I
Notes to the extent of any payment by the Enhancer under the Policy.
As used in the Policy, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:
"AGREEMENT" means the indenture dated as of May 31, 2002, among the
Irwin Home Equity Loan Trust 2002-1, as Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee, as
indenture trustee, without regard to any amendment or supplement thereto, unless
such amendment or supplement has been approved in writing by the Insurer.
"BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than (a) a Saturday or a Sunday (b)
a day on which the Insurer is closed or (c) a day on which banking institutions
in New York City or in the city in which the corporate trust office of the
Indenture Trustee under the Agreement is located are authorized or obligated by
law or executive order to close.
"DEFICIENCY AMOUNT" means (a) with respect to the Group I Notes and any
Payment Date, the amount by which the aggregate amount of accrued interest on
the Group I Notes (excluding any Interest Carry-Forward Amounts and Relief Act
Shortfalls for such Payment Date and any shortfalls for such Payment Date caused
by partial or full prepayments of the Group I Mortgage Loans) at the Note Rate
on such Payment Date exceeds the amount on deposit in the Note Payment Account
available for interest distributions on the Group I Notes on such Payment Date
and (b)(i) with respect to any Payment Date that is not the Final Payment Date,
any Subordination Deficit Amount for such Payment Date, to the extent not
distributed as part of the Liquidation Loss Distribution
S-71
Amount on such Payment Date or a reduction in the Overcollateralization Amount
or (ii) on the Final Payment Date, the aggregate outstanding Note Balance of the
Group I Notes to the extent otherwise not paid on such date.
"FINAL PAYMENT DATE" means July 25, 2023.
"INSURED PAYMENT" means (a) as of any Payment Date, any Deficiency
Amount and (b) any Preference Amount.
"NOTICE" means the telephonic or telegraphic notice, promptly confirmed
in writing by facsimile substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached to the
Policy, the original of which is subsequently delivered by registered or
certified mail, from the Indenture Trustee specifying the Insured Payment which
shall be due and owing on the applicable Payment Date.
"OWNER" means each Group I Noteholder (as defined in the Agreement)
who, on the applicable Payment Date, is entitled under the terms of the
applicable Group I Note to payment thereunder.
"PREFERENCE AMOUNT" means any amount previously distributed to an Owner
on the Group I Notes that is recoverable and sought to be recovered as a
voidable preference by a trustee in bankruptcy pursuant to the United States
Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C.), as amended from time to time in accordance with a
final nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction.
"RELIEF ACT SHORTFALLS" means current interest shortfalls resulting
from the application of the Soliders' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as
amended.
Capitalized terms used in the Policy and not otherwise defined in the
Policy shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture as of the date of
execution of the Policy, without giving effect to any subsequent amendment or
modification to the Indenture unless the amendment or modification has been
approved in writing by the Enhancer.
The Policy is not cancelable for any reason. The premium on the Policy
is not refundable for any reason including payment, or provision being made for
payment, prior to the maturity of the Group I Notes.
The Policy is being issued under and pursuant to, and will be construed
under, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict
of laws principles thereof.
THE INSURANCE PROVIDED BY THE POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE
PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE SECURITY FUND SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW
YORK INSURANCE LAW.
PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS
GENERAL
The yield to maturity and the aggregate amount of payments on the
Offered Notes will depend on the price paid by the related Offered Noteholder
for such Offered Note, the related Note Rate and the rate and timing of
principal payments (including payments in excess of the monthly payment,
prepayments in full or terminations, liquidations and repurchases) on the
Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group and, in the case of the HELOCs, the
rate and timing of draws and the allocations thereof. As described above a
majority of the Mortgage Loans provide for the payment of a penalty in
connection with prepayment in full during the first one, two, three, four or
five years after origination thereof.
The rate of principal prepayments on the Mortgage Loans in a Loan Group
will be influenced by a variety of economic, tax, geographic, demographic,
social, legal and other factors, and has fluctuated considerably in recent
years. In addition, the rate of principal prepayments may differ among Mortgage
Loans at any time because of specific factors relating to such Mortgage Loans,
such as the age of the Mortgage Loans, the geographic location of
S-72
the related Mortgaged Properties and the extent of the related Mortgagors'
equity in such Mortgaged Properties, and changes in the Mortgagors' housing
needs, job transfers and employment. In general, if prevailing interest rates
fall significantly below the interest rates at the time of origination, mortgage
loans may be subject to higher prepayment rates than if prevailing interest
rates remain at or above those at the time such mortgage loans were originated.
Conversely, if prevailing interest rates rise appreciably above the interest
rates at the time of origination, mortgage loans may experience a lower
prepayment rate than if prevailing interest rates remained at or below those
existing at the time such mortgage loans were originated. Further, the rate of
prepayments may vary as between the Group I Mortgage Loans and Group II Mortgage
Loans, as between HELOCs and HELs, and as between HELOCs with Additional
Balances and those without Additional Balances. There can be no assurance as to
the prepayment rate of the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group, or that the
Mortgage Loans will conform to the prepayment experience of other mortgage loans
or to any past prepayment experience or any published prepayment forecast.
In general, if an Offered Note is purchased at a premium over its face
amount and payments of principal of such Offered Note occur at a rate faster
than that assumed at the time of purchase, the purchaser's actual yield to
maturity will be lower than that anticipated at the time of purchase.
Conversely, if an Offered Note is purchased at a discount from its face amount
and payments of principal of such Offered Note occur at a rate that is slower
than that assumed at the time of purchase, the purchaser's actual yield to
maturity will be lower than originally anticipated.
The rate and timing of defaults on the Mortgage Loans in the related
Loan Group will also affect the rate and timing of principal payments on the
Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group and thus the yield on the Offered
Notes. There can be no assurance as to the rate of losses or delinquencies on
any of the Mortgage Loans. To the extent that any losses are incurred on any of
the Mortgage Loans in a Loan Group that are not covered by the related Excess
Spread, Overcollateralization Amount or an Insured Payment, the holders of the
related class or classes of Offered Notes will bear the risk of losses resulting
from default by Mortgagors. See "Risk Factors" herein and in the Prospectus.
For at least thirty-six months after the Closing Date, no principal
payments will be distributed to the Subordinate Group II Notes, unless the Note
Balance of the Class IIA-1 Notes has been reduced to zero. In addition, if the
Loss and Delinquency Tests are not satisfied, the Subordinate Group II Notes
will not receive any distributions of principal until the Class IIA-1 Notes are
paid in full.
The priority in which distributions are made on the Notes provides
additional credit enhancement for certain classes of the Group II Notes. This
priority in distribution ensures that any shortfalls in amounts payable on the
Group II Notes will be allocated first to the Class IIB-1 Notes, then to the
Class IIM-2 Notes, then to Class IIM-1 Notes and then to the Senior Group II
Notes and the Class IIA-IO Notes. In addition, losses allocated to the Group II
Notes not covered by the related Excess Spread or Overcollateralization Amount
will be allocated first to the Class IIB-1 Notes, then to the Class IIM-2 Notes,
then to the Class IIM-1 Notes and then to the Senior Group II Notes.
The Note Rates on the Offered Notes, other than the Class IIA-IO Notes,
are variable and will change in response to changes in the LIBOR rate, subject
to a related maximum rate. Investors in these Notes should be aware that LIBOR
may not change consistently with other market indices. A number of factors
affect the performance of an index and may cause an index to move in a manner
different from other indices. To the extent LIBOR may reflect changes in the
general level of interest rates less quickly than other indices, in a period of
rising interest rates, increases in the yield to the holders of the these Notes
due to the rising interest rates may occur later than those which would be
produced by other indices, and in a period of declining rates, LIBOR may decline
more quickly than other market interest rates which may adversely affect the
yield.
Although the Mortgage Interest Rates on the HELOCs are subject to
periodic adjustments, the adjustments generally:
o will not increase or decrease the Mortgage Interest Rates over a fixed
maximum rate or fixed minimum rate during the life of any HELOC; and
S-73
o will be based on an index, which may not rise and fall consistently
with prevailing market interest rates, plus the related note margin,
which may vary under certain circumstances, and which may be different
from margins being used at the time for newly originated adjustable
rate mortgage loans.
As a result, the Mortgage Interest Rates on the HELOCs at any time may
not equal the prevailing rates for similar, newly originated adjustable rate
mortgage loans and accordingly the rate of principal payments, if any, may be
lower or higher than would otherwise be anticipated. There can be no certainty
as to the rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans during any period or
over the life of the Notes.
With respect to the indices used in determining the Note Rates for the
Offered Notes or the Mortgage Interest Rates of the HELOCs, a number of factors
affect the performance of each index and may cause an index to move in a manner
different from other indices. To the extent that an index may reflect changes in
the general level of interest rates less quickly than other indices, in a period
of rising interest rates, increases in the yield to the holders of the Offered
Notes due to the rising interest rates may occur later than those which would be
produces by other indices, and in a period of declining rates, an index may
remain higher than other market interest rates which may result in a higher
level of prepayments of the Mortgage Loans, which, in the case of the HELOCs,
adjust in accordance with that index, than of mortgage loans which adjust in
accordance with other indices.
The Class IIA-IO Notes will have a Notional Balance equal to the least
of (i) $31,204,000, (ii) the aggregate Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans
in Loan Group II and (iii) after the December 2004 Payment Date $0. Accordingly,
if the Mortgage Loans in Loan Group II have high prepayments and losses, the
Notional Amount of the Class IIA-IO Notes, and as a result the interest
distributable on the Class IIA-IO Notes may be reduced. In addition, no amounts
are payable on the Class IIA-IO Notes after the December 2004 Payment Date.
The recording of mortgages in the name of MERS is a new practice in the
mortgage lending industry. While the Depositor expects that the Master Servicer
will be able to commence foreclosure proceedings on the Mortgaged Properties,
when necessary and appropriate, public recording officers and others, however,
may have limited, if any, experience with lenders seeking to foreclose
mortgages, assignments of which are registered with MERS. Accordingly, delays
and additional costs in commencing, prosecuting and completing foreclosure
proceedings, defending litigation commenced by third parties and conducting
foreclosure sales of the Mortgaged Properties could result. Those delays and
additional costs could in turn delay the distribution of Liquidation Proceeds to
the Noteholders and increase the amount of Liquidation Loss Amounts on the
Mortgage Loans.
"WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE" refers to the average amount of time that
will elapse from the date of issuance of a security to the date of distribution
to the investor thereof of each dollar distributed in reduction of principal of
such security (assuming no losses). The weighted average life of the Notes
(other than the Class IIA-IO Offered Notes) will be influenced by, among other
factors, the rate of principal payments (and, with respect to the HELOCs, the
rate of draws) on the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group.
The primary source of information available to investors concerning the
Offered Notes will be the monthly statements discussed herein under "Description
of the Trust Agreement and Indenture--Reports to Offered Noteholders" and in the
Prospectus under "Description of the Securities-Reports to Holders", which will
include information as to the outstanding Note Balance. There can be no
assurance that any additional information regarding the Offered Notes will be
available through any other source. In addition, the Depositor is not aware of
any source through which price information about the Offered Notes will be
generally available on an ongoing basis. The limited nature of such information
regarding the Offered Notes may adversely affect the liquidity of the Offered
Notes, even if a secondary market for the Offered Notes becomes available.
HELOCs. There can be no assurance as to the rate of principal payments
or the rate of draws on the HELOCs. The rate of principal payments and/or draws
may fluctuate substantially from time to time. Generally, revolving credit loans
such as the HELOCs are not viewed by mortgagors as permanent financing. Due to
the unpredictable nature of both principal payments and draws, the rates of
principal payments net of draws may be much more volatile than that for typical
first lien mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of any HELOC may be
dependent on the ability of the related Mortgagor to make larger interest
payments following the adjustment of the Mortgage Interest Rate during the life
of such HELOC. The rate of such losses and delinquencies is likely to be
S-74
higher than that of traditional first lien mortgage loans. To the extent that
any losses are incurred on any of the HELOCs that are not covered by the related
credit enhancement, the holders of the related Notes will bear the risk of
losses resulting from default by Mortgagors. See "Risk Factors" herein and in
the Prospectus.
TABLES
The table set forth below for the Class IA-1 Notes is based on an
assumed rate of prepayment each month as an annualized percentage of the then
outstanding principal balance of a pool of mortgage loans, and a constant draw
rate (in the case of the HELOCs, and which, for purposes of the assumptions, is
the amount of Additional Balances drawn each month as an annualized percentage
of the principal balance of the Group I Mortgage Loans outstanding at the
beginning of such month). As used in the table for the Class IA-1 Notes, 100%
prepayment assumption assumes a constant draw rate of 4% and a constant
prepayment rate ("CPR") of 4% in the first month and an additional 2.8182% each
month thereafter until the twelfth month. Beginning in the twelfth month and
thereafter, 100% prepayment assumption assumes 35% CPR.
The tables set forth below for the Group II Notes are based on the
prepayment model ("PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION") which represents an assumed rate
of prepayment each month relative to the then outstanding principal balance of a
pool of home equity loans. In the case of the Group II Mortgage Loans consisting
of fixed-rate, closed-end home equity loans with combined loan-to-value ratios
generally up to 125% ("HELs"), a 100% prepayment assumption assumes a constant
prepayment rate of 2% per annum of the then outstanding principal balance of the
HELs in the first month of the life of such home equity loans and an additional
0.9412% per annum in each month thereafter until the eighteenth month. Beginning
in the eighteenth month and in each month thereafter during the life of the
HELs, a 100% prepayment assumption assumes a constant prepayment rate of 18% per
annum each month. In the case of the Group II Mortgage Loans consisting of
HELOCs with combined loan-to-value ratios generally up to 125% ("HELOC
125S"), a 100% prepayment assumption assumes 25% CPR and a 2% constant draw
rate.
The Mortgage Loans are assumed to consist of sub-pools of Mortgage
Loans with the characteristics set forth below in the table captioned "Assumed
Mortgage Loan Characteristics".
In addition, it was assumed that (i) payments are made in accordance
with the description set forth under "Description of the Securities--Priority of
Distributions", (ii) no extension past the scheduled maturity date of a Mortgage
Loan is made, (iii) no delinquencies or defaults occur, (iv) in the case of the
HELOCs, the assumed draw rate continues for 60 months for HELOCs in Loan Group I
and 72 months for HELOCs in Loan Group II and is calculated before giving affect
to prepayments, (v) the Mortgage Loans pay on the basis of a 30-day month and a
360-day year, (vi) the Maximum Variable Funding Balance of the Group I Variable
Funding Notes is $5,000,000 and of the Group II Variable Funding Notes is
$5,000,000, (vii) no Amortization Event occurs, (viii) the scheduled due date
for each Mortgage Loan is the first day of each calendar month, (ix) the Closing
Date is June 25, 2002, (x) one month LIBOR remains constant at 1.8400% per
annum, (xi) the initial Note Balances are as set forth on the cover page hereof
and (xii) unless otherwise noted, the Master Servicer has not exercised the
optional termination as set forth in "Description of the Securities -- Maturity
and Optional Redemption."
The actual characteristics and performance of the Mortgage Loans will
likely differ from the assumptions used in constructing the tables set forth
below, which are hypothetical in nature and are provided only to give a general
sense of how the principal cash flows might behave under varying prepayment and
(in the case of the HELOCs) draw scenarios. For example, it is very unlikely
that the Mortgage Loans will prepay and/or experience draws at a constant rate
until maturity or that all Mortgage Loans will prepay and/or experience draws at
the same rate. Moreover, the diverse remaining terms to stated maturity of the
Mortgage Loans could produce slower or faster principal distributions than
indicated in the tables at the various assumptions specified, even if the
weighted average remaining term to stated maturity of the Mortgage Loans is as
assumed. Any difference between such assumptions and the actual characteristics
and performance of the Mortgage Loans, or actual prepayment experience, will
affect the percentages of initial Note Balances outstanding over time and the
weighted average life of the Offered Notes. Neither the CPR model, the constant
draw rate assumption, the Prepayment Assumption nor any other prepayment model
or assumption purports to be an historical description of prepayment experience
or a prediction of the anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool of mortgage
loans, including the Mortgage Loans. Variations in the actual prepayment
experience and the Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans that prepay may
S-75
increase or decrease each weighted average life shown in the following tables.
Such variations may occur even if the average prepayment experience of all
Mortgage Loans equals the indicated percentage of the CPR or the Prepayment
Assumption.
ASSUMED MORTGAGE LOAN CHARACTERISTICS
LOAN GROUP I
REMAINING TERM
INITIAL GROSS ORIGINAL TERM TO TO STATED MINIMUM MAXIMUM
OUTSTANDING MORTGAGE STATED MATURITY MATURITY MORTGAGE MORTGAGE GROSS
PRINCIPAL BALANCE INTEREST RATE (MONTHS) (MONTHS) INTEREST RATE INTEREST RATE MARGIN
----------------- ------------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ------
$127,109,974.94 8.802% 237 229 7.428% 17.575% 3.951%
ASSUMED MORTGAGE LOAN CHARACTERISTICS
LOAN GROUP II
REMAINING TERM
INITIAL GROSS ORIGINAL TERM TO TO STATED MINIMUM MAXIMUM
OUTSTANDING MORTGAGE STATED MATURITY MATURITY MORTGAGE MORTGAGE GROSS
SUB-POOL PRINCIPAL BALANCE INTEREST RATE (MONTHS) (MONTHS) INTEREST RATE INTEREST RATE MARGIN
-------- ----------------- ------------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ------
1 $ 4,302,851.59 14.228% 119 111
2 $ 68,192,082.50 14.039% 180 175
3 $ 21,065,503.60 14.317% 240 233
4 $ 57,389,556.15 14.992% 300 295
5 $ 63,062.78 14.269% 360 318
6 $161,031,269.45 12.007% 239 236 10.608% 20.972% 7.236%
---------------
TOTAL $312,044,326.07
Subject to the foregoing discussion and assumptions, the following
tables sets forth the percentage of the initial Note Balance of the Offered
Notes that would be outstanding after each of the Payment Dates shown at various
percentages of the CPR and Prepayment Assumption, as applicable, and the
corresponding weighted average life of each class of Offered Notes.
S-76
PERCENTAGE OF NOTE BALANCE (1)(2)
Class IA-1
PAYMENT DATE PERCENTAGE OF BALANCE
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
% of Prepayment Assumption 0% 50% 75% 100% 125% 150%
Ramp to gross CPR(3) 4.00%(4) 17.50% 26.25% 35.00% 43.75% 52.50%
- --------------------------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Initial............................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2003................................. 97 84 75 66 58 49
June 2004................................. 97 71 57 44 32 22
June 2005................................. 97 61 43 30 19 12
June 2006................................. 97 52 33 20 11 6
June 2007................................. 97 44 26 14 7 3
June 2008................................. 93 36 19 9 4 1
June 2009................................. 89 30 14 6 2 *
June 2010................................. 85 25 10 4 1 0
June 2011................................. 82 20 7 2 * 0
June 2012................................. 78 17 5 1 0 0
June 2013................................. 75 14 4 1 0 0
June 2014................................. 72 11 3 * 0 0
June 2015................................. 69 9 2 * 0 0
June 2016................................. 66 8 1 0 0 0
June 2017................................. 63 6 1 0 0 0
June 2018................................. 61 5 1 0 0 0
June 2019................................. 58 4 * 0 0 0
June 2020................................. 56 3 * 0 0 0
June 2021................................. 54 3 * 0 0 0
June 2022................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life to maturity
(years) (2) .............................. 15.16 5.57 3.54 2.48 1.85 1.43
Weighted Average Life to 10% call
(years) (5)............................... 15.16 5.41 3.31 2.30 1.70 1.32
(1) All percentages are rounded to the nearest 1%.
(2) Assumes the Class IA-1 Notes pay to maturity.
(3) Assumes a constant draw rate of 4% per annum.
(4) 4% gross CPR represents the 0% CPR scenario after giving effect to the
draw.
(5) Assumes that an optional redemption is exercised on the first Payment
Date on which the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of the Group
I Mortgage Loans (after applying payments received in the related
collection period) is less than 10% of the aggregate Principal Balance
of the Group I Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off Date.
* indicates a number less than 0.5% but greater than 0%.
S-77
PERCENTAGE OF NOTE BALANCE (1)(2)
CLASS IIA-1
PAYMENT DATE PERCENTAGE OF BALANCE
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
% of Prepayment Assumption 0% 50% 75% 100% 125% 150%
Ramp to: HEL 125 0.00% 9.00% 13.50% 18.00% 22.50% 27.00%
HELOC 125 (Flat CPR w/2% draw) 2.00%(3) 12.50% 18.75% 25.00% 31.25% 37.50%
- --------------------------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Initial............................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2003................................. 91 80 74 67 61 55
June 2004................................. 90 67 55 44 34 24
June 2005................................. 89 56 40 26 14 3
June 2006................................. 88 45 27 20 14 3
June 2007................................. 86 35 22 16 11 3
June 2008................................. 84 27 18 12 8 3
June 2009................................. 80 22 15 9 6 3
June 2010................................. 77 19 12 7 4 2
June 2011................................. 72 16 9 5 3 2
June 2012................................. 68 14 8 4 2 1
June 2013................................. 64 12 6 3 1 1
June 2014................................. 59 10 5 2 1 *
June 2015................................. 53 8 4 2 1 *
June 2016................................. 48 7 3 1 * 0
June 2017................................. 43 5 2 1 * 0
June 2018................................. 40 5 2 1 0 0
June 2019................................. 38 4 1 * 0 0
June 2020................................. 35 3 1 * 0 0
June 2021................................. 32 3 1 * 0 0
June 2022................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2023................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2024................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2025................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2026................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2027................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life to maturity
(years) (2) .............................. 12.93 4.91 3.55 2.74 2.13 1.54
Weighted Average Life to 10% call
(years) (4)............................... 12.93 4.78 3.39 2.58 2.00 1.43
(1) All percentages are rounded to the nearest 1%.
(2) Assumes the Class IIA-1 Notes pay to maturity.
(3) 2.00% gross CPR represents the 0% CPR scenario after giving effect to
the draw.
(4) Assumes that an optional redemption is exercised on the first Payment
Date on which the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of the Group
II Mortgage Loans (after applying payments received in the related
collection period) is less than 10% of the aggregate Principal Balance
of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off Date.
* indicates a number less than 0.5% but greater than 0%.
S-78
PERCENTAGE 6OF NOTIONAL BALANCE (1)(2)
CL6ASS IIA-IO
PAYMENT DATE PERCENTAGE OF BALANCE
- ------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
% of Prepayment Assumption 0% 50% 75% 100% 125% 150%
- ------------------------------------------ -------------- ------------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -----------
Initial.................................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2003................................ 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2004................................ 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2005................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2006................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2007................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2008................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2009................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2010................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2011................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2012................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2013................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2014................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2015................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2016................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2017................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2018................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2019................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2020................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2021................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2022................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life to maturity
(years) (2) ............................. 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
Weighted Average Life to 10% call
(years) (3).............................. 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
(1) All percentages are rounded to the nearest 1%.
(2) Assumes the Class IIA-IO Notes pay to maturity.
(3) Assumes that an optional redemption is exercised on the first Payment
Date on which the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of the Group
II Mortgage Loans (after applying payments received in the related
collection period) is less than 10% of the aggregate Principal Balance
of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off Date.
S-79
PERCENTAGE O6F NOTE BALANCE (1)(2)
CLAS6S IIM-1
PAYMENT DATE PERCENTAGE OF BALANCE
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
% of Prepayment Assumption 0% 50% 75% 100% 125% 150%
Ramp to: HEL 125 0.00% 9.00% 13.50% 18.00% 22.50% 27.00%
HELOC 125 (Flat CPR w/2% draw) 2.00%(3) 12.50% 18.75% 25.00% 31.25% 37.50%
- --------------------------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Initial............................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2003................................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2004................................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2005................................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2006................................. 100 100 100 79 75 100
June 2007................................. 100 100 85 62 44 73
June 2008................................. 100 100 71 48 32 40
June 2009................................. 100 90 59 37 24 16
June 2010................................. 100 79 48 29 17 10
June 2011................................. 100 69 40 22 12 7
June 2012................................. 100 61 33 17 9 4
June 2013................................. 100 53 27 13 6 3
June 2014................................. 100 45 21 10 4 1
June 2015................................. 100 39 17 7 3 0
June 2016................................. 100 33 13 5 1 0
June 2017................................. 100 28 10 4 0 0
June 2018................................. 100 24 9 3 0 0
June 2019................................. 100 21 7 2 0 0
June 2020................................. 100 18 6 * 0 0
June 2021................................. 100 16 4 0 0 0
June 2022................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2023................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2024................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2025................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2026................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2027................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life to maturity
(years) (2) .............................. 19.67 12.32 9.03 6.91 5.84 6.10
Weighted Average Life to 10% call
(years) (4)............................... 19.67 11.59 8.21 6.22 5.28 5.53
(1) All percentages are rounded to the nearest 1%.
(2) Assumes the Class IIM-1 Notes pay to maturity.
(3) 2.00% gross CPR represents the 0% CPR scenario after giving effect to
the draw.
(4) Assumes that an optional redemption is exercised on the first Payment
Date on which the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of the Group
II Mortgage Loans (after applying payments received in the related
collection period) is less than 10% of the aggregate Principal Balance
of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off Date.
* indicates a number less than 0.5% but greater than 0%.
S-80
PERCENTAGE OF NOTE BALANCE (1)(2)
CLASS IIM-2
PAYMENT DATE PERCENTAGE OF BALANCE
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
% of Prepayment Assumption 0% 50% 75% 100% 125% 150%
Ramp to: HEL 125 0.00% 9.00% 13.50% 18.00% 22.50% 27.00%
HELOC 125 (Flat CPR w/2% draw) 2.00%(3) 12.50% 18.75% 25.00% 31.25% 37.50%
- --------------------------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Initial............................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2003................................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2004................................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2005................................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2006................................. 100 100 100 79 60 72
June 2007................................. 100 100 85 62 44 31
June 2008................................. 100 100 71 48 32 21
June 2009................................. 100 90 59 37 24 14
June 2010................................. 100 79 48 29 17 10
June 2011................................. 100 69 40 22 12 7
June 2012................................. 100 61 33 17 9 4
June 2013................................. 100 53 27 13 6 2
June 2014................................. 100 45 21 10 4 0
June 2015................................. 100 39 17 7 3 0
June 2016................................. 100 33 13 5 0 0
June 2017................................. 100 28 10 4 0 0
June 2018................................. 100 24 9 2 0 0
June 2019................................. 100 21 7 0 0 0
June 2020................................. 100 18 6 0 0 0
June 2021................................. 100 16 4 0 0 0
June 2022................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2023................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2024................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2025................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2026................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
June 2027................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life to maturity
(years) (2) .............................. 19.67 12.32 9.03 6.89 5.66 5.16
Weighted Average Life to 10% call
(years) (4)............................... 19.67 11.59 8.21 6.22 5.12 4.70
(1) All percentages are rounded to the nearest 1%.
(2) Assumes the Class IIM-2 Notes pay to maturity.
(3) 2.00% gross CPR represents the 0% CPR scenario after giving effect to
the draw.
(4) Assumes that an optional redemption is exercised on the first Payment
Date on which the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of the Group
II Mortgage Loans (after applying payments received in the related
collection period) is less than 10% of the aggregate Principal Balance
of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off Date.
S-81
PERCENTAGE OF NOTE BALANCE (1)(2)
CLASS IIB-1
PAYMENT DATE PERCENTAGE OF BALANCE
- --------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
% of Prepayment Assumption 0% 50% 75% 100% 125% 150%
Ramp to: HEL 125 0.00% 9.00% 13.50% 18.00% 22.50% 27.00%
HELOC 125 (Flat CPR w/2% draw) 2.00%(3) 12.50% 18.75% 25.00% 31.25% 37.50%
- --------------------------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Initial............................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2003................................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2004................................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2005................................. 100 100 100 100 100 100
June 2006................................. 100 100 100 79 60 46
June 2007................................. 100 100 85 62 44 31
June 2008................................. 100 100 71 48 32 21
June 2009................................. 100 90 59 37 24 14
June 2010................................. 100 79 48 29 17 10
June 2011................................. 100 69 40 22 12 7
June 2012................................. 100 61 33 17 9 2
June 2013................................. 100 53 27 13 6 0
June 2014................................. 100 45 21 10 2 0
June 2015................................. 100 39 17 7 0 0
June 2016................................. 100 33 13 4 0 0
June 2017................................. 100 28 10 1 0 0
June 2018................................. 100 24 9 0 0 0
June 2019................................. 100 21 7 0 0 0
June 2020................................. 100 18 5 0 0 0
June 2021................................. 100 16 2 0 0 0
June 2022................................. 94 11 * 0 0 0
June 2023................................. 78 7 0 0 0 0
June 2024................................. 60 3 0 0 0 0
June 2025................................. 40 0 0 0 0 0
June 2026................................. 13 0 0 0 0 0
June 2027................................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life to maturity
(years) (2) .............................. 22.38 12.52 9.00 6.82 5.55 4.84
Weighted Average Life to 10% call
(years) (4)............................... 19.67 11.59 8.21 6.22 5.05 4.42
(1) All percentages are rounded to the nearest 1%.
(2) Assumes the Class IIB-1 Notes pay to maturity.
(3) 2.00% gross CPR represents the 0% CPR scenario after giving effect to
the draw.
(4) Assumes that an optional redemption is exercised on the first Payment
Date on which the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of the Group
II Mortgage Loans (after applying payments received in the related
collection period) is less than 10% of the aggregate Principal Balance
of the Group II Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off Date.
* indicates a number less than 0.5% but greater than 0%.
S-82
There is no assurance that prepayments will occur or, if they do occur,
that they will occur at any percentage of CPR or Prepayment Assumption, as
applicable.
None of the Trust, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the
Enhancer, the Depositor, the Master Servicer or the Subservicer will be liable
to any holder of the Offered Notes for any loss or damage incurred by such
holder as a result of a reduced rate of return experienced by such holder
relative to the Note Rate, upon reinvestment of the funds received in connection
with any premature repayment of principal on the Offered Notes, including,
without limitation, any such repayment resulting from prepayments, liquidations,
or repurchases of, or substitutions for, any Mortgage Loan.
DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
The following summary describes certain terms of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement dated as of May 31, 2002 (the "SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT"), among
the Trust, the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee and the Master Servicer. Such
summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its
entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
See "Servicing of Loans" and "The Agreements" in the Prospectus.
GENERAL
Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company will be Master Servicer of the
Mortgage Loans. The Master Servicer will be obligated under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement to service and administer the Mortgage Loans on behalf of
the Trust, and will have full power and authority, subject to the provisions of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, to do any and all things in connection with
such servicing and administration that it may deem necessary. The Master
Servicer will be responsible for servicing the Mortgage Loans directly or
through one or more subservicers in accordance with the terms of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement. Notwithstanding any such subservicing arrangement, the
Master Servicer will remain responsible to the Trust, the holders of the Notes
and, in the case of the Group I Mortgage Loans, the Enhancer for its servicing
duties and obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement as if it alone
were servicing the Mortgage Loans. The Master Servicer has informed the
Depositor that initially the Subservicer will be the sole subservicer with
respect to the Mortgage Loans, and will perform all of the duties of the Master
Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. As such, all discussion herein
of the Master Servicer's obligations initially apply to the Subservicer, as
subservicer of the Mortgage Loans on behalf of the Master Servicer.
The rights of the Enhancer set forth in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement will relate only to the Group I Notes. The rights of the Enhancer with
respect to the Group I Notes set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall
terminate upon the payment in full of the Group I Notes and the payment to the
Enhancer of any unpaid amounts owed to it under the Insurance Agreement.
ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS
Pursuant to the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2002,
between IUB and the Depositor, IUB will sell, transfer, assign, set over and
otherwise convey the Mortgage Loans without recourse to the Depositor. IUB will
also agree to sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the
Depositor all Additional Balances relating to the Mortgage Loans created on or
after the Cut-Off Date until the end of the related Managed Amortization Period.
Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Depositor will sell, transfer,
assign, set over and otherwise convey without recourse to the Trust in trust for
the benefit of the Securityholders and, in the case of the Group I Mortgage
Loans, the Enhancer all right, title and interest in and to each Mortgage Loan
on the Closing Date, and thereafter, until the end of the Managed Amortization
Period all Additional Balances relating thereto created on or after the Cut-Off
Date.
In connection with such sale and assignment, the Depositor will cause
to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date the following
documents (collectively, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, the "TRUSTEE'S
MORTGAGE FILE") with respect to each Mortgage Loan:
S-83
o The original Mortgage Note or Loan Agreement endorsed by the holder of
record without recourse in the following form: "Pay to the order of
__________________________ without recourse" and signed in the name of
the holder of record, and if by IUB, by an authorized officer by either
original or facsimile signature;
o The original Mortgage with evidence of recording indicated thereon;
provided, however, that if the original Mortgage with evidence of
recording thereon cannot be delivered because of a delay caused by the
recording office where such Mortgage was delivered for recordation,
then a photocopy of such Mortgage shall be delivered;
o In the case of Mortgage Loans not registered on the MERS(C)System,
the original assignment of Mortgage, in recordable form, sufficient
under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the related Mortgaged
Property is located to reflect the conveyance of the Mortgage Loan,
which may be in the form of one or more "blanket" assignments covering
the Mortgage Loans secured by Mortgaged Properties located in the same
jurisdiction, and which assignment shall be recorded by IUB upon the
earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence and continuation of any Event
of Default or (ii) in the case of the Group I Mortgage Loans (a) the
resignation of the Master Servicer, (b) the occurrence of an event of
default relating to the Master Servicer, or (c) at the written request
of the Enhancer to record assignments of the Group I Mortgage Loans
because the Enhancer has determined, in the exercise of its reasonable
judgment, (1) a Material Adverse Change with respect to the Master
Servicer has occurred, or (2) the Enhancer has been advised by counsel
that recordation of assignments is necessary as a result of a change
that occurred after the Closing Date in applicable law or the
interpretation thereof;
o The original or a certified copy of all intervening assignments of
mortgage with evidence of recording thereon; provided, however, that if
the original intervening assignment of mortgage with evidence of
recording thereon cannot be delivered because of a delay caused by the
recording office where such intervening assignment was delivered for
recordation, then a photocopy of such intervening assignment of
mortgage shall be delivered;
o The original or a certified copy of each assumption, extension,
modification, written assurance or substitution agreement.
For purposes of the foregoing, a "Material Adverse Change" means a
material adverse change in (i) the ability of the Originator to perform its
obligations under the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement or (ii) the ability of the
Master Servicer to perform its obligations under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.
Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture Trustee
agrees to execute and deliver on or prior to the Closing Date an acknowledgment
of receipt for each Mortgage Loan, the original Mortgage Note or Loan Agreement,
as the case may be, with respect to such Mortgage Loan (with any exceptions
noted). The Indenture Trustee agrees, for the benefit of the Securityholders
and, in the case of the Group I Mortgage Loans, the Enhancer, to review (or
cause to be reviewed) each Trustee's Mortgage File within 120 days after the
Closing Date (or, with respect to any Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loan, within
90 days after the receipt by the Indenture Trustee thereof) and to deliver a
certification generally to the effect that, as to each Mortgage Loan listed in
the Mortgage Loan Schedule, (a) all documents required to be delivered to it
pursuant to the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement are in its possession, (b) each
such document has been reviewed by it and has not been mutilated, damaged, torn
or otherwise physically altered, appears regular on its face and relates to such
Mortgage Loan, and (c) based on its examination and only as to the foregoing
documents, certain information set forth on the Mortgage Loan Schedule
accurately reflects the information set forth in the Trustee's Mortgage File
delivered on such date.
If the Indenture Trustee, during the process of reviewing the Trustee's
Mortgage Files finds any document constituting a part of a Trustee's Mortgage
File which is not executed, has not been received or is unrelated to the
Mortgage Loans, or that any Mortgage Loan does not conform to the requirements
above or to the description thereof as set forth in the Mortgage Loan Schedule,
the Indenture Trustee or the Enhancer, shall promptly so notify the Depositor,
the Master Servicer and, in the case of any notice provided by the Enhancer, the
Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee shall direct IUB to use reasonable
efforts to cause to be remedied a material defect in a
S-84
document constituting part of a Trustee's Mortgage File of which IUB is so
notified by the Indenture Trustee. If, however, within 120 days after the
Indenture Trustee's notice to IUB respecting such defect IUB has not caused to
be remedied the defect and the defect materially and adversely affects the
interest of the Holders in the Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loan or, in the
case of the Group I Mortgage Loans, the Enhancer, IUB will either (i) substitute
in lieu of such Mortgage Loan a Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loan and, if the
then outstanding principal balance of such Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loan is
less than the applicable Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan as of the date
of such substitution plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, deliver to the
Master Servicer as part of the related monthly remittance remitted by the Master
Servicer the amount of any such shortfall (the "SUBSTITUTION ADJUSTMENT")
or (ii) repurchase such Mortgage Loan at a price equal to the outstanding
Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan as of the date of purchase, plus accrued
interest thereon at the related Mortgage Interest Rate through and including the
end of the month of repurchase, plus the amount of any unreimbursed servicing
advances made by the Master Servicer, which purchase price shall be deposited in
the Collection Account or Trustee Collection Account on the next succeeding
Determination Date after deducting therefrom any amounts received in respect of
such repurchased Mortgage Loan or Mortgage Loans and being held in the
Collection Account or Trustee Collection Account for future distribution to the
extent such amounts have not yet been applied to principal or interest on such
Mortgage Loan or Mortgage Loans.
A "QUALIFIED SUBSTITUTE MORTGAGE LOAN" is any mortgage loan or mortgage
loans which will be assigned to the same Loan Group as the deleted Mortgage Loan
which (i) relates or relate to a detached one-family residence or to the same
type of residential dwelling as the deleted Mortgage Loan and in each case has
or have the same or a better lien priority as the deleted Mortgage Loan with a
Borrower having the same or better traditionally ranked credit status and is an
owner-occupied Mortgaged Property, (ii) matures or mature no later than (and not
more than one year earlier than) the deleted Mortgage Loan, (iii) has or have a
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio or Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios at the time of
such substitution no higher than the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the deleted
Mortgage Loan, (iv) has or have a principal balance or principal balances (after
application of all payments received on or prior to the date of
substitution)(which shall be the Principal Balance or Principal Balances
thereof) not substantially less and not more than the Principal Balance of the
deleted Mortgage Loan as of such date, and (v) complies or comply as of the date
of substitution with each representation and warranty set forth in the Mortgage
Loan Sale Agreement.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF IUB
IUB will represent in the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement, among other
things, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, as of May 31, 2002, the following:
o The information set forth in the Mortgage Loan Schedule with respect to
each Mortgage Loan was complete, true and correct in all material
respects;
o Immediately prior to the sale of the Mortgage Loans to the Depositor,
IUB was the sole owner and holder thereof free and clear of any and all
liens and security interests;
o The Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of IUB and a valid transfer and assignment to the Depositor
of all right, title and interest of IUB in and to the Mortgage Loans
and the proceeds thereof; and
o The Mortgage Loans complied in all material respects with all
applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations.
The benefit of the representations and warranties assigned or made to
the Depositor by IUB in the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement will be assigned by the
Depositor to the Trust pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, upon the discovery by any
of the Securityholders, the Master Servicer, IUB, the Enhancer or the Indenture
Trustee that any of the representations and warranties contained in the Mortgage
Loan Sale Agreement have been breached in any respect, with the result that the
interests of the Securityholders or, in the case of the Group I Mortgage Loans,
the Enhancer in the related Mortgage Loan were
S-85
materially and adversely affected (notwithstanding that such representation and
warranty was made to IUB's best knowledge), the party discovering such breach is
required to give prompt written notice to the others of such breach. Subject to
certain provisions of the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement, within ninety (90) days
of the earlier to occur of IUB's discovery or its receipt of written notice of
any such breach, IUB will (a) promptly cure such breach in all material
respects, (b) remove each Mortgage Loan which has given rise to the requirement
for action by IUB and substitute one or more Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loans
and, if the outstanding principal amount of such Qualified Substitute Mortgage
Loans as of the date of such substitution is less than the outstanding Principal
Balance, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon of the replaced Mortgage Loans
as of the date of substitution, deliver to the Trust as part of the amounts
remitted by the Master Servicer on such Payment Date the amount of such
shortfall, or (c) repurchase such Mortgage Loan at a price equal to the
Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan as of the date of purchase, plus accrued
interest thereon at the related Mortgage Interest Rate through and including the
end of the month of repurchase, plus the amount of any unreimbursed servicing
advances made by the Master Servicer, and deposit such repurchase price into the
Trustee Collection Account on the next succeeding Determination Date after
deducting therefrom any amounts received in respect of such repurchased Mortgage
Loan or Loans and being held in the Trustee Collection Account or the Collection
Account for future distribution to the extent such amounts have not yet been
applied to principal or interest on such Mortgage Loan. The obligation of IUB to
cure such breach or to substitute or repurchase any Mortgage Loan constitutes
the sole remedy respecting a material breach of any such representation or
warranty to the Securityholders and the Indenture Trustee.
SERVICING COMPENSATION
The "Servicing Fee" will be, with respect to any Collection Period and
Loan Group, the sum for all outstanding Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group
of the product of (i) the applicable Servicing Fee Rate multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related
Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360 and (ii) the Principal
Balance of the Mortgage Loan as of the first day of such Collection Period. The
"Servicing Fee Rate" will be 1.00% per annum. The Servicing Fee will serve as
the base compensation to the Master Servicer (or any applicable subservicer) in
respect of its servicing activities. In addition to the Servicing Fee, the
Master Servicer will be entitled under the Sale and Servicing Agreement to
retain additional servicing compensation in the form of late fees, assumption
fees, other administrative fees, release fees, bad check charges and certain
other servicing related fees.
The Master Servicer will be obligated to pay certain ongoing expenses
incurred by it in connection with its servicing activities and other
responsibilities under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES AND EXPENSES
The Master Servicer will be obligated under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement to make reasonable efforts to collect all payments due under the terms
and provisions of the related mortgage documents and will be obligated, subject
to the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, to follow such collection
procedures as it would normally follow with respect to mortgage loans serviced
by it for its own account, and that generally conform to the mortgage servicing
practices of prudent mortgage lending institutions that service mortgage loans
of the same type as the Mortgage Loans for their own accounts in the
jurisdictions in which the related Mortgaged Properties are located. Consistent
with the foregoing, the Master Servicer will be permitted, in its discretion,
to, among other things, (i) waive any late payment charge, prepayment penalty or
other charge in connection with any Mortgage Loan, (ii) arrange a schedule,
running for no more than 180 days after the due date of any payment due under
the related mortgage documents, for the liquidation of delinquent items and
(iii) subject to certain restrictions, modify the Mortgage Interest Rate of a
Mortgage Loan.
The Master Servicer will establish an account (the "COLLECTION
ACCOUNT") into which the Master Servicer will deposit or cause to be deposited
any amounts representing payments on and any collections received on or in
respect of the Mortgage Loans received by it subsequent to the Cut-Off Date. On
the 21st day of each month or, if such day is not a Business Day, the
immediately succeeding Business Day (each, a "DETERMINATION DATE"), the Master
Servicer will notify the Paying Agent and the Indenture Trustee of the amounts
required to be withdrawn from the Collection Account and deposited into an
Eligible Account established with and maintained by the Indenture Trustee (the
"TRUSTEE COLLECTION ACCOUNT") prior to the close of business on that day. On
each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee will deposit such amounts into the Note
Payment Account (the "NOTE PAYMENT
S-86
ACCOUNT") or the Certificate Distribution Account (the "CERTIFICATE
DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT"), as applicable, for payment to the related
Securityholders in accordance with the priorities set forth in the Indenture.
The Indenture Trustee will be entitled to receive a monthly fee with
respect to each Loan Group of 0.0025% per annum of the aggregate Principal
Balance of the Mortgage Loans for its activities as trustee under the Indenture.
The Indenture Trustee will also be entitled to receive any income received from
amounts on deposit in the Trustee Collection Account.
All Collections generally will be allocated in accordance with the
related mortgage documents between amounts collected in respect of interest and
principal, respectively.
REALIZATION UPON OR SALE OF DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS
Except as described below, the Master Servicer will be required to
foreclose upon or otherwise comparably convert the ownership of properties
securing such of the Mortgage Loans as come into and continue in default and as
to which no satisfactory arrangements can be made for collection of delinquent
payments thereon if in its judgment there is sufficient equity in the property.
In connection with such foreclosure or other conversion, the Master Servicer
will be required to follow such procedures as it follows with respect to similar
mortgage loans held in its own portfolio. However, the Master Servicer will not
be required to expend its own funds in connection with any foreclosure or to
restore any damaged property relating to any Mortgage Loan unless it shall
determine that such foreclosure and/or restoration will increase Liquidation
Proceeds.
The Master Servicer will be permitted to foreclose against the
Mortgaged Property securing a defaulted Mortgage Loan either by foreclosure,
sale or strict foreclosure, and in the event a deficiency judgment is available
against the related Mortgagor or any other person, may proceed for the
deficiency. The Master Servicer will also be permitted, in the alternative, to
sue on the note or take other actions in accordance with accepted servicing
practices.
In the event that title to any Mortgaged Property is acquired in
foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the deed or certificate of sale
will be required to be issued to the Master Servicer on behalf of the Owner
Trustee. Notwithstanding any such acquisition of title and cancellation of the
related Mortgage Loan, such Mortgage Loan will be required to be considered to
be a Mortgage Loan held by the Trust until such time as the related Mortgaged
Property is sold and such Mortgage Loan becomes a Liquidated Mortgage Loan.
In lieu of foreclosing upon any defaulted Mortgage Loan, the Master
Servicer may, in its discretion, permit the assumption of such Mortgage Loan if,
in the Master Servicer's judgment, such default is unlikely to be cured and if
the assuming borrower satisfies the Master Servicer's underwriting guidelines
with respect to mortgage loans owned by the Master Servicer. Any fee collected
by the Master Servicer for entering into an assumption agreement will be
retained by the Master Servicer as servicing compensation. Alternatively, the
Master Servicer may encourage the refinancing of any defaulted Mortgage Loan by
the related Mortgagor.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the institution of foreclosure
proceedings or the acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure with respect to
any Mortgaged Property, the Master Servicer will make, or cause to be made,
inspection of such Mortgaged Property in accordance with accepted servicing
procedures. The Master Servicer will be entitled to rely upon the results of any
such inspection made by others. In cases where such inspection reveals that such
Mortgaged Property is potentially contaminated with or affected by hazardous
wastes or hazardous substances, the Master Servicer will promptly give written
notice of such fact to the Indenture Trustee.
ENFORCEMENT OF DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES
When a Mortgaged Property has been or is about to be conveyed by the
related Mortgagor, the Master Servicer will, to the extent that it has knowledge
of such conveyance or prospective conveyance, exercise its right to accelerate
the maturity of the related Mortgage Loan under any due-on-sale clause contained
in the related mortgage documents. The Master Servicer may not, however,
exercise any such right if such due-on-sale clause, in the reasonable judgment
of the Master Servicer, is not enforceable under applicable law or in the
interests of the Trust. In such event, the Master Servicer may enter into an
assumption and modification agreement with the person to
S-87
which such property has been or is about to be conveyed, pursuant to which such
person will become liable under the related mortgage documents and, unless
prohibited by applicable law or such mortgage documents, the related Mortgagor
will remain liable thereon. The Master Servicer is also authorized to enter into
a substitution of liability agreement with such person, pursuant to which the
original Mortgagor will be released from liability and such person will be
substituted as Mortgagor and become liable under the related mortgage documents.
MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE POLICIES
Generally, the underwriting requirements of the Originator require
mortgagors to obtain fire and casualty insurance as a condition to approving the
related mortgage loan, but the existence and/or maintenance of such fire and
casualty insurance is not in all cases monitored by the Master Servicer or the
Subservicer. Title insurance is not required on all mortgage loans. The Master
Servicer will follow such practices with respect to the Mortgage Loans.
Accordingly, if a Mortgaged Property suffers any hazard or casualty losses, or
if the Mortgagor thereunder is found not to have clear title to such Mortgaged
Property, Offered Noteholders may bear the risk of loss resulting from a default
by the related Mortgagor to the extent such losses are not covered by
foreclosure or liquidation proceeds on such defaulted Mortgage Loan or by the
applicable credit enhancement. To the extent that the related mortgage documents
require the Mortgagor under a Mortgage Loan to maintain a fire and hazard
insurance policy with extended coverage on the related Mortgaged Property in an
amount not less than the least of the full insurable value of such Mortgaged
Property, the replacement value of the improvements on such Mortgaged Property
or the unpaid Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan and any senior liens, the
Master Servicer will monitor the status of such insurance in varying degrees
based upon certain characteristics of the related Mortgage Loans, and will cause
such insurance to be maintained on a case-by-case basis. Further, with respect
to each property acquired by the Trust by foreclosure or by deed in lieu of
foreclosure, the Master Servicer will maintain or cause to be maintained fire
and hazard insurance thereon with extended coverage in an amount at least equal
to the lesser of (i) the full insurable value of the improvements that are a
part of such property and (ii) the Principal Balance owing on the related
Mortgage Loan at the time of such foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.
Such insurance on property acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of
foreclosure may not, however, be less than the minimum amount required to fully
compensate for any loss or damage on a replacement cost basis.
Any costs incurred by the Master Servicer in maintaining any insurance
will not, for the purpose of calculating distributions to the Offered
Noteholders, be added to the unpaid Principal Balance of the related Mortgage
Loan, notwithstanding that the terms of such Mortgage Loan may so permit. No
earthquake or other additional insurance other than flood insurance will be,
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, required to be maintained by any
Mortgagor or the Master Servicer, other than pursuant to the terms of the
related mortgage documents and such applicable laws and regulations as shall at
any time be in force and as shall require such additional insurance.
The Master Servicer will also be required under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement to maintain in force a fidelity bond or policy or policies of
insurance covering dishonest acts in the performance of its obligations as
master servicer.
No pool insurance policy, title insurance policy, blanket hazard
insurance policy, special hazard insurance policy, bankruptcy bond or repurchase
bond will be required to be maintained with respect to the Mortgage Loans, nor
will any Mortgage Loan be insured by any government or government agency.
MASTER SERVICER REPORTS
The Master Servicer is required to deliver to the Issuer, the Enhancer,
the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency, not later than May 31 of each
year, beginning with 2003, an officer's certificate stating as to each signer
thereof that (i) a review of the activities of the Master Servicer during the
preceding calendar year and of its performance under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement has been made under such officer's supervision and (ii) to the best of
such officer's knowledge, based on such review, the Master Servicer has
fulfilled all of its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
throughout such year, or if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any
such obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the
nature and status thereof.
S-88
Not later than May 31 of each year, beginning with 2003, the Master
Servicer, at its expense, will cause a firm of nationally recognized independent
public accountants to furnish a statement to the Issuer, the Enhancer, the
Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency to the effect that, on the basis of an
examination of certain documents and records relating to the servicing of
mortgage loans then being serviced by the Master Servicer under servicing
agreements similar to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, which agreements will be
described in a schedule to such statement, such firm is of the opinion that such
servicing has been conducted in compliance with the Uniform Single Attestation
Program for Mortgage Bankers and that such examination has disclosed no
exceptions or errors relating to the servicing activities of the Master
Servicer, including the servicing of the Mortgage Loans, that in the opinion of
such firm are material, except for such exceptions as shall be set forth in such
statement.
REMOVAL OF THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE SUBSERVICER
The Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, by notice given in writing to the
Master Servicer, may, with the written consent of the Enhancer in the case of
the Group I Mortgage Loans, terminate all rights and obligations of the Master
Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, other than the Master
Servicer's right to receive servicing compensation and reimbursement of expenses
thereunder during any period prior to the date of such termination, upon the
occurrence and continuation beyond any applicable cure period of an event
described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) below. The Enhancer, so long as it is not
in default of its payment obligations under the Policy, by notice given in
writing to the Master Servicer, may direct the Master Servicer to remove the
Subservicer as subservicer of the Group I Mortgage Loans and replace it with a
successor subservicer that is not an affiliate of the Master Servicer upon the
occurrence and continuation beyond any applicable cure period of an event
described in clauses (d) or (e) below. Each event described below constitutes a
"SERVICER DEFAULT":
(a) any failure by the Master Servicer to deposit into the Collection
Account or the Trustee Collection Account any deposit required to be made under
the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement that continues unremedied for a
period of five (5) Business Days after the date upon which written notice of
such failure shall have been given to the Master Servicer by the Issuer or the
Indenture Trustee, or to the Master Servicer, the Issuer and the Indenture
Trustee by the Enhancer if such failure relates to Group I Mortgage Loans;
(b) any failure on the part of the Master Servicer to duly observe or
perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Master
Servicer set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, which failure materially
and adversely affects the interests of any Securityholder, and which failure
continues unremedied for a period of 45 days after the date on which written
notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given
to the Master Servicer by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, or to the Master
Servicer, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the Enhancer if such failure
relates to Group I Mortgage Loans;
(c) solely with respect to the Group I Mortgage Loans, the delinquency
or loss experience of the Group I Mortgage Loans exceeds certain levels
specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement; or
(d) solely with respect to the Group I Mortgage Loans, the Enhancer
shall notify the Indenture Trustee of any "event of default" relating to the
Master Servicer or the Subservicer under the Insurance Agreement, including
(without limitation) any failure by the Master Servicer or the Subservicer to
deposit into the Collection Account or the Trustee Collection Account any
deposit relating to the Group I Mortgage Loans required to be made under the
terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement that continues unremedied for a period
of three (3) Business Days.
The Master Servicer may not assign the Sale and Servicing Agreement nor
resign from the obligations and duties imposed on it thereby except by mutual
written consent of the parties thereto and the Enhancer or upon the Master
Servicer's determination that its duties thereunder are no longer permissible
under applicable law and that such incapacity cannot be cured without the
incurrence of unreasonable expense. Any such determination that the Master
Servicer's duties under the Sale and Servicing Agreement are no longer
permissible under applicable law will be evidenced by a written Opinion of
Counsel, who may be counsel for the Master Servicer, to such effect delivered to
the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Enhancer. No such resignation will
become effective until the Indenture Trustee or a successor appointed in
accordance with the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement has
S-89
assumed the Master Servicer's responsibilities and obligations in accordance
with the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Master Servicer will provide the
Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Enhancer and each Rating Agency with 30 days
prior written notice of its intention to resign.
Within 90 days of such termination, the Indenture Trustee will be the
successor in all respects to the Master Servicer in its capacity as Master
Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and with respect to the
transactions set forth therein, and shall be subject to all responsibilities,
duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Master Servicer by the
terms thereof. As compensation therefor, the Indenture Trustee will be entitled
to such compensation as the Master Servicer would have been entitled to under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement if there had been no such termination. If the
Indenture Trustee is unwilling to act as successor Master Servicer or is legally
unable so to act, then it will be required to appoint or petition a court of
competent jurisdiction to appoint any established mortgage loan servicing
institution having a net worth of not less than $10,000,000 as the successor to
the Master Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to all
or any part of the Master Servicer's responsibilities, duties or liabilities
thereunder; provided, that any successor Master Servicer with respect to the
Group I Mortgage Loans shall be acceptable to the Enhancer, as evidenced by the
Enhancer's prior written consent; which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, and provided further, that no Rating Agency, after prior notice
thereto, shall have notified the Indenture Trustee in writing that such
appointment would result in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its
then-current rating of the Offered Notes without taking into account the
existence of the Policy. See "--Servicing Compensation" above.
Any successor Master Servicer, including the Indenture Trustee, (i)
will be bound by the terms of the Insurance Agreement and (ii) will not be
deemed to be in default or to have breached its duties under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement if the predecessor Master Servicer fails to make any
required deposit into the Collection Account or the Trustee Collection Account
or otherwise cooperate with any required servicing transfer or succession
thereunder.
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT AND INDENTURE
The following summary describes certain terms of the Trust Agreement
and the Indenture. Such summary does not purport to be complete and is subject
to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the respective provisions of
the Trust Agreement and the Indenture. See "The Agreements" in the Prospectus.
The rights of the Enhancer set forth in the Trust Agreement and the
Indenture will relate only to the Group I Notes. The rights of the Enhancer with
respect to the Group I Notes set forth in the Trust Agreement and the Indenture
shall terminate upon the payment in full of the Group I Notes and the payment to
the Enhancer of any unpaid amounts owed to it under the Insurance Agreement.
The Trust Estate. Simultaneously with the issuance of the Notes, the
Issuer will pledge the Trust Estate to the Indenture Trustee as collateral for
the Notes. As pledgee of the Mortgage Loans, the Indenture Trustee will be
entitled to direct the Issuer in the exercise of all rights and remedies of the
Trust against IUB under the Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement and against the Master
Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
Reports To Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee will, to the extent such
information is provided to it by the Master Servicer pursuant to the terms of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, make available to each Noteholder, each Rating
Agency, the Depositor and the Enhancer, a report setting forth certain amounts
relating to the Notes for each Payment Date, including, without limitation, the
amount of the payment on such Payment Date, the amount of such distribution
allocable to principal and allocable to interest, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of each Note as of such Payment Date, the amount of any
Interest Rate Cap Agreement Payments for such Payment Date and such other
information as required by the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
The Indenture Trustee will make such report (and, at its option, any
addition files containing the same information in an alternative format)
available each month to the Noteholders and the Enhancer, via the Indenture
Trustee's internet website. The Indenture Trustee's internet website shall
initially be located at www.ctslink.com. Assistance in using the website can be
obtained by calling the Indenture Trustee's customer service desk at (301)
815-6610. Parties that are unable to use the above distribution option are
entitled to have a paper copy mailed to them via first class mail by calling the
customer service desk and indicating such. The Indenture Trustee shall have
S-90
the right to change the way such reports are distributed in order to make such
distribution more convenient and/or more accessible to the above parties and the
Indenture Trustee shall provide timely and adequate notification to all above
parties regarding any such changes.
Certain Covenants. The Indenture will provide that the Issuer may
not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, unless:
o the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such
consolidation or merger will be a Person organized and existing under
the laws of the United States of America or any state, and will
expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and
delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Indenture Trustee and the Enhancer, the due and punctual payment of
the principal of and interest on all Notes, and to the Certificate
Paying Agent, on behalf of the Noteholders, and the performance or
observance of every agreement and covenant of the Indenture on the part
of the Issuer to be performed or observed;
o immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
o the Issuer has received the consent of the Enhancer and has been
advised that the ratings of the Offered Notes, without regard to the
Policy, then in effect would not be qualified, reduced or withdrawn, or
to be considered to be below investment grade, by any Rating Agency as
a result of such transaction;
o the Issuer, the Enhancer and the Indenture Trustee shall have received
an Opinion of Counsel addressed to the Issuer, the Enhancer and the
Indenture Trustee to the effect that such transaction will not have any
material adverse tax consequence to the Issuer, any Noteholder or the
Enhancer;
o any action necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created
by the Indenture shall have been taken; and
o the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee and the
Enhancer an officer's certificate and an Opinion of Counsel addressed
to the Indenture Trustee and the Enhancer each stating that such
consolidation or merger and such supplemental indenture comply with
certain provisions of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent
therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied
with (including any filing required by the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended).
Modification of Indenture. The Indenture provides that, without the
consent of the Holders of any Notes, but with prior notice to the Issuer, the
Indenture Trustee and the Enhancer, when authorized by a request of the Issuer
pursuant to the Indenture, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one
or more supplemental indentures (which will conform to the provisions of the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), as in force at the date of
the execution thereof), in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, for any
of the following purposes:
o to correct or amplify the description of any property at any time
subject to the lien of the Indenture, or better to assure, convey and
confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or required to
be subjected to the lien of the Indenture, or to subject to the lien of
the Indenture additional property;
o to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable
provisions of the Indenture, of another entity to the Issuer, and the
assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer
contained in the Notes or the Indenture;
o to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders of
the Notes or the Enhancer, or to surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Issuer in the Indenture;
o to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with
the Indenture Trustee;
S-91
o to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision in the
Indenture or in any supplemental indenture that may be inconsistent
with any other provision in the Indenture or in any supplemental
indenture;
o to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions
arising under the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided,
that such action will not materially and adversely affect the interests
of the Noteholders or the Enhancer;
o to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment under the
Indenture by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes and to add
to or change any of the provisions of the Indenture as will be
necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts thereunder by
more than one trustee, pursuant to the requirements of the Indenture;
or
o to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of the Indenture to such
extent as will be necessary to effect the qualification of the
Indenture under the TIA or under any similar federal statute enacted
after the date of the Indenture and to add to the Indenture such other
provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA;
provided, however, that no such supplemental indentures will be entered into
unless the Indenture Trustee and the Enhancer shall have received an Opinion of
Counsel addressed to the Indenture Trustee and the Enhancer to the effect that
entering into such supplemental indenture will not have any material adverse tax
consequences to the Noteholders or the Enhancer.
The Indenture also provides that the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee,
when authorized by an Issuer Request, also may, with prior notice to each Rating
Agency, with the consent of the Holders of Notes affected thereby representing
not less than a majority of the aggregate Note Balance thereof and with the
prior written consent of the Enhancer, enter into a supplemental indenture for
the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of, the Indenture or of modifying in any
manner the rights of the Noteholders thereunder; provided, that no such
supplemental indenture may, without the consent of the Holder of each Note
affected thereby:
o change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or
interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the
interest rate thereon, change the provisions of the Indenture relating
to the application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of,
the Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes,
or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which,
any Note or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to
institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of the Indenture
requiring the application of funds available therefor to the payment of
any such amount due on the Notes on or after the respective dates such
amounts become due;
o reduce the percentage of the Note Balances of the Notes, the consent of
the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture,
or the consent of the Holders of which is required for any waiver of
compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or certain defaults
thereunder and their consequences provided for in the Indenture;
o modify or alter the provisions of the proviso to the definition of
the term "Outstanding" in the Indenture or modify or alter the
exception in the definition of the term "Holder" therein;
o reduce the percentage of the Note Balances of the Notes required to
direct the Indenture Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell or liquidate
the Trust pursuant to the Indenture;
o modify any provision of the amendment provisions of the Indenture
except to increase any percentage specified in the Indenture or to
provide that certain additional provisions of the Indenture cannot be
modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Note
affected thereby;
S-92
o modify any of the provisions of the Indenture in such manner as to
affect the calculation of the amount of any payment of interest or
principal due on any Note on any Payment Date (including the
calculation of any of the individual components of such calculation);
or
o permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with
the lien of the Indenture with respect to any part of the Trust or,
except as otherwise permitted or contemplated in the Indenture,
terminate the lien of the Indenture on any property at any time subject
thereto or deprive the Holder of any Note or the Enhancer of the
security provided by the lien of the Indenture; and provided, further,
that such action will not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel
addressed to the Indenture Trustee and the Enhancer, cause the Issuer
to be subject to an entity level tax.
Conditions Constituting an Event of Default under the Indenture. An
"EVENT OF DEFAULT" under the Indenture will occur with respect to the Group
I Notes or Group II Notes, as applicable, if:
o the full amount of interest due on the related Notes is not paid within
five (5) days of the related Payment Date.
o the amount of principal due on the related Notes on a Legal Final
Payment Date has not been paid in full;
o a default in the observance or performance in any material respect of
any covenant or agreement of the Trust made in the Indenture, or any
representation or warranty made by the Trust in the Indenture or in any
certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith
having been incorrect as of the time made, and the continuation of any
such default or the failure to cure such breach of a representation or
warranty for a period of 30 days after notice thereof is given to the
Trust by the Indenture Trustee or to the Trust and the Indenture
Trustee by the holders of at least 25% of the aggregate Note Balance of
the related Notes then outstanding or, with respect to the Group I
Notes, by the Enhancer; or
o certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation
of the Trust as specified in the Indenture.
Notwithstanding the above, while any of the Senior Group II Notes
remain outstanding, the failure to pay interest due on the Subordinate Group II
Notes will not constitute an Event of Default. While any Class IIM-1 Notes are
outstanding, the failure to pay interest due on the Class IIM-2 and Class IIB-1
Notes will not be an Event of Default. While any Class IIM-2 Notes remain
outstanding, the failure to pay interest due on the Class IIB-1 Notes will not
be an Event of Default.
Each Holder of a Subordinate Group II Note, by accepting its respective
interest in the Subordinate Group II Note, will be deemed to have consented to
any such delay in payment of interest on such class of Notes and to have waived
its right to institute a suit for enforcement of any such payment, in each case
in the circumstances and to the extent described above.
Rights upon Event of Default. Upon an Event of Default under the
Indenture, either the Indenture Trustee, acting on the direction of the
Enhancer, or the holders of the related Notes representing not less than a
majority of the aggregate Note Balance of the Group I Notes or Group II Notes,
as applicable, with, in the case of an Event of Default relating to the Group I
Notes, the written consent of the Enhancer, may declare all of the related Notes
to be immediately due and payable. Any such declaration may, under certain
circumstances, be rescinded and annulled by, in the case of an Event of Default
relating to the Group I Notes, the Enhancer or the holders of the related Notes
representing not less than a majority of the aggregate Note Balance thereof,
with, in the case of an Event of Default relating to the Group I Notes, the
written consent of the Enhancer. See "The Agreements -- Events of Default;
Rights upon Event of Default -- Indenture" in the prospectus for a description
of the rights of the Noteholders upon an Event of Default.
The Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of
the trusts or powers vested in it by the Indenture or to institute, conduct or
defend any litigation thereunder or in relation thereto at the request, order or
direction of any of the Holders of the Notes, unless the Noteholders or the
Enhancer have offered to the Indenture
S-93
Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and
liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.
Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Indenture Trustee may be
deemed to have a conflict of interest and be required to resign as trustee for
the Group I Notes, the Senior Group II Notes, the Class IIM-1 Notes, the Class
IIM-2 Notes or the Class IIB-1 Notes if a default occurs under the Indenture. In
these circumstances, the indenture will provide for a successor trustee to be
appointed for one or all of the Group I Notes, the Senior Group II Notes, the
Class IIM-1 Notes, Class IIM-2 Notes and the Class IIB Notes.
If the Indenture Trustee relating to any class of Notes resigns, its
resignation will become effective only after a successor Indenture Trustee for
that class of Notes is appointed and the successor accepts the appointment.
Voting Rights. 1% of the voting rights of the Notes will be allocated
to the Class IIA-IO Notes and the remainder of the voting rights of the Notes
will be allocated to the other classes of Notes in accordance with their
respective Note Balances.
Control Rights of the Enhancer. Unless an Enhancer Default occurs and
is continuing, the Enhancer will have the right to exercise all rights,
including voting rights, which the Group I Noteholders are entitled to exercise
under the Indenture and the other transaction documents. In addition, the
Enhancer shall have the right to participate in, to direct the enforcement or
defense of, and at the Enhancer's sole option, to institute or assume the
defense of, any action, proceeding or investigation for any remedy available to
the Indenture Trustee with respect to any matter that could adversely affect the
Trust or the Trust Estate relating to the Group I Notes or the Group I Mortgage
Loans, or the rights or obligations of the Enhancer, under the Indenture and the
other transaction documents, including (without limitation) any insolvency or
bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the Depositor or any affiliate thereof.
Following written notice to the Indenture Trustee, the Enhancer shall have the
exclusive right to determine, in its sole discretion, the actions necessary to
preserve and protect the Trust or the Trust Estate relating to the Group I Notes
or the Group I Mortgage Loans. The Enhancer shall be entitled to reimbursement
for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such action, proceeding
or investigation, including (without limitation) reasonable attorney's fees and
any judgment or settlement entered into affecting the Enhancer or the Enhancer's
interests.
Certain Matters Regarding the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer. Neither
the Indenture Trustee nor any director, officer or employee of the Indenture
Trustee will be under any liability to the Issuer or the Noteholders for taking
any action or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith
pursuant to the Indenture, or for errors in judgment; provided, that none of the
Indenture Trustee or any director, officer or employee thereof will be protected
against any liability that would otherwise be imposed on it by reason of its
willful malfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or
by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the
Indenture. Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the
Indenture Trustee and any director, officer, employee or agent thereof will be
indemnified by the Issuer and held harmless against any loss, liability or
expense incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or
defending any legal action, commenced or threatened, relating to the Indenture,
other than any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of its willful
malfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under the
Indenture, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties
under the Indenture. All persons into which the Indenture Trustee may be merged
or with which it may be consolidated, or any person resulting from such merger
or consolidation, will be the successor to the Indenture Trustee under the
Indenture.
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
In the opinion of McKee Nelson LLP, for federal income tax purposes,
the Offered Notes will be characterized as indebtedness and neither the Issuer
nor any portion of the Issuer, as created pursuant to the terms and conditions
of the Trust Agreement, will be characterized as an association (or publicly
traded partnership within the meaning of section 7704 of the Code) taxable as a
corporation or as a taxable mortgage pool within the meaning of section 7701(i)
of the Code.
For federal income tax purposes, the Offered Notes, other than the
Class IIA-IO Notes, will not be treated as having been issued with "original
issue discount" (as defined in the prospectus). See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations" in the prospectus.
S-94
The Offered Notes will not be treated as assets described in Section
7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code and will not be treated as "real estate assets" under
Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code. In addition, interest on the Offered Notes
will not be treated as "interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real
property" under Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code. The Offered Notes also will
not be treated as "qualified mortgages" under Section 860G(a)(3)(C) of the Code.
Prospective investors in the Offered Notes should see "Certain Federal
Income Tax Considerations" and "State Tax Considerations" in the prospectus for
a discussion of the application of certain federal income and state and local
tax laws to the Issuer and purchasers of the Offered Notes.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Any fiduciary or other investor of Plan assets that proposes to acquire
or hold the Offered Notes on behalf of or with Plan assets of any Plan should
consult with its counsel with respect to the application of the fiduciary
responsibility provisions of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of
ERISA and the Code to the proposed investment. See "ERISA Considerations" in the
prospectus.
Each purchaser of an Offered Note, by its acceptance of such Offered
Note, shall be deemed to have represented either (i) that it is not, and is not
purchasing the Offered Note with assets of, an employee benefit plan subject to
Section 406 of ERISA or a plan subject to Section 4975 of the Code or a
governmental plan or church plan that is subject to applicable federal, state or
local law similar to the foregoing provisions of ERISA and/or the Code or (ii)
that a class or individual exemption under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975
of the Code is applicable to the acquisition and holding of the Offered Note by
such purchaser or the acquisition and holding of the Offered Note by such
purchaser does not constitute or give rise to a prohibited transaction under
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or other applicable federal,
state or local law, for which no statutory, regulatory or administrative
exemption is available. See "ERISA Considerations" in the prospectus.
Insurance companies contemplating the investment of general account
assets in the Offered Notes should consult with their legal advisors with
respect to the applicability of section 401(c) of ERISA, as described under
"ERISA Considerations" in the prospectus.
The Offered Notes may not be purchased with the assets of a Plan if the
Underwriter, Depositor, the Master Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner
Trustee or any of their affiliates (a) has investment or administrative
discretion with respect to such Plan assets; (b) has authority or responsibility
to give, or regularly gives, investment advice with respect to such Plan assets,
for a fee and pursuant to an agreement or understanding that such advice (i)
will serve as a primary basis for investment decisions with respect to such Plan
assets and (ii) will be based on the particular investment needs for such Plan;
or (c) is an employer maintaining or contributing to such Plan.
The sale of any of the Offered Notes to a Plan is in no respect a
representation by the Issuer or the Underwriter that such an investment meets
all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally
or any particular Plan that the requirements of any otherwise applicable
prohibited transaction exemption have been satisfied, or that such an investment
is appropriate for Plans generally or any particular Plan.
LEGAL INVESTMENT
The Offered Notes will NOT constitute "mortgage related securities" for
purposes of SMMEA. Accordingly, many institutions with legal authority to invest
in mortgage related securities may not be legally authorized to invest in the
Offered Notes. No representation is made herein as to whether the Offered Notes
constitute legal investments for any entity under any applicable statute, law,
rule, regulation or order. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult with
their counsel concerning the status of the Offered Notes as legal investments
for such purchasers prior to investing in Offered Notes.
S-95
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an Underwriting
Agreement, dated June 11, 2002 (the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT"), between
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. as underwriter (the "UNDERWRITER"), and the
Depositor, the Underwriter has agreed to purchase and the Depositor has agreed
to sell to the Underwriter the Offered Notes. The Underwriter is an affiliate of
the Depositor. It is expected that delivery of the Offered Notes will be made
only in book-entry form through DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear as
discussed herein, on or about June 25, 2002, against payment therefor in
immediately available funds.
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligation of the
Underwriter to pay for and accept delivery of the Offered Notes is subject to,
among other things, the receipt of certain legal opinions and to the conditions,
among others, that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Depositor's
Registration Statement shall be in effect, and that no proceedings for such
purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC.
The distribution of the Offered Notes by the Underwriter may be
effected from time to time in one or more negotiated transactions, or otherwise,
at varying prices to be determined at the time of sale. Proceeds to the
Depositor from the sale of the Offered Notes, before deducting expenses payable
by the Depositor, will be approximately 101.25% of the aggregate initial Note
Balance of the Offered Notes, plus accrued interest thereon from the
Cut-off-Date. The Underwriter may effect such transactions by selling the
Offered Notes to or through dealers, and such dealers may receive compensation
in the form of underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions from the
Underwriter for whom they act as agent. In connection with the sale of its
Offered Notes, the Underwriter may be deemed to have received compensation from
the Depositor in the form of underwriting compensation. The Underwriter and any
dealers that participate with the Underwriter in the distribution of its Offered
Notes may be deemed to be Underwriter and any profit on the resale of the
Offered Notes positioned by them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and
commissions under the 1933 Act.
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Depositor will indemnify
the Underwriter, and that under limited circumstances the Underwriter will
indemnify the Depositor, against certain civil liabilities under the 1933 Act,
or contribute to payments required to be made in respect thereof.
There is currently no secondary market for the Offered Notes and no
assurances are made that such a market will develop. The Underwriter intends to
establish a market in the Offered Notes, but is not obligated to do so. Any such
market, even if established, may or may not continue.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheets of MBIA Inc. and subsidiaries and MBIA
Insurance Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and December 31,
2000 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholder's
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2001, incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement, have been
incorporated herein in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the Offered Notes will be passed
upon for Irwin Union Bank and Trust Company and Irwin Home Equity Corporation by
McKee Nelson LLP and by Gary Iorfido, Esq. and for the Depositor and the
Underwriter by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, New York, New York.
RATINGS
It is a condition to issuance that the Offered Notes have the ratings
set forth under "Summary" above. The Depositor has not requested a rating on the
Offered Notes by any rating agency other than the rating agencies listed under
"Summary" above (the "RATING AGENCIES"). However, there can be no assurance as
to whether any other rating agency will rate the Offered Notes, or, if it does,
what rating would be assigned by any such other rating
S-96
agency. A rating on the Offered Notes by another rating agency, if assigned at
all, may be lower than the ratings assigned to the Offered Notes under "Summary"
above. A securities rating addresses the likelihood of the receipt by holders of
Offered Notes of distributions on the Mortgage Loans to which they are entitled.
The rating takes into consideration the structural and legal aspects associated
with the Offered Notes. The ratings on the Offered Notes do not, however,
constitute statements regarding the possibility that Holders might realize a
lower than anticipated yield. The ratings also do not address the likelihood of
the payment of any Interest Carry-Forward Amounts. The rating of the Class IA-1
Notes will depend primarily on the financial strength of the Enhancer. Any
reduction in the financial strength of the Enhancer would likely result in a
reduction in the rating of the Class IA-1 Notes. A securities rating is not a
recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or
withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization. Each securities
rating should be evaluated independently of similar ratings on different
securities.
S-97
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
Account Balance..................................S-26
Additional Charges...............................S-26
Aggregate Balance Differential...................S-63
Agreement........................................S-71
Amortization Event...............................S-63
Appraised Value..................................S-26
Balance Differential.............................S-63
Billing Cycle....................................S-25
Book-Entry Notes.................................S-55
Business Day.....................................S-57
Certificate Distribution Account.................S-87
Certificates.....................................S-23
Class IIB -1 Optimal Principal Balance...........S-65
Class IIM-1 Optimal Principal Balance............S-65
Class IIM-2 Optimal Principal Balance............S-65
Collection Account...............................S-86
Collection Period................................S-65
Deficiency Amount................................S-71
Definitive Note..................................S-55
Depositor........................................S-23
Determination Date...............................S-86
Draw Period......................................S-25
Enhancer Default.................................S-65
European Depositaries............................S-55
Event of Default.................................S-93
Excess Spread....................................S-65
Excluded Amount..................................S-66
Final Payment....................................S-71
Finance Charge...................................S-26
Financial Intermediary...........................S-55
Global Securities.................................S-1
governing instrument.............................S-51
Gross Margin.....................................S-25
Group I Mortgage Loans...........................S-23
Group I Notes....................................S-23
Group II Mortgage Loans..........................S-24
Group II Notes...................................S-23
HEL 125s.........................................S-75
HELOCs...........................................S-23
HELs.............................................S-23
Homeownership Act................................S-26
IFC..............................................S-46
IHE..............................................S-46
Indenture........................................S-23
Insurance Agreement..............................S-66
Insured Payment..................................S-71
Interest Adjustment Date.........................S-26
Interest Carry-Forward Amount....................S-57
Interest Collections.............................S-66
Interest Period..................................S-57
Irwin............................................S-48
Issuer...........................................S-23
IUB..............................................S-46
Legal Final Insured Payment Date.................S-63
LIBOR Business Day...............................S-58
Lifetime Rate Caps...............................S-25
Lifetime Rate Floors.............................S-25
Liquidated Mortgage Loan.........................S-66
Liquidation Loss Amount..........................S-66
Liquidation Loss Distribution Amount.............S-66
Liquidation Proceeds.............................S-66
Loan Agreement...................................S-24
Loan Group.......................................S-23
Loss and Delinquency Tests.......................S-59
Managed Amortization Period......................S-66
Maximum Variable Funding Balance.................S-55
Monthly Payment..................................S-25
Mortgage Interest Rate...........................S-26
Mortgage Loan Sale Agreement.....................S-66
Mortgage Loans...................................S-23
Mortgage Note....................................S-24
Mortgaged Properties.............................S-24
Mortgages........................................S-24
Mortgagor........................................S-26
Non-U.S. Person...................................S-4
Note Balance.....................................S-67
Note Group.......................................S-67
Note Payment Account.............................S-87
Note Rate........................................S-57
Notes............................................S-23
Notice...........................................S-71
Offered Note Balance.............................S-67
Offered Note Owners..............................S-55
Offered Notes....................................S-23
Overcollateralization Amount.....................S-67
Overcollateralization Increase Amount............S-67
Overcollateralization Release Amount.............S-67
Overcollateralization Target Amount..............S-67
Owner............................................S-71
Paying Agent.....................................S-63
Payment Date.....................................S-56
Policy...........................................S-67
Preference Amount................................S-71
Prepayment Assumption............................S-74
Principal Balance................................S-67
Principal Collection Distribution Amount.........S-68
Principal Collections............................S-68
Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loan...............S-85
Rating Agencies..................................S-97
Real estate owned................................S-47
Reference Bank Rate..............................S-58
Relevant Depositary..............................S-55
S-98
Relief Act Shortfalls............................S-72
Remaining Excess Spread..........................S-68
REO Loan.........................................S-68
Repayment Period.................................S-25
Rules............................................S-55
Sale and Servicing Agreement.....................S-83
Securities.......................................S-23
Senior Enhancement Percentage....................S-68
Senior Group II Notes............................S-23
Senior Group II Optimal Principal Balance........S-68
Servicer Default.................................S-89
Step-down Date...................................S-68
Step-Up Date......................................S-2
Subordinate Group II Notes.......................S-23
Subordination Deficit Amount.....................S-69
Subservicer......................................S-46
Substitution Adjustment..........................S-85
Telerate Page 3750...............................S-58
TIA..............................................S-92
Trust............................................S-23
Trust Agreement..................................S-23
Trust Estate.....................................S-51
Trustee Collection Account.......................S-87
Trustee's Mortgage File..........................S-83
U.S. Person.......................................S-3
Underwriter......................................S-96
Underwriting Agreement...........................S-96
Variable Funding Balance.........................S-69
Variable Funding Notes...........................S-23
Weighted average life............................S-74
S-99
[THIS [PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
ANNEX I
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Bear
Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., Home Equity Loan-Backed Notes, Series
2002-1 (the "GLOBAL SECURITIES") will be available only in book-entry form.
Investors in the Global Securities may hold such Global Securities through any
of DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be
tradable as home market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic
markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day
funds.
Secondary market trading between investors through Clearstream,
Luxembourg and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with the normal rules and operating procedures of Clearstream, Luxembourg and
Euroclear and in accordance with conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven
calendar day settlement).
Secondary market trading between investors through DTC will be
conducted according to DTC's rules and procedures applicable to U.S. corporate
debt obligations.
Secondary cross-market trading between Clearstream, Luxembourg or
Euroclear and DTC Participants holding Offered Notes will be effected on a
delivery-against-payment basis through the respective Depositaries of
Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear (in such capacity) and as DTC
Participants.
Beneficial owners of Global Securities that are non-U.S. Persons (as
described below) will be subject to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders
meet certain requirements and deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the
securities clearing organizations or their participants.
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the
name of Cede as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities
will be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as
direct and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Clearstream, Luxembourg
and Euroclear will hold positions on behalf of their participants through their
Relevant Depositary which in turn will hold such positions in their accounts as
DTC Participants.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC (other
than through accounts at Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) will follow DTC
settlement practices. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with
their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through Clearstream,
Luxembourg or Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures
applicable to conventional Eurobonds in registered form. Global Securities will
be credited to the securities custody accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg and
Euroclear holders on the business day following the settlement date against
payment for value on the settlement date.
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important
to establish at the time of the trading of any Global Securities where both the
purchaser's and seller's accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be
made on the desired value date.
Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants (other than Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("MORGAN")
and Citibank, N.A. ("CITIBANK") as depositories for Euroclear and Clearstream,
Luxembourg, respectively) will be settled using the procedures applicable to
U.S. corporate debt obligations in same-day funds.
A-I-1
Trading between Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or Euroclear Participants.
Secondary market trading between Clearstream, Luxembourg Participants or
Euroclear Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.
Trading between DTC, Transferor and Clearstream, Luxembourg or
Euroclear Participants. When Global Securities are to be transferred from the
account of a Participant (other than Morgan and Citibank as depositories for
Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, respectively) to the account of a
Clearstream, Luxembourg customer or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser must
send instructions to Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear at least one business
day prior to settlement. Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear will instruct the
Relevant Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the Global Securities
against payment. Payment will then be made by Morgan or Citibank a the case may
be, to the Participant's account against delivery of the Global Securities.
After settlement has been completed, the Global Securities will be credited to
the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in accordance with
its usual procedures, to the Clearstream, Luxembourg customers' or Euroclear
Participant's accounts. The securities credit will appear the next day (European
time) and the cash debt will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global
Securities will accrue from, the value date (which would be the preceding day
when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Clearstream, Luxembourg or
Euroclear cash debt will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.
Clearstream, Luxembourg customers and Euroclear Participants will need
to make available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to
process same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to
preposition funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of
credit, as they would for any settlement occurring within Clearstream,
Luxembourg or Euroclear. Under this approach, they may take on credit exposure
to Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear until the Global Securities are credited
to their account one day later.
As an alternative, if Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear has extended
a line of credit to them, Clearstream, Luxembourg customers or Euroclear
Participants can elect not to preposition funds and allow that credit line to be
drawn upon to finance settlement. Under this procedure, Clearstream, Luxembourg
customers or Euroclear Participants purchasing Global Securities would incur
overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the
Global Securities were credited to their accounts. However, interest on the
Global Securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the
investment income on the Global Securities earned during that one-day period may
substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although
the result will depend on each Clearstream, Luxembourg Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.
Because the settlement is taking place during New York business hours,
Participants can employ their usual procedures for crediting Global Securities
to Morgan or Citibank for the benefit of Clearstream, Luxembourg customers or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participants a cross-market transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two Participants.
Trading between Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear Transferor and DTC
Purchaser. Due to time zone differences in their favor, Clearstream, Luxembourg
customers and Euroclear Participants may employ their customary procedures for
transactions in which Global Securities are to be transferred by the respective
clearing system, through Morgan or Citibank, to another Participant. The seller
will send instructions to Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear through a
Clearstream, Luxembourg Participant or Euroclear Participant at least one
business day prior to settlement. In these cases Clearstream, Luxembourg or
Euroclear will instruct Morgan or Citibank, as appropriate, to credit the Global
Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment. The payment will
then be reflected in the account of Clearstream, Luxembourg Participant or
Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the
Clearstream, Luxembourg Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would
be back-valued to the value date (which would be the preceding day, when
settlement occurred in New York). If the Clearstream, Luxembourg customer or
Euroclear Participant has a line of credit with its respective clearing system
and elects to draw on such line of credit in anticipation of receipt of the sale
proceeds in its account, the back-valuation may substantially reduce or offset
any overdraft charges incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not
completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the
cash proceeds in
the Clearstream, Luxembourg customers' or Euroclear Participant's account would
instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through
Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an
address outside the U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that
generally applies to payments of interest (including original issue discount) on
registered debt issued by U.S. Persons (as defined below), unless (i) each
clearing system, bank or other financial institution that holds customers'
securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business in the chain of
intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity required to
withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and (ii) such
beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to obtain an exemption or
reduced tax rate:
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8BEN). Beneficial owners of
Global Securities that are non-U.S. Persons and are neither "10-percent
shareholders" of the issuer within the meaning of Code Section 871(h)(3)(B) nor
controlled foreign corporations related to the issuer within the meaning of Code
Section 881(c)(3)(C) can obtain a complete exemption from the withholding tax by
filing a signed Form W-8BEN (Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner
for United States Tax Withholding). Further, non-U.S. Persons that are
beneficial owners residing in a country that has a tax treaty with the United
States and are eligible for benefits under that treaty can obtain an exemption
or reduced tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing a properly
completed Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for treaty benefits. If the
information shown on Form W-8BEN changes, a new Form W-8BEN must be filed within
30 days of such change. If the owner of Global Securities is a partnership or
other type of pass-through entity that is not treated for U.S. withholding tax
purposes as the beneficial owner of the income with respect to such Securities,
the owner generally must receive a properly completed Form W-8BEN or other form
or statement describing status for U.S. withholding tax purposes from the
owner's partners or other beneficial owners of the income with respect to the
Securities and may be required to provide such forms or statements, and certain
additional information, to the person through whom the owner holds the
Securities.
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form
W-8ECI). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an exemption from the
withholding tax by filing Form W-8ECI (Certificate of Foreign Person's Claim for
Exemption from Withholding on Income Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a
Trade or Business in the United States). Such non-U.S. Persons will be subject
to U.S. tax at the normal graduated rates in respect of income on the Global
Securities and, in the case of a corporation, possibly also "branch profits"
tax.
Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons (as defined
below) can obtain a complete exemption form the withholding tax by filing Form
W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The beneficial owner of a
Global Security files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through
whom it holds the security (the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding
directly on the books of the clearing agency). If Form W-8BEN contains a
taxpayer identification number, then the form generally remains effective as
long as the information on the form remains unchanged. If Form W-8BEN does not
contain a taxpayer identification number, then the form will expire, and cease
to be effective, not later than the end of the third calendar year following the
year in which the Form W-8BEN is signed. Form W-8ECI generally remains effective
until the end of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which
the Form W-8ECI is signed. The term "U.S. PERSON" means (i) a citizen or
resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity
(treated as a corporation or a partnership for federal income tax purposes)
organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia (unless, in the case of a partnership, future Treasury
regulations provide otherwise), (iii) an estate that is subject to U.S. federal
income tax regardless of the source of its income, or (iv) a trust if a court
within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision of the
administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the
authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. Notwithstanding the
previous sentence, to the extent provided in Treasury regulations, certain
trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons
prior to such date,
that elect to continue to be treated as United States persons will also be U.S.
Persons. The term "NON-U.S. PERSON" means any person who is not a U.S. Person.
This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. Federal income tax
withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the Global Securities.
Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific tax advice
concerning their holding and disposing of the Global Securities.
PROSPECTUS
MORTGAGE-BACKED/ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES (ISSUABLE IN SERIES)
BEAR STEARNS ASSET BACKED SECURITIES, INC.
DEPOSITOR
THE SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 4 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
The securities represent obligations of the trust only and do not represent an
interest in or obligation of the depositor, the seller, the master servicer or
any of their affiliates.
This prospectus may be used to offer and sell the securities only if accompanied
by a prospectus supplement.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Each issue of securities will have its own series designation and will evidence
either the ownership of assets in the related trust fund or debt obligations
secured by assets of the related trust fund.
o Each series of securities will consist of one or more classes of
mortgage-backed or asset-backed certificates or notes.
o Each class of securities will represent the entitlement to a specified
portion of interest payments and a specified portion of principal payments
on the trust assets.
o A series may include classes of securities that are senior in right of
payment to other classes. Classes of securities may be entitled to receive
distributions of principal, interest or both prior to other classes or
before or after specified events.
o No market will exist for the securities of any series before they are
issued. In addition, even after the securities of a series have been issued
and sold, there can be no assurance that a resale market for them will
develop.
Offers of the securities will be made through Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and the
other underwriters listed in the related prospectus supplement.
THE TRUST FUND AND ITS ASSETS
As specified in the related prospectus supplement, each trust fund will consist
primarily of assets from one of the following categories:
o mortgage loans secured by senior or junior liens on one- to four-family
residential properties;
o closed-end and/or revolving home equity loans secured by senior or junior
liens on one- to four-family residential or mixed-use properties;
o home improvement installment sales contracts and loan agreements that are
either unsecured or secured by senior or junior liens on one- to
four-family residential or mixed-use properties or by purchase money
security interests in the related home improvements;
o installment sales contracts and installment loan agreements secured by
senior or junior liens on manufactured homes or by mortgages on the related
real estate;
o mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac
or Fannie Mae; and
o private label mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS IS
ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
FEBRUARY 15, 2002
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS
AND EACH ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Information about each series of securities is contained in two separate
documents:
o this prospectus, which provides general information, some of which may
not apply to a particular series; and
o the accompanying prospectus supplement for a particular series, which
describes the specific terms of the securities of that series.
Although the accompanying prospectus supplement cannot contradict the
information contained in this prospectus, insofar as the prospectus supplement
contains specific information about a particular series of securities that
differs from the more general information contained in this prospectus, you
should rely on the information in the prospectus supplement.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and the
accompanying prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you
with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus and
the accompanying prospectus supplement.
Each prospectus supplement generally will include the following information with
respect to the related series of securities:
o the principal amount, interest rate and authorized denominations of each
class of securities;
o information concerning the mortgage loans, home equity loans, home
improvement contracts, manufactured housing contracts, mortgage backed
securities and/or private securities in the related trust fund;
o information concerning the seller or sellers of the mortgage loans, home
equity loans, home improvement contracts, manufactured housing
contracts, mortgage backed securities and/or private securities and
information concerning any servicer;
o the terms of any credit enhancement with respect to particular classes
of the securities;
o information concerning other trust fund assets, including any reserve
fund;
o the final scheduled distribution date for each class of securities;
o the method for calculating the amount of principal to be paid to each
class of securities, and the timing and order of priority of principal
payments;
o information about any REMIC or FASIT tax elections for some or all of
the trust fund assets; and
o particulars of the plan of distribution for the securities.
2
We include cross-references in this prospectus and the accompanying
prospectus supplement to captions in these materials where you can find further
related discussions. The Table of Contents included in the accompanying
prospectus supplement lists the pages on which these captions are located.
There is also a Glossary of Terms beginning on page 125 where you will
find definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this prospectus.
If you require additional information, the mailing address of our
principal executive offices is Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc.,
383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 and our telephone number is
(212) 272-2000. For other means of acquiring additional information about us or
a series of securities, see "Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference"
beginning on page 122 of this prospectus.
3
RISK FACTORS
You should consider carefully the following information, together with
the information set forth under "Risk Factors" in the accompanying prospectus
supplement, since it identifies the principal risk factors associated with an
investment in the securities.
YOU MAY HAVE DIFFICULTY SELLING
YOUR SECURITIES OR OBTAINING
YOUR DESIRED PRICE.............. No market will exist for the securities
before they are issued. In addition, we
cannot give you any assurance that a resale
market will develop following the issuance
and sale of any series of the securities.
Even if a resale market does develop, you
may not be able to sell your securities when
you wish or at the price you want.
ONLY THE ASSETS OF THE RELATED
TRUST FUND ARE AVAILABLE TO PAY
YOUR SECURITIES ................ The securities of each series will be
payable solely from the assets of the
related trust fund, including any applicable
credit enhancement, and will not have a
claim against the assets of any other trust.
In the case of securities that are in the
form of notes, the related indenture will
require that noteholders proceed only
against the assets of the related trust
fund. We cannot give you any assurance that
the market value of the assets in any trust
fund will be equal to or greater than the
total principal amount of the related
securities then outstanding, plus accrued
interest. Moreover, if the assets of a trust
fund are ever sold, the sale proceeds will
be applied first to reimburse any related
trustee, servicer and credit enhancement
provider for their unpaid fees and expenses
before any remaining amounts are distributed
to securityholders.
In addition, at the times specified in the
related prospectus supplement, assets of the
trust fund and the related security accounts
may be released to the depositor, the
servicer, the credit enhancement provider or
other persons, if
o all payments then due on the related
securities have been made, and
o any other payments specified in the
related prospectus supplement have
been made.
Once released, such assets will no longer be
available to make payments to
securityholders.
4
You will have no recourse against the
depositor or any other person if any
required distribution on the securities is
not made or for any other default. The only
obligations of the depositor with respect to
a trust fund or the related securities would
result from a breach of the representations
and warranties that the depositor may make
concerning the trust assets. However,
because of the depositor's very limited
assets, even if the depositor should be
required to repurchase a loan from a
particular trust fund because of the breach
of a representation or warranty, its sole
source of funds for the repurchase would be:
o funds obtained from enforcing any
similar obligation of the originator
of the loan, or
o monies from any reserve fund
established to pay for loan
repurchases.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT MAY BE
INSUFFICIENT TO PROVIDE AGAINST
PARTICULAR RISKS ............... Although credit enhancement is intended to
reduce the effect of delinquent payments or
loan losses on particular classes of
securities, the amount of any credit
enhancement is subject to the limits
described in the related prospectus
supplement. In addition, the amount of
credit enhancement may decline or be
depleted before the related securities are
paid in full. As a result, securityholders
may suffer losses.
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON THE LOANS
MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE AVERAGE
LIFE OF, AND RATE OF RETURN ON,
YOUR SECURITIES ................ You may be unable to reinvest the principal
payments on your securities at a rate of
return equal to the rate on your securities.
The timing of principal payments on the
securities of a series will be affected by a
number of factors, including the following:
o the extent of prepayments on the
underlying loans in the trust fund
or, if the trust fund contains
underlying securities, on the loans
backing the underlying securities;
o how payments of principal are
allocated among the classes of
securities of that series as
specified in the related prospectus
supplement;
5
o if any party has an option to
terminate the related trust early,
the effect of the exercise of the
option;
o the rate and timing of defaults and
losses on the assets in the related
trust fund;
o repurchases of assets in the related
trust fund as a result of material
breaches of representations and
warranties made by the depositor or a
seller; and
o in the case of a trust fund that
contains revolving credit line loans,
any provisions for non-amortization,
early amortization or scheduled
amortization periods described in the
related prospectus supplement.
All the above factors may affect the yield
to maturity of the securities.
THE INTEREST ACCRUAL PERIOD MAY
REDUCE THE EFFECTIVE YIELD ON
YOUR SECURITIES ................ Interest payable on the securities on any
given distribution date will include all
interest accrued during the related interest
accrual period. Each prospectus supplement
will specify the interest accrual period for
the related securities. If interest accrues
during the calendar month before the related
distribution date, your effective yield will
be less than it would be if the interest
accrual period ended the day before the
distribution date. As a result, your
effective yield at par may be less than the
indicated coupon rate.
LOANS WITH BALLOON PAYMENTS MAY
INCREASE YOUR RISK OF LOSS...... Certain underlying loans may not be fully
amortizing over their terms to maturity and
may require a substantial principal payment
(a "balloon" payment) at their stated
maturity. Loans of this type involve greater
risk than fully amortizing loans since the
borrower generally must be able to refinance
the loan or sell the related property prior
to the loan's maturity date. The borrower's
ability to do so will depend on such factors
as the level of available mortgage rates at
the time of sale or refinancing, the
relative strength of the local housing
market, the borrower's equity in the
property, the borrower's general financial
condition and tax laws.
6
ADJUSTABLE RATE LOANS MAY BE
UNDERWRITTEN TO LESS STRINGENT
STANDARDS THAN FIXED RATE LOANS. A trust fund may include adjustable rate
loans that were underwritten on the
assumption that the borrowers would be able
to make higher monthly payments in a
relatively short period of time. In fact,
however, the borrowers' income may not be
sufficient to meet their loan payments as
payment amounts increase, thus increasing
the risk of default.
JUNIOR LIEN LOANS GENERALLY ARE
RISKIER THAN SENIOR LIEN LOANS.. If the mortgage or home equity loans in a
trust fund are primarily in a junior lien
position, any proceeds from liquidations,
insurance recoveries or condemnations must
be used first to satisfy the claims of the
related senior lien loans (and related
foreclosure expenses) before being available
to satisfy the junior lien loans. In
addition, a junior mortgage lender may only
foreclose subject to the related senior
mortgage. As a result, the junior mortgage
lender must either pay the related senior
mortgage lender in full, at or before the
foreclosure sale, or agree to make the
regular payments on the senior mortgage. The
trust will not have a source of funds to
satisfy any senior mortgages or to continue
making payments on them. As a result, the
trust's ability, as a practical matter, to
foreclose on any junior mortgage loan will
be quite limited.
A DECLINE IN PROPERTY VALUES
COULD REDUCE THE AMOUNT AND
DELAY THE TIMING OF RECOVERIES
ON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS .... The following factors, among others, could
adversely affect property values in such a
way that the outstanding balance of the
related loans, together with any senior
financing on the same properties, would
equal or exceed those values:
o an overall decline in the residential
real estate markets where the
properties are located;
o failure of borrowers to maintain
their properties adequately; and
o natural disasters that may not be
covered by hazard insurance, such as
earthquakes and floods.
7
If property values decline, actual rates of
delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on
the underlying loans could be higher than
those currently experienced by the mortgage
lending industry in general.
SOME MORTGAGED PROPERTIES MAY
NOT BE OWNER OCCUPIED........... The mortgaged properties in the trust fund
may not be owner occupied. Rates of
delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on
mortgage loans secured by non-owner occupied
properties may be higher than those on
mortgage loans secured by the borrower's
primary residence.
HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS AND
OTHER LOANS MAY NOT HAVE
SUFFICIENT SECURITY ............ A trust fund may include home improvement
contracts that are not secured by an
interest in real estate or otherwise. A
trust fund may also include mortgage or home
equity loans with original loan-to-value
ratios (or combined loan-to-value ratios in
the case of junior loans) greater than 100%.
In these cases, the trust fund could be
treated as a general unsecured creditor for
the unsecured portion of these loans.
If a loan of this type goes into default,
the trust fund will have recourse only
against the borrower's assets generally for
the unsecured portion of the loan, along
with the borrower's other general unsecured
creditors. In a bankruptcy proceeding, the
unsecured portion of the loan may be
discharged, even if the value of the
borrower's assets available to the trust
fund would be insufficient to pay the
remaining amounts owing on the loan.
HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS WILL
NOT BE STAMPED.................. The depositor will ensure that a UCC-1
financing statement is filed that identifies
as collateral the home improvement contracts
included in a trust fund. However, unless
the related prospectus supplement provides
otherwise, the home improvement contracts
themselves will not be stamped or marked to
reflect their assignment to the trust fund.
Thus, if as a result of negligence, fraud or
otherwise, a subsequent purchaser were able
to take physical possession of the contracts
without notice of the assignment to the
trust fund, the interests of the related
securityholders in those contracts could be
defeated.
8
IF AMOUNTS IN ANY PRE-FUNDING
ACCOUNT ARE NOT USED TO
PURCHASE TRUST ASSETS, YOU WILL
RECEIVE A PREPAYMENT ON THE
RELATED SECURITIES.............. The related prospectus supplement may
provide that the depositor or seller will
deposit a specified amount in a pre-funding
account on the date the securities are
issued. In this case, the deposited funds
may be used only to acquire additional
assets for the trust during a specified
period after the initial issuance of the
securities. Any amounts remaining in the
account at the end of that period will be
distributed as a prepayment of principal to
the holders of the related securities. The
resulting prepayment could adversely affect
the yield to maturity on those securities.
BANKRUPTCY LAWS MAY RESULT IN
ADVERSE CLAIMS AGAINST TRUST
FUND ASSETS..................... The federal bankruptcy code and state debtor
relief laws may adversely affect the ability
of the trust fund, as a secured lender, to
realize upon its security. For example, in a
federal bankruptcy proceeding, a lender may
not foreclose on mortgaged property without
the bankruptcy court's permission.
Similarly, the debtor may propose a
rehabilitation plan, in the case of
mortgaged property that is not his principal
residence, that would reduce the amount of
the lender's secured indebtedness to the
value of the property as of the commencement
of the bankruptcy. As a result, the lender
would be treated as a general unsecured
creditor for the reduced amount, the amount
of the monthly payments due on the loan
could be reduced, and the interest rate and
loan payment schedule could be changed.
Any such actions could result in delays in
receiving payments on the loans underlying
the securities and result in the reduction
of total payments.
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS MAY ADVERSELY
AFFECT TRUST FUND ASSETS........ Federal, state and local laws and
regulations impose a wide range of
requirements on activities that may affect
the environment, health and safety. In
certain circumstances, these laws and
regulations impose obligations on owners or
operators of residential properties such as
those that secure the loans. Failure to
comply with these laws and regulations can
9
result in fines and penalties that could be
assessed against the trust fund as owner of
the related property.
In some states, a lien on the property due
to contamination has priority over the lien
of an existing mortgage. Further, a mortgage
lender may be held liable as an "owner" or
"operator" for costs associated with the
release of petroleum from an underground
storage tank under certain circumstances. If
the trust fund is considered the owner or
operator of a property, it will suffer
losses as a result of any liability imposed
for environmental hazards on the property.
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS MAY
ADVERSELY AFFECT TRUST
FUND ASSETS..................... The loans and contracts in each trust fund
also may be subject to federal laws relating
to loan origination and underwriting. These
laws
o require certain disclosures to the
borrowers regarding the terms of the
loans;
o prohibit discrimination on the basis
of age, race, color, sex, religion,
marital status, national origin,
receipt of public assistance or the
exercise of any right under the
consumer credit protection act, in
the extension of credit;
o regulate the use and reporting of
information related to the borrower's
credit experience; and
o require additional application
disclosures, limit changes that may
be made to the loan documents without
the borrower's consent and restrict a
lender's ability to declare a default
or to suspend or reduce a borrower's
credit limit to certain enumerated
events.
Loans may also be subject to federal laws
that impose additional disclosure
requirements on creditors with respect to
non-purchase money mortgage loans with high
interest rates or high up-front fees and
charges. These laws can impose specific
liabilities upon creditors that fail to
comply and may affect the enforceability of
the related loans. In addition, the trust
fund, as assignee of the creditor, would
generally be subject to all claims and
defenses that the borrower could assert
against the creditor, including the right to
rescind the loan.
10
Home improvement contracts may be subject to
federal laws that protect the borrower from
defective or incomplete work by a
contractor. These laws permit the borrower
to withhold payment if the work does not
meet the quality and durability standards
agreed to between the borrower and the
contractor. These laws have the effect of
subjecting the trust fund, as assignee of
the creditor, to all claims and defenses
which the borrower in a sale transaction
could assert against the seller of defective
goods.
If certain provisions of these federal laws
are violated, the servicer may be unable to
collect all or part of the principal or
interest on the loans. The trust fund also
could be subject to damages and
administrative enforcement.
SUBORDINATE SECURITIES ARE
SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RISK...... If you invest in any class of subordinate
securities, your rights as an investor to
receive payments otherwise due you will be
subordinate to the rights of the servicer
and the holders of the related senior
securities. As a result, before investing in
any subordinate securities, you must be
prepared to bear the risk that payments on
your securities may be delayed and that you
might not recover all of your initial
investment.
ANY CREDIT SUPPORT PROVIDED BY
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MAY BE
INSUFFICIENT TO PROTECT AGAINST
PARTICULAR RISKS................ As described under "Credit Enhancement--
Financial Instruments" in this prospectus, a
trust fund may include financial instruments
to protect against certain risks or to
provide certain cash flow characteristics
for particular classes of the securities of
a series. If you invest in one of these
classes and the issuer of the financial
instruments fails to perform its
obligations, the yield to maturity, market
price and liquidity of your securities could
be materially adversely affected. In
addition, if the issuer of the related
financial instruments experiences a credit
rating downgrade, the market price and
liquidity of your securities could be
reduced. Finally, if the financial
instruments are intended to provide an
approximate or partial hedge for certain
risks or cashflow characteristics, the yield
to maturity, market price and liquidity of
your securities could be adversely affected
to the extent that the financial instrument
does not provide a perfect hedge.
11
REMIC RESIDUAL SECURITIES ARE
SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RISK...... If you invest in any class of securities
that represent the "residual interest" in a
real estate mortgage investment conduit
(REMIC), you will be required to report as
ordinary income your pro rata share of the
REMIC's taxable income, whether or not you
actually received any cash. Thus, as the
holder of a REMIC residual interest
security, you could have taxable income and
tax liabilities in a year that are in excess
of your ability to deduct servicing fees and
any other REMIC expenses. In addition,
because of their special tax treatment, your
after-tax yield on a REMIC residual interest
security may be significantly less than that
of a corporate bond with similar cash-flow
characteristics and pre-tax yield. Transfers
of REMIC residual interest securities are
also restricted.
FASIT OWNERSHIP SECURITIES ARE
SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RISK...... If you are a fully taxable domestic
corporation that invests in any class of
securities representing the "ownership
interest" in a financial asset
securitization investment trust (FASIT), you
will be required to report as ordinary
income your pro rata share of the FASIT's
taxable income, whether or not you actually
received any cash. Thus, as the holder of a
FASIT ownership interest security, you could
have taxable income and tax liabilities in a
year that are in excess of your ability to
deduct servicing fees and any other FASIT
expenses. In addition, because of their
special tax treatment, your after-tax yield
on a FASIT ownership interest security may
be significantly less than that of a
corporate bond with similar cash-flow
characteristics and pre-tax yield. Transfers
of FASIT ownership interest securities are
also restricted.
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION MAY
LIMIT YOUR ABILITY TO SELL
SECURITIES AND DELAY YOUR
RECEIPT OF PAYMENTS............. Limit on Liquidity of Securities. Securities
issued in book-entry form may have only
limited liquidity in the resale market,
since investors may be unwilling to purchase
securities for which they cannot obtain
physical instruments.
Limit on Ability to Transfer or Pledge.
Transactions in book-entry securities can be
effected only through The Depository Trust
Company, its participating organizations,
its indirect participants and certain banks.
As a result, your
12
ability to transfer or pledge securities
issued in book-entry form may be limited.
Delays in Distributions. You may experience
some delay in the receipt of distributions
on book-entry securities since the
distributions will be forwarded by the
trustee to DTC for DTC to credit to the
accounts of its participants. In turn, these
participants will credit the distributions
to your account either directly or
indirectly through indirect participants.
RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES DO NOT
ADDRESS ALL INVESTMENT RISKS AND
MUST BE VIEWED WITH CAUTION..... Any class of securities issued under this
prospectus and the accompanying prospectus
supplement will be rated in one of the four
highest rating categories of a nationally
recognized rating agency. A rating is based
on the adequacy of the value of the trust
fund assets and any credit enhancement for
that class and reflects the rating agency's
assessment of the likelihood that holders of
the class of securities will receive the
payments to which they are entitled. A
rating is not an assessment of the
likelihood that principal prepayments on the
underlying loans will be made, the degree to
which the rate of prepayments might differ
from that originally anticipated or the
likelihood of an early termination of the
securities. You should not view a rating as
a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell
securities because it does not address the
market price or suitability of the
securities for any particular investor.
There is no assurance that any rating will
remain in effect for any given period or
that the rating agency will not lower or
withdraw the rating in the future. The
rating agency could lower or withdraw its
rating due to:
o any decrease in the adequacy of the
value of the trust fund assets or any
related credit enhancement, or
o an adverse change in the financial or
other condition of a credit
enhancement provider.
13
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES
GENERAL
Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., as depositor, will
establish a trust fund for each series of its securities. A particular series of
certificates will consist of mortgage-backed or asset-backed certificates or
notes or both certificates and notes.
Each series of certificates will be issued under a pooling and
servicing agreement or a trust agreement among the depositor, the trustee and,
if the trust fund includes loans, the related servicer. A form of pooling and
servicing agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement
of which this prospectus forms a part.
Each series of notes will be issued under an indenture between the
related trust fund and the trustee named in the prospectus supplement for that
series. A form of indenture has been filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part. If the trust fund includes
loans, the trust fund and the servicer of the loans will also enter into a
servicing agreement.
Each seller named in the related prospectus supplement, from which the
depositor will have purchased assets to be included in the trust fund, may agree
to reimburse the depositor for certain fees and expenses that the depositor
incurs in connection with the offering of the securities.
The following summaries describe the material provisions which may
appear in each pooling and servicing agreement or trust agreement, in the case
of a series of certificates, and in each indenture and servicing agreement, in
the case of a series of notes. The prospectus supplement for each series of
securities will describe any provision of the pooling and servicing agreement or
trust agreement, in the case of a series of certificates, and of the indenture
and servicing agreement, in the case of a series of notes, which materially
differs from the description contained in this prospectus. The summaries do not
purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety
by reference to, all of the provisions of the prospectus supplement and the
governing agreements for that series.
Each series of securities will consist of one or more classes which may
be compound interest securities, variable interest securities, planned balance
(PAC) securities, zero coupon securities, principal only securities, interest
only securities or participating securities. A series may also include one or
more classes of subordinated securities. The securities of each series will be
issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in the authorized
denominations for each class specified in the related prospectus supplement.
Upon satisfaction of any conditions applicable to a particular class as
described in the related prospectus supplement, the transfer of the securities
may be registered, and the securities may be exchanged, at the office of the
trustee without the payment of any service charge, other than any tax or
governmental charge payable in connection with the registration of transfer or
exchange. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, one or more classes
of a series may be available in book-entry form only.
14
Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement,
payments of principal of and interest on a series of securities will be made on
each distribution date specified in the prospectus supplement by check mailed to
holders of that series, registered as such at the close of business on the
record date specified in the prospectus supplement that is applicable to that
distribution date, at their addresses appearing on the security register.
However, payments may be made by wire transfer (at the expense of the holder
requesting payment by wire transfer) in circumstances described in the
prospectus supplement. However, final payments of principal in retirement of
each security will be made only upon presentation and surrender of the security
at the office of the related trustee. Notice of the final payment on a security
will be mailed to each holder before the distribution date on which the final
principal payment is expected to be made.
Payments of principal of and interest on the securities will be made by
the trustee, or a paying agent on behalf of the trustee, as specified in the
related prospectus supplement. Unless otherwise provided in the related
prospectus supplement, the following amounts will be deposited directly into the
collection account established for a particular series of securities with the
trustee (or with the servicer in the name of the trustee):
o all payments with respect to the primary assets for that series
(see, "--The Primary Assets and Their Valuation" below), together
with reinvestment income thereon;
o amounts withdrawn from any cash, letters of credit, short-term
investments or other instruments acceptable to the rating agencies
identified in the prospectus supplement as rating that series and
deposited in each reserve fund for the series established in the
name of the trustee; and
o amounts available pursuant to any other credit enhancement for the
series.
If provided in the related prospectus supplement, the deposits may be
net of certain amounts payable to the servicer and any other person specified in
the prospectus supplement. These amounts thereafter will be deposited into the
separate distribution account established for the series and will be available
to make payments on the related securities on the next distribution date. See
"The Trust Funds--Collection and Distribution Accounts" in this prospectus.
THE PRIMARY ASSETS AND THEIR VALUATION
The primary assets of each trust fund may include one or more pools of
the following:
o Residential Loans,
o Home Equity Loans,
o Home Improvement Contracts,
o Manufactured Housing Contracts,
o Agency Securities, and
15
o Private Label Securities.
When we use the term "loans" in this prospectus, we include Residential
Loans, Home Equity Loans, Home Improvement Contracts and Manufactured Housing
Contracts. The residential or mixed-use properties that secure the loans are
collectively referred to in this prospectus as the "mortgaged properties."
If specified in the related prospectus supplement for a series of
notes, each primary asset included in the related trust fund will be assigned an
initial Asset Value. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus
supplement, the initial Asset Value of the primary assets of the trust fund will
be at least equal to the principal amount of the related notes on the date of
issuance.
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
The securities of each class that by their terms are entitled to
receive interest will bear interest (calculated, unless otherwise specified in
the related prospectus supplement, on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months) from the date and at the rate specified in the prospectus
supplement, or will be entitled to receive interest payment amounts calculated
in the method described in the prospectus supplement. Interest on the
interest-bearing securities of a series will be payable on the distribution date
specified in the related prospectus supplement. The rate of interest on
securities of a series may be variable or may change with changes in the annual
interest rates of the loans (or underlying loans) included in the related trust
fund and/or as prepayments occur with respect to the loans (or underlying
loans). Principal only securities may not be entitled to receive any interest
distributions or may be entitled to receive only nominal interest distributions.
Any interest on zero coupon securities that is not paid on the related
distribution date will accrue and be added to principal on that date.
Interest payable on the securities on a distribution date will include
all interest accrued during the period specified in the related prospectus
supplement. In the event interest accrues during the calendar month preceding a
distribution date, the effective yield to holders will be reduced from the yield
that would otherwise be obtainable if interest payable on the securities were to
accrue through the day immediately preceding that distribution date.
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
On each distribution date for a series, principal payments will be made
to the holders of the securities on which principal is then payable, to the
extent set forth in the prospectus supplement. The payments will be made in a
total amount determined as specified in the prospectus supplement and will be
allocated among the respective classes of the series in the manner, at the times
and in the priority (which may include allocation by random lot) set forth in
the prospectus supplement.
FINAL SCHEDULED DISTRIBUTION DATE
The final scheduled distribution date with respect to each class of a
series of notes is the date no later than which the total principal balance of
the class will be fully paid, and the final scheduled distribution date with
respect to each class of a series of certificates is the date on
16
which the principal balance of the class is expected to be reduced to zero, in
each case calculated on the basis of the assumptions applicable to that series
described in the related prospectus supplement. The final scheduled distribution
date for each class of a series will be specified in the related prospectus
supplement.
Since payments on the primary assets of each trust fund will be used to
make distributions that reduce the outstanding principal amount of the related
securities, it is likely that the actual final distribution date of any class
will occur earlier, and may occur substantially earlier, than its final
scheduled distribution date. Furthermore, with respect to a series of
certificates, unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement,
the actual final distribution date of any certificate may occur later than its
final scheduled distribution date as a result of delinquencies, defaults and
liquidations of the primary assets of the related trust fund. No assurance can
be given as to the actual prepayment experience with respect to any series. See
"--Weighted Average Lives of the Securities" below.
SPECIAL REDEMPTION
If so specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a series of
securities having other than monthly distribution dates, one or more classes of
the securities may be subject to special redemption, in whole or in part, on the
special redemption date specified in the related prospectus supplement if, as a
consequence of prepayments on the loans (or underlying loans) or low yields then
available for reinvestment, the entity specified in the prospectus supplement
determines, based on assumptions set forth in the applicable agreement, that the
available interest amount that will have accrued on the securities through the
designated interest accrual date specified in the related prospectus supplement
is less than the amount of interest that will have accrued on the securities to
that date. In this event and as further described in the related prospectus
supplement, the trustee will redeem a principal amount of outstanding securities
of the series sufficient to cause the available interest amount to equal the
amount of interest that will have accrued through the designated interest
accrual date for the securities outstanding immediately after the redemption.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION, PURCHASE OR TERMINATION
The depositor or the servicer or any other entity that may be
designated in the related prospectus supplement will have the option, on any
distribution date, to purchase one or more classes of certificates of any series
or redeem, in whole or in part, one or more classes of notes of any series under
the circumstances, if any, specified in the related prospectus supplement.
Alternatively, if the prospectus supplement for a series of certificates so
provides, the depositor, the servicer or another entity designated in the
prospectus supplement will have the option to cause an early termination of the
related trust fund by repurchasing all of the primary assets from the trust fund
on or after a date specified in the prospectus supplement, or on or after such
time as the total outstanding principal amount of the certificates or primary
assets (as specified in the prospectus supplement) is equal to or less than the
amount or percentage specified in the prospectus supplement. Notice of the
redemption, purchase or termination must be given by the depositor or the
trustee prior to the related date. The redemption, purchase or repurchase price
will be set forth in the prospectus supplement. If specified in the prospectus
supplement, in the event that a REMIC election has been made, the trustee shall
receive a satisfactory opinion of
17
counsel that the optional redemption, purchase or termination will be conducted
so as to constitute a "qualified liquidation" under Section 860F of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
In addition, the prospectus supplement may provide other circumstances
under which holders of securities of a series could be fully paid significantly
earlier than would otherwise be the case if payments or distributions were
solely based on the activity of the related primary assets.
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIVES OF THE SECURITIES
Weighted average life refers to the average amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issue of a security until each dollar of principal of
the security will be repaid to the investor. Unless otherwise specified in the
related prospectus supplement, the weighted average life of the securities of a
class will be influenced by the rate at which the amount financed under the
loans (or underlying loans relating to the Agency Securities or Private Label
Securities, as applicable), included in the trust fund for a series is paid,
whether in the form of scheduled amortization or prepayments.
Prepayments on loans and other receivables can be measured relative to
a prepayment standard or model. The prospectus supplement for each series of
securities will describe the prepayment standard or model, if any, that is used
and may contain tables setting forth the projected weighted average life of each
class of securities of the series and the percentage of the original principal
amount of each class of securities of the series that would be outstanding on
specified distribution dates based on the assumptions stated in the prospectus
supplement, including assumptions that prepayments on the loans (or underlying
loans relating to the Agency Securities or Private Label Securities, as
applicable) included in the related trust fund are made at rates corresponding
to various percentages of the prepayment standard or model specified in the
prospectus supplement.
There is, however, no assurance that prepayment of the loans (or
underlying loans relating to the Agency Securities or Private Label Securities,
as applicable) included in the related trust fund will conform to any level of
any prepayment standard or model specified in the related prospectus supplement.
The rate of principal prepayments on pools of loans may be influenced by a
variety of factors, including job-related factors such as transfers, layoffs or
promotions and personal factors such as divorce, disability or prolonged
illness. Economic conditions, either generally or within a particular geographic
area or industry, also may affect the rate of principal prepayments. Demographic
and social factors may influence the rate of principal prepayments in that some
borrowers have greater financial flexibility to move or refinance than do
others. The deductibility of mortgage interest payments, servicing decisions and
other factors also can affect the rate of principal prepayments. As a result,
there can be no assurance as to the rate or timing of principal prepayments of
the loans (or underlying loans) either from time to time or over the lives of
the loans (or underlying loans).
The rate of prepayments of conventional housing loans and other
receivables has fluctuated significantly in recent years. In general, however,
if prevailing interest rates fall significantly below the interest rates on the
loans (or underlying loans) for a series, the loans are
18
likely to prepay at rates higher than if prevailing interest rates remain at or
above the interest rates borne by the loans. In this regard, it should be noted
that the loans (or underlying loans) for a series may have different interest
rates. In addition, the weighted average life of a class of securities may be
affected by the varying maturities of the loans (or underlying loans). If any
loans (or underlying loans) for a series have actual terms to stated maturity
that are less than those that were assumed in calculating the final scheduled
distribution date of the related securities, one or more classes of the series
may be fully paid prior to their respective final scheduled distribution date,
even in the absence of prepayments and a reinvestment return higher than the
Assumed Reinvestment Rate established by the rating agencies named in the
related prospectus supplement.
THE TRUST FUNDS
GENERAL
The notes of each series will be secured by the pledge of the assets of
the related trust fund, and the certificates of each series will represent
interests in the assets of the related trust fund. The trust fund of each series
will include assets purchased by the depositor from the seller composed of:
o the primary assets of the trust fund;
o amounts available from the reinvestment of payments on the primary
assets at any Assumed Reinvestment Rate that may be established by
the rating agencies specified in the related prospectus supplement;
o any credit enhancement in the form of an irrevocable letter of
credit, surety bond, insurance policy or other form of credit
support;
o REO property consisting of any mortgaged property or home
improvement that secured a loan but which is acquired by
foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure or repossession; and
o the amount, if any, initially deposited into the collection account
or distribution account(s) for the series as specified in the
related prospectus supplement.
The securities will be non-recourse obligations of the related trust
fund. Unless the prospectus supplement indicates otherwise, the assets of the
trust fund specified in the related prospectus supplement will serve as
collateral only for that series of securities. Holders of a series of notes may
only proceed against the collateral securing that series in the case of a
default with respect to the notes and may not proceed against any assets of the
depositor or the related trust fund not pledged to secure the notes.
The primary assets for a series will be sold by the seller to the
depositor or purchased by the depositor in the open market or in privately
negotiated transactions (which may include transactions with affiliates) and
will be transferred by the depositor to the related trust fund. Loans relating
to a series will be serviced by the servicer (which may be the seller) that is
19
specified in the related prospectus supplement. The servicer will service the
loans pursuant to a pooling and servicing agreement with respect to a series of
certificates, or a servicing agreement between the trust fund and servicer with
respect to a series of notes.
If the prospectus supplement so provides, a trust fund relating to a
series of securities may be a business trust formed under the laws of the state
specified in the prospectus supplement pursuant to a trust agreement between the
depositor and the trustee.
Each trust fund, prior to the initial offering of the related series of
securities, will have no assets or liabilities. No trust fund is expected to
engage in any activities other than:
o to acquire, manage and hold the related primary assets and other
assets contemplated in this prospectus and in the related
prospectus supplement, and the proceeds thereof,
o to issue the related securities,
o to make payments and distributions on the securities, and
o to perform certain related activities.
No trust fund is expected to have any source of capital other than its assets
and any related credit enhancement.
Primary assets included in the trust fund for a series may consist of
any combination of loans, Agency Securities and Private Label Securities, as and
to the extent the related prospectus supplement specifies.
THE LOANS
General. Loans in each trust fund may consist of Residential Loans,
Home Equity Loans, Home Improvement Contracts or Manufactured Housing Contracts.
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the loans in the related
trust fund may include cooperative apartment loans secured by security interests
in shares issued by private, non-profit, cooperative housing corporations and in
the related proprietary leases or occupancy agreements granting exclusive rights
to occupy specific dwelling units in the cooperatives' buildings. As more fully
described in the related prospectus supplement, the loans may be either
"conventional" loans or loans that are insured or guaranteed by a governmental
agency like the FHA or VA. The loans will have been originated in accordance
with the underwriting criteria specified in the related prospectus supplement.
In general, the loans in a pool will have monthly payments due on the
first day of each month. However, as described in the related prospectus
supplement, the loans in a pool may have payments due more or less frequently
than monthly. In addition, payments may be due on any day during a month. The
payment terms of the loans to be included in a trust fund will be described in
the related prospectus supplement and may include any of the following features,
all as described in this prospectus or in the related prospectus supplement:
20
o Interest may be payable at
- a fixed rate,
- a rate that adjusts from time to time in relation to an
index that will be specified in the related prospectus
supplement,
- a rate that is fixed for a period of time or under certain
circumstances and is followed by an adjustable rate,
- a rate that otherwise varies from time to time, or
- a rate that is convertible from an adjustable rate to a
fixed rate.
Changes to an adjustable rate may be subject to periodic limitations,
maximum rates, minimum rates or a combination of these limitations. As
specified in the related prospectus supplement, the loans may provide
for payments in level monthly installments, for balloon payments, or
for payments that are allocated to principal and interest according to
the "sum of the digits" or "Rule of 78s" methods. Accrued interest may
be deferred and added to the principal of a loan for the periods and
under the circumstances as may be specified in the related prospectus
supplement. Loans may provide for the payment of interest at a rate
lower than the specified loan rate for a period of time or for the life
of the loan, and the amount of any difference may be contributed from
funds supplied by the seller of the property or another source.
o Principal may be
- payable on a level debt service basis to fully amortize the
loan over its term,
- calculated on the basis of an assumed amortization schedule
that is significantly longer than the original term to
maturity or on an interest rate that is different from the
loan rate, or
- nonamortizing during all or a portion of the original term.
Payment of all or a substantial portion of the principal may be due on
maturity in the form of a balloon payment. Principal may include
interest that has been deferred and added to the principal balance of
the loan.
o Monthly payments of principal and interest may
- be fixed for the life of the loan,
- increase over a specified period of time or
- change from period to period.
21
Loans may include limits on periodic increases or decreases in the
amount of monthly payments and may include maximum or minimum amounts
of monthly payments.
Prepayments of principal may be conditioned on payment of a prepayment
fee, which may be fixed for the life of the loan or may decline over time, and
may be prohibited for the life of the loan or for particular lockout periods.
Some loans may permit prepayments after expiration of the applicable lockout
period and may require the payment of a prepayment fee in connection with any
subsequent prepayment. Other loans may permit prepayments without payment of a
fee unless the prepayment occurs during specified time periods. The loans may
include "due on sale" clauses which permit the mortgagee to demand payment of
the entire loan in connection with the sale or transfers of the related
property. Other loans may be assumable by persons meeting the then applicable
underwriting standards of the related seller.
A trust fund may contain buydown loans that include provisions for a
third party to subsidize partially the monthly payments of the borrowers on
those loans during the early years of those loans, the difference to be made up
from a buydown fund contributed by that third party at the time of origination
of the loan. A buydown fund will be in an amount equal either to the discounted
value or full aggregate amount of future payment subsidies. The underlying
assumption of buydown plans is that the income of the borrower will increase
during the buydown period as a result of normal increases in compensation and
inflation, so that the borrower will be able to meet the full loan payments at
the end of the buydown period. If assumption of increased income is not
fulfilled, the possibility of defaults on buydown loans is increased. The
related prospectus supplement will contain information with respect to any
buydown loan concerning limitations on the interest rate paid by the borrower
initially, on annual increases in the interest rate and on the length of the
buydown period.
When we use the term "mortgaged property" in this prospectus, we mean
the real property which secures repayment of the related loan. Home Improvement
Contracts and Manufactured Housing Contracts may, and the other loans will, be
secured by mortgages or deeds of trust or other similar security instruments
creating a lien on a mortgaged property. In the case of Home Equity Loans, the
related liens may be subordinated to one or more senior liens on the related
mortgaged properties as described in the prospectus supplement. As specified in
the related prospectus supplement, home improvement contracts and manufactured
housing contracts may be unsecured or secured by purchase money security
interests in the financed home improvements and the financed manufactured homes.
When we use the term "properties" in this prospectus supplement, we mean the
related mortgaged properties, home improvements and manufactured homes. The
properties relating to the loans will consist primarily of single-family
properties, meaning detached or semi-detached one- to four-family dwelling
units, townhouses, rowhouses, individual condominium units, individual units in
planned unit developments and other dwelling units, or mixed-use properties. Any
mixed-use property will not exceed three stories and its primary use will be for
one- to four-family residential occupancy, with the remainder of its space for
retail, professional or other commercial uses. Any non-residential use will be
in compliance with local zoning laws and regulations. Properties may include
vacation and second homes, investment properties and leasehold interests. In the
case of leasehold interests, the term of the leasehold will exceed the scheduled
maturity of the related loan by a time period specified in the related
prospectus supplement. The properties may be
22
located in any one of the fifty states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto
Rico or any other territory of the United States.
Loans with specified loan-to-value ratios and/or principal balances may
be covered wholly or partially by primary mortgage guaranty insurance policies.
The existence, extent and duration of any coverage provided by primary mortgage
guaranty insurance policies will be described in the related prospectus
supplement.
Home Equity Loans. The primary assets for a series may consist, in
whole or in part, of, closed-end home equity loans, revolving credit line home
equity loans or certain balances forming a part of the revolving credit line
loans, secured by mortgages creating senior or junior liens primarily on one- to
four-family residential or mixed-use properties. The full principal amount of a
closed-end loan is advanced at origination of the loan and generally is
repayable in equal (or substantially equal) installments of an amount sufficient
to fully amortize the loan at its stated maturity. Unless otherwise described in
the related prospectus supplement, the original terms to stated maturity of
closed-end loans will not exceed 360 months. Principal amounts of a revolving
credit line loan may be drawn down (up to the maximum amount set forth in the
related prospectus supplement) or repaid from time to time, but may be subject
to a minimum periodic payment. Except to the extent provided in the related
prospectus supplement, the trust fund will not include any amounts borrowed
under a revolving credit line loan after the cut-off date designated in the
prospectus supplement. As more fully described in the related prospectus
supplement, interest on each revolving credit line loan, excluding introductory
rates offered from time to time during promotional periods, is computed and
payable monthly on the average daily principal balance of that loan. Under
certain circumstances, a borrower under either a revolving credit line loan or a
closed-end loan may choose an interest-only payment option. In this case only
the amount of interest that accrues on the loan during the billing cycle must be
paid. An interest-only payment option may be available for a specified period
before the borrower must begin making at least the minimum monthly payment of a
specified percentage of the average outstanding balance of the loan.
The rate of prepayment on Home Equity Loans cannot be predicted. Home
Equity Loans have been originated in significant volume only during the past few
years and the depositor is not aware of any publicly available studies or
statistics on the rate of their prepayment. The prepayment experience of the
related trust fund may be affected by a wide variety of factors, including
general economic conditions, prevailing interest rate levels, the availability
of alternative financing and homeowner mobility and the frequency and amount of
any future draws on any revolving credit line loans. Other factors that might be
expected to affect the prepayment rate of a pool of Home Equity Loans include
the amounts of, and interest rates on, the underlying first mortgage loans, and
the use of first mortgage loans as long-term financing for home purchase and
junior mortgage loans as shorter-term financing for a variety of purposes,
including home improvement, education expenses and purchases of consumer
durables such as automobiles. Accordingly, Home Equity Loans may experience a
higher rate of prepayment than traditional fixed-rate first mortgage loans. On
the other hand, because Home Equity Loans such as the revolving credit line
loans generally are not fully amortizing, the absence of voluntary borrower
prepayments could cause rates of principal payments to be lower than, or similar
to, those of traditional fully-amortizing first mortgage loans. Any future
limitations on the right of borrowers to deduct interest payments on Home Equity
Loans for federal income tax
23
purposes may further increase the rate of prepayments of the Home Equity Loans.
Moreover, the enforcement of a "due-on-sale" provision (as described below) will
have the same effect as a prepayment of the related Home Equity Loans. See
"Material Legal Aspects of the Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses in Mortgage Loans" in
this prospectus.
Collections on revolving credit line loans may vary for a number of
reasons, including those listed below.
o A borrower may make a payment during a month in an amount that is
as little as the minimum monthly payment for that month or, during
the interest-only period for certain revolving credit line loans
(and, in more limited circumstances, closed-end loans with respect
to which an interest-only payment option has been selected), the
interest, fees and charges for that month.
o A borrower may make a payment that is as much as the entire
principal balance plus accrued interest and related fees and
charges during a month.
o A borrower may fail to make the required periodic payment.
o Collections on the mortgage loans may vary due to seasonal
purchasing and the payment habits of borrowers.
Each single family property will be located on land owned in fee simple
by the borrower or on land leased by the borrower for a term at least ten years
(unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement) greater than
the term of the related loan. Attached dwellings may include owner-occupied
structures where each borrower owns the land upon which the unit is built, with
the remaining adjacent land owned in common or dwelling units subject to a
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement in a cooperatively owned apartment
building. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement,
mortgages on cooperative dwelling units consist of a lien on the shares issued
by the cooperative dwelling corporation and the proprietary lease or occupancy
agreement relating to the cooperative dwelling.
The aggregate principal balance of loans secured by single family
properties that are owner-occupied will be disclosed in the related prospectus
supplement. Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement, the sole
basis for a representation that a given percentage of the loans are secured by
single family property that is owner-occupied will be either
o a representation by the borrower at origination of the loan either
that the underlying mortgaged property will be used by the borrower
for a period of at least six months every year or that the borrower
intends to use the mortgaged property as a primary residence, or
o a finding that the address of the underlying mortgaged property is
the borrower's mailing address as reflected in the servicer's
records.
To the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement, single family
properties may include non-owner occupied investment properties and vacation and
second homes.
24
Home Improvement Contracts. The primary assets for a series may
consist, in whole or in part, of home improvement installment sales contracts
and installment loan agreements originated by home improvement contractors in
the ordinary course of business. As specified in the related prospectus
supplement, the Home Improvement Contracts will be either unsecured or secured
by senior or junior mortgages primarily on single family properties, or by
purchase money security interests in the related home improvements. Unless
otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the Home
Improvement Contracts will be fully amortizing and may have fixed interest rates
or adjustable interest rates and may provide for other payment characteristics
as described below and in the related prospectus supplement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
home improvements securing the Home Improvement Contracts include, but are not
limited to, replacement windows, house siding, new roofs, swimming pools,
satellite dishes, kitchen and bathroom remodeling goods and solar heating
panels.
Manufactured Housing Contracts. The trust fund assets for a series may
consist, in whole or part, of conventional manufactured housing installment
sales contracts and installment loan agreements originated by a manufactured
housing dealer in the ordinary course of business. As specified in the related
prospectus supplement, the Manufactured Housing Contracts will be secured by
manufactured homes, located in any of the fifty states or the District of
Columbia or by mortgages on the real estate on which the manufactured homes are
located.
The manufactured homes securing the Manufactured Housing Contracts will
consist of manufactured homes within the meaning of 42 United States Code,
Section 5402(6), or manufactured homes meeting those other standards as shall be
described in the related prospectus supplement. Section 5402(6) defines a
"manufactured home" as "a structure, transportable in one or more sections,
which, in the traveling mode, is eight body feet or more in width or forty body
feet or more in length, or, when erected on site, is three hundred twenty or
more square feet, and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be
used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the
required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air conditioning and
electrical systems contained therein; except that the term shall include any
structure which meets all the requirements of [this] paragraph except the size
requirements and with respect to which the manufacturer voluntarily files a
certification required by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and
complies with the standards established under [this] chapter."
Manufactured homes, unlike mortgaged properties, generally depreciate
in value. Consequently, at any time after origination it is possible, especially
in the case of contracts with high loan-to-value ratios at origination, that the
market value of a manufactured home or home improvement may be lower than the
principal amount outstanding under the related contract.
Additional Information. The selection criteria applicable to the loans
will be specified in the related prospectus supplement. These include, but are
not limited to, the combined loan-to-value ratios or loan-to-value ratios, as
applicable, original terms to maturity and delinquency information.
25
The loans for a series of securities may include loans that do not
amortize their entire principal balance by their stated maturity in accordance
with their terms but require a balloon payment of the remaining principal
balance at maturity, as specified in the related prospectus supplement. As
further described in the related prospectus supplement, the loans for a series
of securities may include loans that do not have a specified stated maturity.
The loans will be either conventional contracts or contracts insured by
the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or partially guaranteed by the Veterans
Administration (VA). Loans designated in the related prospectus supplement as
insured by the FHA will be insured under various FHA programs as authorized
under the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended.. These programs
generally limit the principal amount and interest rates of the mortgage loans
insured. Loans insured by the FHA generally require a minimum down payment of
approximately 5% of the original principal amount of the loan. No FHA-insured
loans relating to a series of securities may have an interest rate or original
principal amount exceeding the applicable FHA limits at the time or origination
of such loan.
The insurance premiums for loans insured by the FHA are collected by
lenders approved by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and
are paid to the FHA. The regulations governing FHA single-family mortgage
insurance programs provide that insurance benefits are payable either upon
foreclosure (or other acquisition of possession) and conveyance of the mortgaged
premises to HUD or upon assignment of the defaulted loan to HUD. With respect to
a defaulted FHA-insured loan, the servicer is limited in its ability to initiate
foreclosure proceedings. When it is determined, either by the servicer or HUD,
that default was caused by circumstances beyond the borrower's control, the
servicer is expected to make an effort to avoid foreclosure by entering, if
feasible, into one of a number of available forms of forbearance plans with the
borrower. Such plans may involve the reduction or suspension of regular mortgage
payments for a specified period, with such payments to be made upon or before
the maturity date of the mortgage, or the recasting of payments due under the
mortgage up to or beyond the maturity date. In addition, when a default caused
by such circumstances is accompanied by certain other criteria, HUD may provide
relief by making payments to the servicer in partial or full satisfaction of
amounts due under the loan (which payments are to be repaid by the borrower to
HUD) or by accepting assignment of the loan from the servicer. With certain
exceptions, at least three full monthly installments must be due and unpaid
under the loan and HUD must have rejected any request for relief from the
borrower before the servicer may initiate foreclosure proceedings.
HUD has the option, in most cases, to pay insurance claims in cash or
in debentures issued by HUD. Currently, claims are being paid in cash, and
claims have not been paid in debentures since 1965. HUD debentures issued in
satisfaction of FHA insurance claims bear interest at the applicable HUD
debenture interest rate. The servicer of each FHA-insured loan will be obligated
to purchase any such debenture issued in satisfaction of a loan upon default for
an amount equal to the principal amount of the debenture.
The amount of insurance benefits generally paid by the FHA is equal to
the entire unpaid principal amount of the defaulted loan adjusted to reimburse
the servicer for certain costs and expenses and to deduct certain amounts
received or retained by the servicer after default. When entitlement to
insurance benefits results from foreclosure (or other acquisition of possession)
and
26
conveyance to HUD, the servicer is compensated for no more than two-thirds
of its foreclosure costs, and is compensated for interest accrued and unpaid
prior to the date of foreclosure but in general only to the extent it was
allowed pursuant to a forbearance plan approved by HUD. When entitlement to
insurance benefits results from assignment of the loan to HUD, the insurance
payment includes full compensation for interest accrued and unpaid to the
assignment date. The insurance payment itself, upon foreclosure of an
FHA-insured loan, bears interest from a date 30 days after the borrower's first
uncorrected failure to perform any obligation to make any payment due under the
loan and, upon assignment, from the date of assignment to the date of payment of
the claim, in each case at the same interest rate as the applicable HUD
debenture interest rate as described above.
Loans designated in the related prospectus supplement as guaranteed by
the VA will be partially guaranteed by the VA under the Serviceman's
Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended. The Serviceman's Readjustment Act permits
a veteran (or in certain instances, the spouse of a veteran) to obtain a
mortgage loan guaranty by the VA covering mortgage financing of the purchase of
a one- to four-family dwelling unit at interest rates permitted by the VA. The
program has no mortgage loan limits, requires no down payment from the purchaser
and permits the guarantee of mortgage loans of up to 30 years' duration.
The maximum guaranty that may be issued by the VA under a VA-guaranteed
mortgage loan depends upon the original principal amount of the mortgage loan,
as further described in 38 United States Code Section 1803(a), as amended. The
liability on the guaranty is reduced or increased pro rata with any reduction or
increase in the amount of indebtedness, but in no event will the amount payable
on the guaranty exceed the amount of the original guaranty. The VA may, at its
option and without regard to its guaranty, make full payment to a mortgage
holder of unsatisfied indebtedness on a mortgage upon its assignment to the VA.
With respect to a defaulted VA-guaranteed loan, the servicer is, absent
exceptional circumstances, authorized to announce its intention to foreclose
only when the default has continued for three months. Generally, a claim for the
guaranteed amount is submitted to the VA after liquidation of the related
mortgaged property.
The amount payable under a VA guaranty will be the percentage of the
VA-insured loan originally guaranteed by the VA applied to the indebtedness
outstanding as of the applicable date of computation specified in the VA
regulations. Payments under the guaranty will be equal to the unpaid principal
amount of the loan, interest accrued on the unpaid balance of the loan to the
appropriate date of computation and limited expenses of the mortgagee, but in
each case only to the extent that such amounts have not been recovered through
liquidation of the mortgaged property. The amount payable under the guaranty may
in no event exceed the amount of the original guaranty.
The prospectus supplement for each series will provide information with
respect to the loans that are primary assets of the related trust fund as of the
cut-off date, including, among other things, and to the extent relevant:
o the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the loans;
27
o the range and weighted average interest rates on the loans and, in
the case of adjustable rate loans, the range and weighted average
of the current interest rates and the lifetime interest rate caps,
if any;
o the range and average principal balance of the loans;
o the weighted average original and remaining terms to stated
maturity of the loans and the range of original and remaining terms
to stated maturity, if applicable;
o the range and weighted average of combined loan-to-value ratios or
loan-to-value ratios for the loans, as applicable;
o the percentage (by principal balance as of the cut-off date) of
loans that accrue interest at adjustable or fixed interest rates;
o any special hazard insurance policy or bankruptcy bond or other
enhancement relating to the loans;
o the percentage (by principal balance as of the cut-off date) of
loans that are secured by mortgaged properties or home improvements
or that are unsecured;
o the geographic distribution of any mortgaged properties securing
the loans;
o for loans that are secured by single family properties, the
percentage (by principal balance as of the cut-off date) secured by
shares relating to cooperative dwelling units, condominium units,
investment property and vacation or second homes;
o the lien priority of the loans;
o the delinquency status and year of origination of the loans;
o whether the loans are closed-end loans and/or revolving credit line
loans; and
o in the case of revolving credit line loans, the general payments
and credit line terms of those loans and other pertinent features.
The prospectus supplement will also specify any other limitations on
the types or characteristics of the loans in the trust fund for the related
series of securities.
If information of the nature described above respecting the loans is
not known to the depositor at the time the securities are initially offered,
more general or approximate information of the nature described above will be
provided in the prospectus supplement and additional information will be set
forth in a Current Report on Form 8-K to be available to investors on the date
of issuance of the related series of securities and to be filed with the SEC
within 15 days after the initial issuance of the securities.
28
PRIVATE LABEL SECURITIES
General. Primary assets for a series may consist, in whole or in part,
of Private Label Securities or PLS (i.e., private mortgage-backed asset-backed
securities) that include:
o pass-through certificates representing beneficial interests in
underlying loans of a type that would otherwise be eligible to be
loans held directly by the trust fund, or
o collateralized obligations secured by underlying loans of a type
that would otherwise be eligible to be loans held directly by the
trust fund.
The Private Label Securities will previously have been
o offered and distributed to the public pursuant to an effective
registration statement, or
o purchased in a transaction not involving any public offering from a
person that is not an affiliate of the Private Label Securities at
the time of sale (nor its affiliate at any time during the three
preceding months) and a period of two years has elapsed since the
date the Private Label Securities were acquired from the issuer or
its affiliate, whichever is later.
Although individual underlying loans may be insured or guaranteed by
the United States or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, they need not be,
and the Private Label Securities themselves may be, but need not be, insured or
guaranteed.
The Private Label Securities will have been issued pursuant to a
pooling and servicing agreement, a trust agreement or similar agreement. The
seller/servicer of the underlying loans will have entered into a PLS agreement
with the PLS trustee. The PLS trustee, its agent or a custodian will take
possession of the underlying loans. The underlying loans will be serviced by the
PLS servicer directly or by one or more sub-servicers subject to the supervision
of the PLS servicer.
The issuer Private Label Securities will be
o a financial institution or other entity engaged generally in the
business of lending,
o a public agency or instrumentality of a state, local or federal
government, or
o a limited purpose corporation organized for the purpose of, among
other things, establishing trusts and acquiring and selling loans
to such trusts, and selling beneficial interests in trusts.
If specified in the prospectus supplement, the PLS issuer may be an affiliate of
the depositor. The obligations of the PLS issuer generally will be limited to
certain representations and warranties that it makes with respect to the assets
it conveys to the related trust. Unless otherwise specified in the related
prospectus supplement, the PLS issuer will not have guaranteed
29
any of the assets conveyed to the related trust or any of the Private Label
Securities issued under the PLS agreement.
Distributions of principal and interest will be made on the Private
Label Securities on the dates specified in the related prospectus supplement.
The Private Label Securities may be entitled to receive nominal or no principal
distributions or nominal or no interest distributions. Principal and interest
distributions will be made on the Private Label Securities by the PLS trustee or
the PLS servicer. The PLS issuer or the PLS servicer may have the right to
repurchase the underlying loans after a certain date or under other
circumstances specified in the related prospectus supplement.
The loans underlying the Private Label Securities may be fixed rate,
level payment, fully amortizing loans or adjustable rate loans or loans having
balloon or other irregular payment features. The underlying loans will be
secured by mortgages on mortgaged properties.
Credit Support Relating to Private Label Securities. Credit support in
the form of reserve funds, subordination of other private securities issued
under the PLS agreement, guarantees, cash collateral accounts, security policies
or other types of credit support may be provided with respect to the underlying
loans or with respect to the Private Label Securities themselves. The type,
characteristics and amount of credit support will be a function of the
characteristics of the underlying loans and other factors and will be based on
the requirements of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization
that rated the Private Label Securities.
Additional Information. If the primary assets of a trust fund include
Private Label Securities, the related prospectus supplement will specify the
items listed below, to the extent relevant and to the extent information is
reasonably available to the depositor and the depositor reasonably believes the
information to be reliable:
o the total approximate principal amount and type of the Private
Label Securities to be included in the trust fund,
o the maximum original term to stated maturity of the Private Label
Securities,
o the weighted average term to stated maturity of the Private Label
Securities,
o the pass-through or certificate rate or range of rates of the
Private Label Securities,
o the PLS issuer, the PLS servicer (if other than the PLS issuer) and
the PLS trustee,
o certain characteristics of any credit support such as reserve
funds, security policies or guarantees relating to the underlying
loans or to the Private Label Securities themselves;
o the terms on which underlying loans may, or are required to, be
purchased prior to their stated maturity or the stated maturity of
the Private Label Securities, and
o the terms on which underlying loans may be substituted for those
originally underlying the Private Label Securities.
30
In addition, the related prospectus supplement will provide information about
the loans underlying the Private Label Securities, including
o the payment features of the underlying loans (i.e., whether
closed-end loans or revolving credit line loans, whether fixed rate
or adjustable rate, whether level payment or balloon payment
loans),
o the approximate aggregate principal balance, if known, of the
underlying loans insured guaranteed by a governmental entity,
o the servicing fee or range of servicing fees with respect to the
underlying loans,
o the minimum and maximum stated maturities of the underlying loans
at origination,
o the lien priority of the underlying loans, and
o the delinquency status and year of origination of the underlying
loans.
The above disclosure may be on an approximate basis and will be as of
the date specified in the related prospectus supplement. If information of the
nature described above for the Private Label Securities is not known to the
depositor at the time the securities are initially offered, more general or
approximate information of a similar nature will be provided in the prospectus
supplement and the additional information, if available, will be set forth in a
Current Report on Form 8-K to be available to investors on the date of issuance
of the related series of securities and to be filed with the SEC within 15 days
of the initial issuance of the securities.
AGENCY SECURITIES
Ginnie Mae. The Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae)
is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of HUD. Section 306(g) of Title II
of the National Housing Act of 1934, as amended, authorizes Ginnie Mae to, among
other things, guarantee the timely payment of principal of and interest on
certificates which represent an interest in a pool of mortgage loans insured by
the FHA under the National Housing Act of 1934 or Title V of the National
Housing Act of 1949, or partially guaranteed by the VA under the Servicemen's
Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended, or Chapter 37 of Title 38 of the United
States Code.
Section 306 (g) of the National Housing Act of 1934 provides that "the
full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of all
amounts which may be required to be paid under any guarantee under this
subsection." In order to meet its obligations under any guarantee under Section
306 (g) of the National Housing Act, Ginnie Mae may, under Section 306(d) of the
National Housing Act, borrow from the United States Treasury in an amount which
is at any time sufficient to enable Ginnie Mae, with no limitations as to
amount, to perform its obligations under its guarantee.
Ginnie Mae Certificates. Each Ginnie Mae certificate held in a trust
fund for a series of securities will be a "fully modified pass-through"
mortgaged-backed certificate issued and serviced by a mortgage banking company
or other financial concern approved by Ginnie Mae or approved by Fannie Mae as a
seller-servicer of FHA loans and/or VA loans. Each Ginnie Mae
31
certificate may be a GNMA I certificate or a GNMA II certificate. The mortgage
loans underlying the Ginnie Mae certificates will consist of FHA loans and/or VA
loans. Each mortgage loan of this type is secured by a one- to four-family
residential property or a manufactured home. Ginnie Mae will approve the
issuance of each Ginnie Mae certificate in accordance with a guaranty agreement
between Ginnie Mae and the issuer and servicer of the Ginnie Mae certificate.
Pursuant to its guaranty agreement, a Ginnie Mae servicer will be required to
advance its own funds in order to make timely payments of all amounts due on
each of the related Ginnie Mae certificates, even if the payments received by
the Ginnie Mae servicer on the FHA loans or VA loans underlying each of those
Ginnie Mae certificates are less than the amounts due on those Ginnie Mae
certificates.
The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Ginnie
Mae certificate will be guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, which obligation is backed by
the full faith and credit of the United States. Each Ginnie Mae certificate will
have an original maturity of not more than 40 years (but may have original
maturities of substantially less than 40 years). Each Ginnie Mae certificate
will provide for the payment by or on behalf of the Ginnie Mae servicer to the
registered holder of the Ginnie Mae certificate of scheduled monthly payments of
principal and interest equal to the registered holder's proportionate interest
in the aggregate amount of the monthly principal and interest payment on each
FHA loan or VA loan underlying the Ginnie Mae certificate, less the applicable
servicing and guarantee fee which together equal the difference between the
interest on the FHA loans or VA loans and the pass-through rate on the Ginnie
Mae certificate. In addition, each payment will include proportionate
pass-through payments of any prepayments of principal on the FHA loans or VA
loans underlying the Ginnie Mae certificate and liquidation proceeds in the
event of a foreclosure or other disposition of any the related FHA loans or VA
loans.
If a Ginnie Mae servicer is unable to make the payments on a Ginnie Mae
certificate as it becomes due, it must promptly notify Ginnie Mae and request
Ginnie Mae to make the payment. Upon notification and request, Ginnie Mae will
make payments directly to the registered holder of a Ginnie Mae certificate. In
the event no payment is made by a Ginnie Mae servicer and the Ginnie Mae
servicer fails to notify and request Ginnie Mae to make the payment, the holder
of the related Ginnie Mae certificate will have recourse only against Ginnie Mae
to obtain the payment. The trustee or its nominee, as registered holder of the
Ginnie Mae certificates held in a trust fund, will have the right to proceed
directly against Ginnie Mae under the terms of the guaranty agreements relating
to the Ginnie Mae certificates for any amounts that are not paid when due.
Except for pools of mortgage loans secured by manufactured homes, all
mortgage loans underlying a particular Ginnie Mae certificate must have the same
interest rate over the term of the loan. The interest rate on a GNMA I
certificate will equal the interest rate on the mortgage loans included in the
pool of mortgage loans underlying the GNMA I certificate, less one-half
percentage point per year of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans.
Mortgage loans underlying a particular GNMA II certificate may have
annual interest rates that vary from each other by up to one percentage point.
The interest rate on each GNMA II certificate will be between one-half
percentage point and one and one-half percentage points lower than the highest
interest rate on the mortgage loans included in the pool of mortgage loans
32
underlying the GNMA II certificate (except for pools of mortgage loans secured
by manufactured homes).
Regular monthly installment payments on each Ginnie Mae certificate
will be comprised of interest due as specified on a Ginnie Mae certificate plus
the scheduled principal payments on the FHA loans or VA loans underlying the
Ginnie Mae certificate due on the first day of the month in which the scheduled
monthly installments on the Ginnie Mae certificate is due. Regular monthly
installments on each Ginnie Mae certificate, are required to be paid to the
trustee identified in the related prospectus supplement as registered holder by
the 15th day of each month in the case of a GNMA I certificate, and are required
to be mailed to the trustee by the 20th day of each month in the case of a GNMA
II certificate. Any principal prepayments on any FHA loans or VA loans
underlying a Ginnie Mae certificate held in a trust fund or any other early
recovery of principal on a loan will be passed through to the trustee identified
in the related prospectus supplement as the registered holder of the Ginnie Mae
certificate.
Ginnie Mae certificates may be backed by graduated payment mortgage
loans or by "buydown" mortgage loans for which funds will have been provided,
and deposited into escrow accounts, for application to the payment of a portion
of the borrowers' monthly payments during the early years of those mortgage
loans. Payments due the registered holders of Ginnie Mae certificates backed by
pools containing "buydown" mortgage loans will be computed in the same manner as
payments derived from other Ginnie Mae certificates and will include amounts to
be collected from both the borrower and the related escrow account. The
graduated payment mortgage loans will provide for graduated interest payments
that, during the early years of the mortgage loans, will be less than the amount
of stated interest on the mortgage loans. The interest not so paid will be added
to the principal of the graduated payment mortgage loans and, together with
interest on that interest, will be paid in subsequent years. The obligations of
Ginnie Mae and of a Ginnie Mae issuer/servicer will be the same irrespective of
whether the Ginnie Mae certificates are backed by graduated payment mortgage
loans or "buydown" mortgage loans. No statistics comparable to the FHA's
prepayment experience on level payment, non-buydown loans are available in
inspect of graduated payment or buydown mortgages. Ginnie Mae certificates
related to a series of certificates may be held in book-entry form.
Fannie Mae. The Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) is a
federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under
the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act. Fannie Mae was originally
established in 1938 as a United States government agency to provide supplemental
liquidity to the mortgage market and was transformed into a stockholder-owned
and privately managed corporation by legislation enacted in 1968.
Fannie Mae provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by
purchasing mortgage loans from lenders. Fannie Mae acquires funds to purchase
mortgage loans from many capital market investors that may not ordinarily invest
in mortgages. In so doing, it expands the total amount of funds available for
housing. Operating nationwide, Fannie Mae helps to redistribute mortgage funds
from capital-surplus to capital-short areas.
Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae certificates are either guaranteed
mortgage pass-through certificates or stripped mortgage-backed securities. The
following discussion of
33
Fannie Mae certificates applies equally to both types of Fannie Mae
certificates, except as otherwise indicated. Each Fannie Mae certificate to be
included in the trust fund for a series of securities will represent a
fractional undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans formed by Fannie Mae.
Each pool formed by Fannie Mae will consist of mortgage loans of one of the
following types:
o fixed-rate level installment conventional mortgage loans,
o fixed-rate level installment mortgage loans that are insured by FHA
or partially guaranteed by the VA,
o adjustable rate conventional mortgage loans, or
o adjustable rate mortgage loans that are insured by the FHA or
partially guaranteed by the VA.
Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth under the Fannie
Mae purchase program and will be secured by a first lien on a one- to
four-family residential property.
Each Fannie Mae certificate will be issued pursuant to a trust
indenture. Original maturities of substantially all of the conventional, level
payment mortgage loans underlying a Fannie Mae certificate are expected to be
between either eight to 15 years or 20 to 40 years. The original maturities of
substantially all of the fixed rate level payment FHA loans or VA loans are
expected to be 30 years.
Mortgage loans underlying a Fannie Mae certificate may have annual
interest rates that vary by as much as two percentage points from one another.
The rate of interest payable on a Fannie Mae guaranteed mortgage-backed
certificate and the series pass-through rate payable with respect to a Fannie
Mae stripped mortgage-backed security is equal to the lowest interest rate of
any mortgage loan in the related pool, less a specified minimum annual
percentage representing servicing compensation and Fannie Mae's guaranty fee.
Under a regular servicing option pursuant to which the mortgagee or other
servicer assumes the entire risk of foreclosure losses, the annual interest
rates on the mortgage loans underlying a Fannie Mae certificate will be between
50 basis points and 250 basis points greater than the annual pass-through rate,
in the case of a Fannie Mae guaranteed mortgage-backed certificate, or the
series pass-through rate in the case of a Fannie Mae stripped mortgage-backed
security. Under a special servicing option pursuant to which Fannie Mae assumes
the entire risk for foreclosure losses, the annual interest rates on the
mortgage loans underlying a Fannie Mae certificate will generally be between 55
basis points and 255 basis points greater than the annual pass-through rate, in
the case of a Fannie Mae guaranteed mortgage-backed certificate, or the series
pass-through rate in the case of a Fannie Mae stripped mortgage-backed security.
Fannie Mae guarantees to each registered holder of a Fannie Mae
certificate that it will distribute on a timely basis amounts representing the
holder's proportionate share of scheduled principal and interest payments at the
applicable pass-through rate provided for by the Fannie Mae certificate on the
underlying mortgage loans, whether or not received, and the holder's
proportionate share of the full principal amount of any foreclosed or other
finally liquidated
34
mortgage loan, whether or not the principal amount is actually recovered. The
obligations of Fannie Mae under its guarantees are obligations solely of Fannie
Mae and are not backed by, or entitled to, the full faith and credit of the
United States. If Fannie Mae were unable to satisfy its obligations,
distributions to holders of Fannie Mae certificates would consist solely of
payments and other recoveries on the underlying mortgage loans and, accordingly,
monthly distributions to holders of Fannie Mae certificates would be affected by
delinquent payments and defaults on those mortgage loans.
Fannie Mae stripped mortgage-backed securities are issued in series of
two or more classes, with each class representing a specified undivided
fractional interest in principal distributions and interest distributions,
adjusted to the series pass-through rate, on the underlying pool of mortgage
loans. The fractional interests of each class in principal and interest
distributions are not identical, but the classes in the aggregate represent 100%
of the principal distributions and interest distributions, adjusted to the
series pass-through rate, on the respective pool. Because of the difference
between the fractional interests in principal and interest of each class, the
effective rate of interest on the principal of each class of Fannie Mae stripped
mortgage-backed securities may be significantly higher or lower than the series
pass-through rate and/or the weighted average interest rate of the underlying
mortgage loans.
Unless otherwise specified by Fannie Mae, Fannie Mae certificates
evidencing interests in pools of mortgages formed on or after May 1, 1985 will
be available in book-entry form only. Distributions of principal and interest on
each Fannie Mae certificate will be made by Fannie Mae on the 25th day of each
month to the persons in whose name the Fannie Mae certificate is entered in the
books of the Federal Reserve Banks, or registered on the Fannie Mae certificate
register in the case of fully registered Fannie Mae certificates as of the close
of business on the last day of the preceding month. With respect to Fannie Mae
certificates issued in book-entry form, distributions on the Fannie Mae
certificates will be made by wire, and with respect to fully registered Fannie
Mae certificates, distributions on the Fannie Mae certificates will be made by
check.
Freddie Mac. The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac)
is a shareholder-owned, United States government-sponsored enterprise created
pursuant to the Federal Home loan Mortgage Corporation Act, Title III of the
Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended. The common stock of Freddie Mac
is owned by the Federal Home loan Banks. Freddie Mac was established primarily
for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for the
financing of urgently needed housing. It seeks to provide an enhanced degree of
liquidity for residential mortgage investments primarily by assisting in the
development of secondary markets for conventional mortgages. The principal
activity of Freddie Mac currently consists of the purchase of first lien
conventional mortgage loans FHA loans, VA loans or participation interests in
those mortgage loans and the sale of the loans or participations so purchased in
the form of mortgage securities, primarily Freddie Mac certificates. Freddie Mac
is confined to purchasing, so far as practicable, mortgage loans that it deems
to be of the quality, type and class which meet generally the purchase standards
imposed by private institutional mortgage investors.
Freddie Mac Certificates. Each Freddie Mac certificate included in a
trust fund for a series will represent an undivided interest in a pool of
mortgage loans that may consist of first
35
lien conventional loans, FHA loans or VA loans. Freddie Mac certificates are
sold under the terms of a mortgage participation certificate agreement. A
Freddie Mac certificate may be issued under either Freddie Mac's Cash Program or
Guarantor Program. Typically, mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac
certificates held by a trust fund will consist of mortgage loans with original
terms to maturity of from ten to 40 years. Each of those mortgage loans must
meet the applicable standards set forth in the law governing Freddie Mac. A
Freddie Mac certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests
in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and/or participations
comprising another Freddie Mac certificate group. Under the guarantor program,
any Freddie Mac certificate group may include only whole loans or participation
interests in whole loans.
Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac
certificate the timely payment of interest on the underlying mortgage loans to
the extent of the applicable certificate rate on the registered holder's pro
rata share of the unpaid principal balance outstanding on the underlying
mortgage loans in the Freddie Mac certificate group represented by a Freddie Mac
certificate, whether or not received. Freddie Mac also guarantees to each
registered holder of a Freddie Mac certificate ultimate receipt by a holder of
all principal on the underlying mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction,
to the extent of that holder's pro rata share. However, Freddie Mac does not
guarantee, except if and to the extent specified in the prospectus supplement
for a series, the timely payment of scheduled principal. Under Freddie Mac's
Gold PC Program, Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of principal based on
the difference between the pool factor published in the month preceding the
month of distribution and the pool factor published in the related month of
distribution. Pursuant to its guarantees, Freddie Mac indemnifies holders of
Freddie Mac certificates against any diminution in principal by reason of
charges for property repairs, maintenance and foreclosure. Freddie Mac may remit
the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any
time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than (x) 30
days following foreclosure sale, (y) 30 days following payment of the claim by
any mortgage insurer, or (z) 30 days following the expiration of any right of
redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year
after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of
principal. In taking actions regarding the collection of principal after default
on the mortgage loans underlying Freddie Mac certificates, including the timing
of demand for acceleration, Freddie Mac reserves the right to exercise its
judgment with respect to the mortgage loans in the same manner as for mortgage
loans which it has purchased but not sold. The length of time necessary for
Freddie Mac to determine that a mortgage loan should be accelerated varies with
the particular circumstances of each borrower, and Freddie Mac has not adopted
standards which require that the demand be made within any specified period.
Freddie Mac certificates are not guaranteed by the United States or by
any Federal Home loan Bank and do not constitute debts or obligations of the
United States or any Federal Home loan Bank. The obligations of Freddie Mac
under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by,
nor entitled to, the full faith and credit of the United States. If Freddie Mac
were unable to satisfy its obligations, distributions to holders of Freddie Mac
certificates would consist solely of payments and other recoveries on the
underlying mortgage loans and, accordingly, monthly distributions to holders of
Freddie Mac certificates would be affected by delinquent payments and defaults
on those mortgage loans.
36
Registered holders of Freddie Mac certificates are entitled to receive
their monthly pro rata share of all principal payments on the underlying
mortgage loans received by Freddie Mac, including any scheduled principal
payments, full and partial prepayments of principal and principal received by
Freddie Mac by virtue of condemnation, insurance, liquidation or foreclosure,
and repurchases of the mortgage loans by Freddie Mac or by the party that sold
the related mortgage loans to Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac is required to remit each
registered Freddie Mac certificateholder's pro rata share of principal payments
on the underlying mortgage loans, interest at the Freddie Mac pass-through rate
and any other sums like prepayment fees, within 60 days of the date on which
those payments are deemed to have been received by Freddie Mac.
Under Freddie Mac's Cash Program, with respect to pools formed prior to
June 1, 1987, there is no limitation on be amount by which interest rates on the
mortgage loans underlying a Freddie Mac certificate may exceed the pass-through
rate on the Freddie Mac certificate. With respect to Freddie Mac certificates
issued on or after June 1, 1987, the maximum interest rate on the mortgage loans
underlying the Freddie Mac certificates may exceed the pass-through rate of the
Freddie Mac certificates by 50 to 100 basis points. Under that program, Freddie
Mac purchases group of whole mortgage loans from sellers at specified
percentages of their unpaid principal balances, adjusted for accrued or prepaid
interest, which when applied to the interest rate of the mortgage loans and
participations purchased, results in the yield expressed as a percentage
required by Freddie Mac. The required yield, which includes a minimum servicing
fee retained by the servicer, is calculated using the outstanding principal
balance. The range of interest rates on the mortgage loans and participations in
a Freddie Mac certificate group under the Cash Program will vary since mortgage
loans and participations are purchased and assigned to a Freddie Mac certificate
group based upon their yield to Freddie Mac rather than on the interest rate on
the underlying mortgage loans.
Under Freddie Mac's Guarantor Program, the pass-through rate on a
Freddie Mac certificate is established based upon the lowest interest rate on
the underlying mortgage loans, minus a minimum servicing fee and the amount of
Freddie Mac's management and guaranty income as agreed upon between the seller
and Freddie Mac. For Freddie Mac certificate group formed under the Guarantor
Program with certificate numbers beginning with 18-012, the range between the
lowest and the highest annual interest rates on the mortgage loans in a Freddie
Mac certificate group may not exceed two percentage points.
Freddie Mac certificates duly presented for registration of ownership
on or before the last business day of a month are registered effective as of the
first day of the month. The first remittance to a registered holder of a Freddie
Mac certificate will be distributed so as to be received normally by the 15th
day of the second month following the month in which the purchaser became a
registered holder of the Freddie Mac certificates. Subsequent remittances will
be distributed monthly to the registered holder so as to be received normally by
the 15th day of each month. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York maintains
book-entry accounts with respect to Freddie Mac certificates sold by Freddie Mac
on or after January 2, 1985, and makes payments of principal and interest each
month to the registered holders of Freddie Mac certificates in accordance with
the holders' instructions.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Agency Securities may consist of
one or more stripped mortgage-backed securities, each as described in this
prospectus and in the related
37
prospectus supplement. Each Agency Security of this type will represent an
undivided interest in all or part of either the principal distributions or the
interest distributions, or in some specified portion of the principal and
interest distributions, on particular Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae or
other government agency or government-sponsored agency certificates. The
underlying securities will be held under a trust agreement by Freddie Mac,
Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae or another government agency or government-sponsored
agency, each as trustee, or by another trustee named in the related prospectus
supplement. Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae or another government agency or
government-sponsored agency will guarantee each stripped agency security to the
same extent as the applicable entity guarantees the underlying securities
backing the stripped Agency Security, unless otherwise specified in the related
prospectus supplement.
Other Agency Securities. If specified in the related prospectus
supplement, a trust fund may include other mortgage pass-through certificates
issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or other government
agencies or government-sponsored agencies. The characteristics of any other
mortgage pass-through certificates issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie
Mae, Freddie Mac or other government agencies or government-sponsored agencies
will be described in that prospectus supplement. If so specified, a combination
of different types of Agency Securities may be held in a trust fund.
COLLECTION AND DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS
A separate collection account will be established by the trustee, or by
the servicer in the name of the trustee, for each series of securities for
receipt of
o the amount of any cash specified in the related prospectus
supplement to be initially deposited by the depositor in the
collection account,
o all amounts received with respect to the primary assets of the
related trust fund, and
o unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement,
income earned on the foregoing amounts.
As provided in the related prospectus supplement, certain amounts on deposit in
the collection account and certain amounts available under any credit
enhancement for the securities of that series will be deposited into the
applicable distribution account for distribution to the holders of the related
securities. The trustee will establish a separate distribution account for each
series of securities. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus
supplement, the trustee will invest the funds in the collection account and the
distribution account in eligible investments including, among other investments,
obligations of the United States and certain of its agencies, federal funds,
certificates of deposit, commercial paper, demand and time deposits and banker's
acceptances, certain repurchase agreements of United States government
securities and certain guaranteed investment contracts, in each case acceptable
to the rating agencies named in the prospectus supplement. With certain
exceptions, all such eligible investments must mature, in the case of funds in
the collection account, not later than the day preceding the date when the funds
are due to be deposited into the distribution account or otherwise distributed
and, in the
38
case of funds in the distribution account, not later than the day preceding the
next distribution date for the related series of securities.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, amounts may be deposited and
withdrawn pursuant to any deposit agreement or minimum principal payment
agreement that may be specified in the related prospectus supplement.
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, a trust fund will
include one or more pre-funding accounts that are segregated trust accounts
established and maintained with the trustee for the related series. If specified
in the prospectus supplement, a portion of the proceeds of the sale of the
securities equal to the pre-funded amount will be deposited into the pre-funding
account on the closing date and may be used to purchase additional primary
assets during the pre-funding period specified in the prospectus supplement. In
no case will the pre-funded amount exceed 50% of the total principal amount of
the related securities, and in no case will the pre-funding period exceed one
year. The primary assets to be purchased generally will be selected on the basis
of the same criteria as those used to select the initial primary assets of the
trust fund, and the same representations and warranties will be made with
respect to them. If any pre-funded amount remains on deposit in the pre-funding
account at the end of the pre-funding period, the remaining amount will be
applied in the manner specified in the related prospectus supplement to prepay
the notes and/or the certificates of that series.
If a pre-funding account is established, one or more capitalized
interest accounts that are segregated trust accounts may be established and
maintained with the trustee for the related series. On the closing date for the
series, a portion of the proceeds of the sale of the related securities will be
deposited into the capitalized interest account and used to fund the excess, if
any, of
o the sum of
o the amount of interest accrued on the securities of the
series, and
o if specified in the related prospectus supplement, certain
fees or expenses during the pre-funding period,
over
o the amount of interest available from the primary assets in the
trust fund.
Any amounts on deposit in the capitalized interest account at the end
of the pre-funding period that are not necessary for these purposes will be
distributed to the person specified in the related prospectus supplement.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
If so provided in the prospectus supplement relating to a series of
securities, simultaneously with the depositor's assignment of the primary assets
to the trustee, the depositor will obtain from an institution or by other means
acceptable to the rating agencies named in the prospectus supplement one or more
types of credit enhancement in favor of the trustee on behalf
39
of the holders of the related series or designated classes of the series. The
credit enhancement will support the payment of principal of and interest on the
securities, and may be applied for certain other purposes to the extent and
under the conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement. Credit enhancement
for a series may include one or more of the forms described below or any other
form as may be specified in the related prospectus supplement. If so specified
in the related prospectus supplement, the credit enhancement may be structured
so as to protect against losses relating to more than one trust fund.
SUBORDINATED SECURITIES
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, credit enhancement
for a series may consist of one or more classes of subordinated securities. The
rights of the holders of subordinated securities to receive distributions on any
distribution date will be subordinate in right and priority to the rights of
holders of senior securities of the same series, but only to the extent
described in the related prospectus supplement.
INSURANCE POLICIES, SURETY BONDS AND GUARANTIES
If so provided in the prospectus supplement for a series of securities,
deficiencies in amounts otherwise payable on the securities or on specified
classes will be covered by insurance policies and/or surety bonds provided by
one or more insurance companies or sureties. Those instruments may cover, with
respect to one or more classes of securities of the related series, timely
distributions of interest and/or full distributions of principal on the basis of
a schedule of principal distributions set forth in or determined in the manner
specified in the related prospectus supplement. In addition, if specified in the
related prospectus supplement, a trust fund may also include bankruptcy bonds,
special hazard insurance policies, other insurance or guaranties for the purpose
of:
o maintaining timely payments or providing additional protection
against losses on the trust fund assets;
o paying administrative expenses; or
o establishing a minimum reinvestment rate on the payments made in
respect of those assets or principal payment rate on those assets.
Arrangements may include agreements under which securityholders are entitled to
receive amounts deposited in various accounts held by the trustee upon the terms
specified in the related prospectus supplement. A copy of any arrangement
instrument for a series will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to a Current
Report on Form 8-K to be filed with the SEC following issuance of the securities
of the related series.
OVER-COLLATERALIZATION
If so provided in the prospectus supplement for a series of securities,
a portion of the interest payment on each loan included in the trust fund may be
applied as an additional distribution in respect of principal to reduce the
principal balance of a class or classes of
40
securities and, thus, accelerate the rate of payment of principal on that class
or those classes of securities.
OTHER INSURANCE POLICIES
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, credit enhancement
for a series may consist of pool insurance policies, special hazard insurance
policies, bankruptcy bonds and other types of insurance relating to the primary
assets, as described below and in the related prospectus supplement.
Pool Insurance Policy. If so specified in the related prospectus
supplement, the depositor will obtain a pool insurance policy for the loans in
the related trust fund. The pool insurance policy will cover any loss (subject
to the limitations described in the prospectus supplement) by reason of default,
but will not cover the portion of the principal balance of any loan that is
required to be covered by any primary mortgage insurance policy. The amount and
terms of any pool insurance coverage will be set forth in the related prospectus
supplement.
Special Hazard Insurance Policy. Although the terms of such policies
vary to some degree, a special hazard insurance policy typically provides that,
where there has been damage to property securing a defaulted or foreclosed loan
(title to which has been acquired by the insured) and to the extent the damage
is not covered by a standard hazard insurance policy (or any flood insurance
policy, if applicable) required to be maintained with respect to the property,
or in connection with partial loss resulting from the application of the
coinsurance clause in a standard hazard insurance policy, the special hazard
insurer will pay the lesser of
o the cost of repair or replacement of the property, and
o upon transfer of the property to the special hazard insurer, the
unpaid principal balance of the loan at the time of acquisition of
the property by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, plus
accrued interest to the date of claim settlement and certain
expenses incurred by the servicer with respect to the property.
If the unpaid principal balance of the loan plus accrued interest and
certain expenses is paid by the special hazard insurer, the amount of further
coverage under the special hazard insurance policy will be reduced by that
amount less any net proceeds from the sale of the related property. Any amount
paid as the cost of repair of the property will reduce coverage by that amount.
Special hazard insurance policies typically do not cover losses occasioned by
war, civil insurrection, certain governmental actions, errors in design, faulty
workmanship or materials (except under certain circumstances), nuclear reaction,
flood (if the mortgaged property is in a federally designated flood area),
chemical contamination and certain other risks.
Restoration of the property with the proceeds described in the first
bullet of the second previous paragraph is expected to satisfy the condition
under any pool insurance policy that the property be restored before a claim
under the pool insurance policy may be validly presented with respect to the
defaulted loan secured by the property. The payment described in the second
bullet of the second previous paragraph will render unnecessary presentation of
a claim in respect of the loan under any pool insurance policy. Therefore, so
long as a pool insurance
41
policy remains in effect, the payment by the special hazard insurer of the cost
of repair or of the unpaid principal balance of the related loan plus accrued
interest and certain expenses will not affect the total amount in respect of
insurance proceeds paid to holders of the securities, but will affect the
relative amounts of coverage remaining under the special hazard insurance policy
and pool insurance policy.
Bankruptcy Bond. In the event of a bankruptcy of a borrower, the
bankruptcy court may establish the value of the property securing the related
loan at an amount less than the then-outstanding principal balance of the loan.
The amount of the secured debt could be reduced to that value, and the holder of
the loan thus would become an unsecured creditor to the extent the principal
balance of the loan exceeds the value assigned to the property by the bankruptcy
court. In addition, certain other modifications of the terms of a loan can
result from a bankruptcy proceeding. See "Material Legal Aspects of the Loans"
in this prospectus. If the related prospectus supplement so provides, the
depositor or other entity specified in the prospectus supplement will obtain a
bankruptcy bond or similar insurance contract covering losses resulting from
proceedings with respect to borrowers under the Federal Bankruptcy Code. The
bankruptcy bond will cover certain losses resulting from a reduction by a
bankruptcy court of scheduled payments of principal of and interest on a loan or
a reduction by the court of the principal amount of a loan and will cover
certain unpaid interest on the amount of any principal reduction from the date
of the filing of a bankruptcy petition.
The bankruptcy bond will provide coverage in the aggregate amount
specified in the prospectus supplement for all loans in the trust fund for the
related series. The amount will be reduced by payments made under the bankruptcy
bond in respect of the loans, unless otherwise specified in the related
prospectus supplement, and will not be restored.
RESERVE FUNDS
If the prospectus supplement relating to a series of securities so
specifies, the depositor will deposit into one or more reserve funds cash, a
letter or letters of credit, cash collateral accounts, eligible investments, or
other instruments meeting the criteria of the rating agencies in the amount
specified in the prospectus supplement. Each reserve fund will be established by
the trustee as part of the trust fund for that series or for the benefit of the
credit enhancement provider for that series. In the alternative or in addition
to the initial deposit by the depositor, a reserve fund for a series may be
funded over time through application of all or a portion of the excess cash flow
from the primary assets for the series, to the extent described in the related
prospectus supplement. If applicable, the initial amount of the reserve fund and
the reserve fund maintenance requirements for a series of securities will be
described in the related prospectus supplement.
Amounts withdrawn from any reserve fund will be applied by the trustee
to make payments on the securities of the related series, to pay expenses, to
reimburse any credit enhancement provider for the series or for any other
purpose, in the manner and to the extent specified in the related prospectus
supplement.
Amounts deposited into a reserve fund will be invested by the trustee
in eligible investments maturing no later than the day specified in the related
prospectus supplement.
42
CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the beneficial
ownership of separate groups of assets included in a trust fund may be evidenced
by separate classes of the related series of securities. In that case, credit
support may be provided by a cross-collateralization feature which requires that
distributions be made with respect to securities evidencing a beneficial
ownership interest in, or secured by, one or more asset groups within the same
trust fund prior to distributions to subordinated securities evidencing a
beneficial ownership interest in, or secured by, one or more other asset groups
within that trust fund. Cross-collateralization may be provided by
o the allocation of a portion of excess amounts generated by one or
more asset groups within the same trust fund to one or more other
asset groups within the same trust fund, or
o the allocation of losses with respect to one or more asset groups
to one or more other asset groups within the same trust fund.
Excess amounts will be applied and/or losses will be allocated to the class or
classes of subordinated securities of the related series then outstanding having
the lowest rating assigned by any rating agency or the lowest payment priority,
in each case to the extent and in the manner more specifically described in the
related prospectus supplement. The prospectus supplement for a series which
includes a cross-collateralization feature will describe the manner and
conditions for applying the cross-collateralization feature.
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the coverage
provided by one or more forms of credit support described in this prospectus may
apply concurrently to two or more related trust funds. If applicable, the
related prospectus supplement will identify the trust funds to which credit
support relates and the manner of determining the amount of coverage the credit
support provides to the identified trust funds.
MINIMUM PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AGREEMENT
If provided in the prospectus supplement relating to a series of
securities, the depositor will enter into a minimum principal payment agreement
with an entity meeting the criteria of the rating agencies named in the
prospectus supplement under which the entity will provide certain payments on
the securities of the series in the event that aggregate scheduled principal
payments and/or prepayments on the primary assets for the series are not
sufficient to make payments on the securities of the series as provided in the
prospectus supplement.
DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
If specified in a prospectus supplement, the depositor and the trustee
for a series of securities will enter into a deposit agreement with the entity
specified in the prospectus supplement on or before the sale of the related
series of securities. The deposit agreement is intended to accumulate available
cash for investment so that the cash, together with income thereon, can be
applied to future distributions on one or more classes of securities. The
related prospectus supplement will describe the terms of any deposit agreement.
43
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
If provided in the related prospectus supplement, the trust fund may
include one or more financial instruments that are intended to meet the
following goals:
o to convert the payments on some or all of the loans and Private
Label Securities from fixed to floating payments, or from floating
to fixed, or from floating based on a particular index to floating
based on another index;
o to provide payments if any index rises above or falls below
specified levels; or
o to provide protection against interest rate changes, certain types
of losses or other payment shortfalls to one or more classes of the
related series.
If a trust fund includes financial instruments of this type, the instruments may
be structured to be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
The related prospectus supplement will include, or incorporate by
reference, material financial and other information about the provider of the
financial instruments.
SERVICING OF LOANS
GENERAL
Under the pooling and servicing agreement or the servicing agreement
for a series of securities, the servicer will provide customary servicing
functions with respect to the loans comprising the primary assets of the related
trust fund.
COLLECTION PROCEDURES; ESCROW ACCOUNTS
The servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments
required to be made under the loans and will, consistent with the terms of the
related governing agreement for a series and any applicable credit enhancement,
follow such collection procedures as it follows with respect to comparable loans
held in its own portfolio. Consistent with the above, the servicer has the
discretion to
o waive any assumption fee, late payment charge, or other charge in
connection with a loan, and
o to the extent provided in the related agreement, arrange with a
borrower a schedule for the liquidation of delinquencies by
extending the due dates for scheduled payments on the loan.
If the related prospectus supplement so provides, the servicer, to the
extent permitted by law, will establish and maintain escrow or impound accounts
with respect to loans in which borrower payments for taxes, assessments,
mortgage and hazard insurance policy premiums and other comparable items will be
deposited. In the case of loans that do not require such payments under the
related loan documents, the servicer will not be required to establish any
escrow or
44
impound account for those loans. The servicer will make withdrawals from the
escrow accounts to effect timely payment of taxes, assessments and mortgage and
hazard insurance, to refund to borrowers amounts determined to be overages, to
pay interest to borrowers on balances in the escrow accounts to the extent
required by law, to repair or otherwise protect the related property and to
clear and terminate the escrow accounts. The servicer will be responsible for
the administration of the escrow accounts and generally will make advances to
the escrow accounts when a deficiency exists.
DEPOSITS TO AND WITHDRAWALS FROM THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT
Unless the related prospectus supplement specifies otherwise, the
trustee or the servicer will establish a separate collection account in the name
of the trustee. Unless the related prospectus supplement provides otherwise, the
collection account will be
o an account maintained at a depository institution, the long-term
unsecured debt obligations of which at the time of any deposit are
rated by each rating agency named in the prospectus supplement at
levels satisfactory to the rating agency; or
o an account the deposits in which are insured to the maximum extent
available by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or an
account secured in a manner meeting requirements established by
each rating agency named in the prospectus supplement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
funds held in the collection account may be invested in eligible investments. If
so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the servicer will be entitled
to receive as additional compensation any interest or other income earned on
funds in the collection account.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
servicer, the depositor, the trustee or the seller, as appropriate, will deposit
into the collection account for each series, on the business day following the
closing date, all scheduled payments of principal and interest on the primary
assets due after the related cut-off date but received by the servicer on or
before the closing date, and thereafter, within two business days after the date
of receipt thereof, the following payments and collections received or made by
the servicer (other than, unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus
supplement, in respect of principal of and interest on the related primary
assets due on or before the cut-off date):
o all payments in respect of principal, including prepayments, on the
primary assets;
o all payments in respect of interest on the primary assets after
deducting, at the discretion of the servicer (but only to the
extent of the amount permitted to be withdrawn or withheld from the
collection account in accordance with the related agreement),
related servicing fees payable to the servicer;
o all Liquidation Proceeds after deducting, at the discretion of the
servicer (but only to the extent of the amount permitted to be
withdrawn from the collection account in accordance with the
related agreement), the servicing fee, if any, in respect of the
related primary asset;
45
o all Insurance Proceeds;
o all amounts required to be deposited into the collection account
from any reserve fund for the series pursuant to the related
agreement;
o all advances of cash made by the servicer in respect of delinquent
scheduled payments on a loan and for any other purpose as required
pursuant to the related agreement; and
o all repurchase prices of any primary assets repurchased by the
depositor, the servicer or the seller pursuant to the related
agreement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
servicer is permitted, from time to time, to make withdrawals from the
collection account for each series for the following purposes:
o to reimburse itself for advances that it made in connection with
that series under the related agreement; provided that the
servicer's right to reimburse itself is limited to amounts received
on or in respect of particular loans (including, for this purpose,
Liquidation Proceeds and proceeds of insurance policies covering
the related loans and Mortgaged Properties ("Insurance Proceeds"))
that represent late recoveries of scheduled payments with respect
to which the Advance was made;
o to the extent provided in the related agreement, to reimburse
itself for any advances that it made in connection with the series
which the servicer determines in good faith to be nonrecoverable
from amounts representing late recoveries of scheduled payments
respecting which the advance was made or from Liquidation Proceeds
or Insurance Proceeds;
o to reimburse itself from Liquidation Proceeds for liquidation
expenses and for amounts expended by it in good faith in connection
with the restoration of damaged property and, in the event
deposited into the collection account and not previously withheld,
and to the extent that Liquidation Proceeds after such
reimbursement exceed the principal balance of the related loan,
together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the due date
for the loan next succeeding the date of its receipt of the
Liquidation Proceeds, to pay to itself out of the excess the amount
of any unpaid servicing fee and any assumption fees, late payment
charges, or other charges on the related loan;
o in the event the servicer has elected not to pay itself the
servicing fee out of the interest component of any scheduled
payment, late payment or other recovery with respect to a
particular loan prior to the deposit of the scheduled payment, late
payment or recovery into the collection account, to pay to itself
the servicing fee, as adjusted pursuant to the related agreement,
from any scheduled payment, late payment or other recovery to the
extent permitted by the related agreement;
46
o to reimburse itself for expenses incurred by and recoverable by or
reimbursable to it pursuant to the related agreement;
o to pay to the applicable person with respect to each primary asset
or related real property that has been repurchased or removed from
the trust fund by the depositor, the servicer or the seller
pursuant to the related agreement, all amounts received thereon and
not distributed as of the date on which the related repurchase
price was determined;
o to make payments to the trustee of the series for deposit into the
related distribution account or for remittance to the holders of
the series in the amounts and in the manner provided for in the
related agreement; and
o to clear and terminate the collection account pursuant to the
related agreement.
In addition, if the servicer deposits into the collection account for a
series any amount not required to be deposited therein, the servicer may, at any
time, withdraw the amount from the collection account.
ADVANCES AND LIMITATIONS ON ADVANCES
The related prospectus supplement will describe the circumstances, if
any, under which the servicer will make advances with respect to delinquent
payments on loans. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
servicer will be obligated to make advances. Its obligation to make advances may
be limited in amount, or may not be activated until a certain portion of a
specified reserve fund is depleted. Advances are intended to provide liquidity
and, except to the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement, not to
guarantee or insure against losses. Accordingly, any funds advanced are
recoverable by the servicer out of amounts received on particular loans that
represent late recoveries of scheduled payments, Insurance Proceeds or
Liquidation Proceeds respecting which an advance was made. If an advance is made
and subsequently determined to be nonrecoverable from late collections,
Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds from the related loan, the servicer
may be entitled to reimbursement from other funds in the collection account or
distribution account(s), as the case may be, or from a specified reserve fund,
as applicable, to the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement.
MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE POLICIES AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES
Standard Hazard Insurance; Flood Insurance. Except as otherwise
specified in the related prospectus supplement, the servicer will be required to
maintain (or to cause the borrower under each loan to maintain) a standard
hazard insurance policy providing the standard form of fire insurance coverage
with extended coverage for certain other hazards as is customary in the state in
which the related property is located. The standard hazard insurance policies
will provide for coverage at least equal to the applicable state standard form
of fire insurance policy with extended coverage for property of the type
securing the related loans. In general, the standard form of fire and extended
coverage policy will cover physical damage to, or destruction of, the related
property caused by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, windstorm, hail, riot,
strike and civil commotion, subject to the conditions and exclusions in each
policy. Because the
47
standard hazard insurance policies relating to the loans will be underwritten by
different hazard insurers and will cover properties located in various states,
the policies will not contain identical terms and conditions. The basic terms,
however, generally will be determined by state law and generally will be
similar. Most such policies typically will not cover any physical damage
resulting from war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other
water-related causes, earth movement (including earthquakes, landslides and
mudflows), nuclear reaction, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents, insects or
domestic animals, theft and, in certain cases, vandalism. The foregoing list is
merely indicative of certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be
all inclusive. Uninsured risks not covered by a special hazard insurance policy
or other form of credit enhancement will adversely affect distributions to
holders. When a property securing a loan is located in a flood area identified
by HUD pursuant to the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended, the
servicer will be required to cause flood insurance to be maintained with respect
to the property, to the extent available.
The standard hazard insurance policies covering properties typically
will contain a "coinsurance" clause, which in effect will require that the
insured at all times carry hazard insurance of a specified percentage (generally
80% to 90%) of the full replacement value of the property, including any
improvements on the property, in order to recover the full amount of any partial
loss. If the insured's coverage falls below this specified percentage, the
coinsurance clause will provide that the hazard insurer's liability in the event
of partial loss will not exceed the greater of
o the actual cash value (i.e., replacement cost less physical
depreciation) of the property, including the improvements, if any,
damaged or destroyed, and
o such proportion of the loss, without deduction for depreciation, as
the amount of insurance carried bears to the specified percentage
of the full replacement cost of the property and improvements.
Since the amount of hazard insurance to be maintained on the improvements
securing the loans declines as their principal balances decrease, and since the
value of the properties will fluctuate over time, the effect of this requirement
in the event of partial loss may be that hazard insurance proceeds will be
insufficient to restore fully the damage to the affected property.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement,
coverage will be in an amount at least equal to the greater of
o the amount necessary to avoid the enforcement of any co-insurance
clause contained in the policy, and
o the outstanding principal balance of the related loan.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the servicer
will also maintain on REO property a standard hazard insurance policy in an
amount that is at least equal to the maximum insurable value of the REO
property. No earthquake or other additional insurance will be required of any
borrower or will be maintained on REO property other than pursuant to such
48
applicable laws and regulations as shall at any time be in force and shall
require the additional insurance.
Any amounts collected by the servicer under insurance policies (other
than amounts to be applied to the restoration or repair of the property,
released to the borrower in accordance with normal servicing procedures or used
to reimburse the servicer for amounts to which it is entitled to reimbursement)
will be deposited into the collection account. In the event that the servicer
obtains and maintains a blanket policy insuring against hazard losses on all of
the loans, written by an insurer then acceptable to each rating agency named in
the prospectus supplement, it will conclusively be deemed to have satisfied its
obligations to cause to be maintained a standard hazard insurance policy for
each loan or related REO property. This blanket policy may contain a deductible
clause, in which case the servicer will be required, in the event that there has
been a loss that would have been covered by the policy absent the deductible
clause, to deposit into the collection account the amount not otherwise payable
under the blanket policy because of the application of the deductible clause.
REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED LOANS
The servicer will use its reasonable best efforts to foreclose upon,
repossess or otherwise comparably convert the ownership of the properties
securing the related loans that come into and continue in default and as to
which no satisfactory arrangements can be made for collection of delinquent
payments. In this connection, the servicer will follow such practices and
procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and as are normal and usual in its
servicing activities with respect to comparable loans that it services. However,
the servicer will not be required to expend its own funds in connection with any
foreclosure or towards the restoration of the property unless it determines that
o the restoration or foreclosure will increase the Liquidation
Proceeds of the related loan available to the holders after
reimbursement to itself for its expenses, and
o its expenses will be recoverable either through Liquidation
Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds.
However, in the case of a trust fund for which a REMIC election has been made,
the servicer will be required to liquidate any REO property by the end of the
third calendar year after the trust fund acquires beneficial ownership of the
REO property. While the holder of an REO property can often maximize its
recovery by providing financing to a new purchaser, the trust fund will have no
ability to do so and neither the servicer nor the depositor will be required to
do so.
The servicer may arrange with the borrower on a defaulted loan a change
in the terms of the loan to the extent provided in the related prospectus
supplement. This type of modification may only be entered into if it meets the
underwriting policies and procedures employed by the servicer in servicing
receivables for its own account and meets the other conditions set forth in the
related prospectus supplement.
49
ENFORCEMENT OF DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement for a
series, when any property is about to be conveyed by the borrower, the servicer
will, to the extent it has knowledge of the prospective conveyance and prior to
the time of the consummation of the conveyance, exercise its rights to
accelerate the maturity of the related loan under any applicable "due-on-sale"
clause, unless it reasonably believes that the clause is not enforceable under
applicable law or if enforcement of the clause would result in loss of coverage
under any primary mortgage insurance policy. In that event, the servicer is
authorized to accept from or enter into an assumption agreement with the person
to whom the property has been or is about to be conveyed. Under the assumption,
the transferee of the property becomes liable under the loan and the original
borrower is released from liability and the transferee is substituted as the
borrower and becomes liable under the loan. Any fee collected in connection with
an assumption will be retained by the servicer as additional servicing
compensation. The terms of a loan may not be changed in connection with an
assumption.
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
Except as otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, the
servicer will be entitled to a periodic servicing fee in an amount to be
determined as specified in the related prospectus supplement. The servicing fee
may be fixed or variable, as specified in the related prospectus supplement. In
addition, unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
servicer will be entitled to additional servicing compensation in the form of
assumption fees, late payment charges and similar items, and excess proceeds
following disposition of property in connection with defaulted loans.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
servicer will pay certain expenses incurred in connection with the servicing of
the loans, including, without limitation, the payment of the fees and expenses
of each trustee and independent accountants, payment of security policy and
insurance policy premiums, if applicable, and the cost of any credit
enhancement, and payment of expenses incurred in preparation of reports to
holders.
When a borrower makes a principal prepayment in full between due dates
on the related loan, the borrower generally will be required to pay interest on
the amount prepaid only to the date of prepayment. If and to the extent provided
in the related prospectus supplement, in order that one or more classes of the
securities of a series will not be adversely affected by any resulting shortfall
in interest, the amount of the servicing fee may be reduced to the extent
necessary to include in the servicer's remittance to the applicable trustee for
deposit into the related distribution account an amount equal to one month's
interest on the related loan (less the servicing fee). If the total amount of
these shortfalls in a month exceeds the servicing fee for that month, a
shortfall to holders may occur.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for certain expenses that it incurs
in connection with the liquidation of defaulted loans. The related holders will
suffer no loss by reason of the servicer's expenses to the extent the expenses
are covered under related insurance policies or from excess Liquidation
Proceeds. If claims are either not made or paid under the applicable insurance
policies or if
50
coverage under the policies has been exhausted, the related holders will suffer
a loss to the extent that Liquidation Proceeds, after reimbursement of the
servicer's expenses, are less than the principal balance of and unpaid interest
on the related loan that would be distributable to holders. In addition, the
servicer will be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses in connection with
the restoration of REO property This right of reimbursement is prior to the
rights of the holders to receive any related Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation
Proceeds or amounts derived from other credit enhancement. The servicer
generally is also entitled to reimbursement from the collection account for
advances.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
rights of the servicer to receive funds from the collection account for a
series, whether as the servicing fee or other compensation, or for the
reimbursement of advances, expenses or otherwise, are not subordinate to the
rights of holders of securities of the series.
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the applicable
governing agreement will provide that, each year, a firm of independent public
accountants will furnish a statement to the trustee to the effect that the firm
has examined certain documents and records relating to the servicing of the
loans by the servicer and that, on the basis of the examination, the firm is of
the opinion that the servicing has been conducted in compliance with the
agreement, except for such exceptions as the firm believes to be immaterial and
any other exceptions set forth in the statement.
If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the applicable
agreement will also provide for delivery to the trustee of an annual statement
signed by an officer of the servicer to the effect that the servicer has
fulfilled its obligations under the agreement throughout the preceding calendar
year.
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER
The servicer for each series will be identified in the related
prospectus supplement. The servicer may be an affiliate of the depositor and may
have other business relationships with the depositor and its affiliates.
If an event of default occurs under either a servicing agreement or a
pooling and servicing agreement, the servicer may be replaced by the trustee or
a successor servicer. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus
supplement, the events of default and the rights of a trustee upon a default
under the agreement for the related series will be substantially similar to
those described under "The Agreements--Events of Default; Rights upon Event of
Default--Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Servicing Agreement" in this
prospectus.
Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement, the servicer
does not have the right to assign its rights and delegate its duties and
obligations under the related agreement unless the successor servicer accepting
such assignment or delegation
o services similar loans in the ordinary course of its business;
51
o is reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;
o has a net worth of not less than the amount specified in the
prospectus supplement;
o would not cause the rating of the related securities by a rating
agency named in the prospectus supplement, as such rating is in
effect immediately prior to the assignment, sale or transfer, to be
qualified, downgraded or withdrawn as a result of the assignment,
sale or transfer; and
o executes and delivers to the trustee an agreement, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the trustee, that contains an
assumption by the successor servicer of the due and punctual
performance and observance of each covenant and condition required
to be performed or observed by the servicer under the agreement
from and after the date of the agreement.
No assignment will become effective until the trustee or a successor
servicer has assumed the servicer's obligations and duties under the related
agreement. To the extent that the servicer transfers its obligations to a
wholly-owned subsidiary or affiliate, the subsidiary or affiliate need not
satisfy the criteria set forth above. In this instance, however, the assigning
servicer will remain liable for the servicing obligations under the agreement.
Any entity into which the servicer is merged or consolidated or any successor
corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation will succeed
to the servicer's obligations under the agreement provided that the successor or
surviving entity meets the requirements for a successor servicer set forth
above.
Except to the extent otherwise provided, each agreement will provide
that neither the servicer nor any director, officer, employee or agent of the
servicer will be under any liability to the related trust fund, the depositor or
the holders for any action taken or for failing to take any action in good faith
pursuant to the related agreement, or for errors in judgment. However, neither
the servicer nor any such person will be protected against any breach of
warranty or representations made under the agreement, or the failure to perform
its obligations in compliance with any standard of care set forth in the
agreement, or liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of their duties or by
reason of reckless disregard of their obligations and duties under the
agreement. Each agreement will further provide that the servicer and any
director, officer, employee or agent of the servicer is entitled to
indemnification from the related trust fund and will be held harmless against
any loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with any legal action
relating to the agreement or the securities, other than any loss, liability or
expense incurred by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in
the performance of duties under the agreement or by reason of reckless disregard
of those obligations and duties. In addition, the agreement will provide that
the servicer is not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any
legal action that is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the
agreement that, in its opinion, may involve it in any expense or liability. The
servicer may, in its discretion, undertake any such action that it may deem
necessary or desirable with respect to the agreement and the rights and duties
of the parties thereto and the interests of the holders thereunder. In that
event, the legal expenses and costs of the action and any resulting liability
may be expenses, costs, and liabilities of the trust fund and the servicer may
be entitled to be reimbursed therefor out of the collection account.
52
THE AGREEMENTS
The following summaries describe the material provisions of the pooling
and servicing agreement or trust agreement, in the case of a series of
certificates, and the indenture and servicing agreement, in the case of a series
of notes. The summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and
qualified in their entirety by reference to, the provisions of the agreements
applicable to the particular series of securities. Where particular provisions
or terms used in the agreements are referred to, the provisions or terms are as
specified in the agreements.
ASSIGNMENT OF PRIMARY ASSETS
General. At the time of issuance of the securities of a series, the
depositor will transfer, convey and assign to the related trust fund all right,
title and interest of the depositor in the primary assets and other property to
be transferred to the trust fund. This assignment will include all principal and
interest due on or with respect to the primary assets after the cut-off date
(except for any retained interests). The trustee will, concurrently with the
assignment, execute and deliver the securities.
Assignment of Mortgage Loans. Unless otherwise specified in the related
prospectus supplement, the depositor will deliver to the trustee (or, if
specified in the prospectus supplement, a custodian on behalf of the trustee),
as to each Residential Loan and Home Equity Loan, the related note endorsed
without recourse to the order of the trustee or in blank, the original mortgage,
deed of trust or other security instrument with evidence of recording indicated
thereon (except for any mortgage not returned from the public recording office,
in which case a copy of the mortgage will be delivered, together with a
certificate that the original of the mortgage was delivered to such recording
office), and an assignment of the mortgage in recordable form. The trustee or,
if so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the custodian will hold
these documents in trust for the benefit of the holders.
If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, at the time of
issuance of the securities, the depositor will cause assignments to the trustee
of the mortgages relating to the loans to be recorded in the appropriate public
office for real property records, except in states where, in the opinion of
counsel acceptable to the trustee, recording is not required to protect the
trustee's interest in the related loans. If specified in the prospectus
supplement, the depositor will cause the assignments to be recorded within the
time after issuance of the securities as is specified in the related prospectus
supplement. In this event, the prospectus supplement will specify whether the
agreement requires the depositor to repurchase from the trustee any loan the
related mortgage of which is not recorded within that time, at the price
described below with respect to repurchases by reason of defective
documentation. Unless otherwise provided in the prospectus supplement, the
enforcement of the repurchase obligation would constitute the sole remedy
available to the holders or the trustee for the failure of a mortgage to be
recorded.
Assignment of Home Improvement Contracts. Unless otherwise specified in
the related prospectus supplement, the depositor will deliver to the trustee or
the custodian each original Home Improvement Contract and copies of related
documents and instruments and, except in the case of unsecured Home Improvement
Contracts, the security interest in the related home improvements. In order to
give notice of the right, title and interest of holders to the Home
53
Improvement Contracts, the depositor will cause a UCC-1 financing statement to
be executed by the depositor or the seller identifying the trustee as the
secured party and identifying all Home Improvement Contracts as collateral.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the Home
Improvement Contracts will not be stamped or otherwise marked to reflect their
assignment to the trust fund. Therefore, if, through negligence, fraud or
otherwise, a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of the
Home Improvement Contracts without notice of the assignment, the interest of
holders in the Home Improvement Contracts could be defeated. See "Material Legal
Aspects of the Loans--The Home Improvement Contracts" in this prospectus.
Assignment of Manufactured Housing Contracts. If specified in the
related prospectus supplement, the depositor or the seller will deliver to the
trustee the original contract as to each Manufactured Housing Contract and
copies of documents and instruments related to each contract and, other than in
the case of unsecured contracts, the security interest in the property securing
that contract. In order to give notice of the right, title and interest of
securityholders to the contracts, if specified in the related prospectus
supplement, the depositor or the seller will cause a UCC-1 financing statement
to be executed by the depositor or the seller identifying the trustee as the
secured party and identifying all contracts as collateral. If so specified in
the related prospectus supplement, the contracts will not be stamped or
otherwise marked to reflect their assignment to the trustee. Therefore, if,
through negligence, fraud or otherwise, a subsequent purchaser were able to take
physical possession of the contracts without notice of the assignment, the
interest of securityholders in the contracts could be defeated.
See "Material Legal Aspects of the Loans-- The Contracts."
Loan Schedule. Each loan will be identified in a schedule appearing as
an exhibit to the related and will specify with respect to each loan:
o the original principal amount,
o its unpaid principal balance as of the cut-off date,
o the current interest rate,
o the current scheduled payment of principal and interest,
o the maturity date, if any, of the related note, and
o if the loan is an adjustable rate loan, the lifetime rate cap, if
any, and the current index.
Assignment of Agency and Private Label Securities. The depositor will
cause the Agency and Private Label Securities to be registered in the name of
the trustee (or its nominee or correspondent). The trustee (or its nominee or
correspondent) will take possession of any certificated Agency or Private Label
Securities. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
trustee will not be in possession of, or be assignee of record of, any loans
underlying the Agency or Private Label Securities. See "The Trust Funds--Private
Label Securities" in this prospectus. Each Agency and Private Label Security
will be identified in a
54
schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related agreement, which will specify
the original principal amount, principal balance as of the cut-off date, annual
pass-through rate or interest rate and maturity date for each Agency and Private
Label Security conveyed to the related trust fund. In the agreement, the
depositor will represent and warrant to the trustee that:
o the information contained in the Agency or Private Label Securities
schedule is true and correct in all material respects,
o immediately prior to the conveyance of the Agency or Private Label
Securities, the depositor had good title and was the sole owner of
the Agency or Private Label Securities (subject to any retained
interest),
o there has been no other sale of the Agency or Private Label
Securities, and
o there is no existing lien, charge, security interest or other
encumbrance on the Agency or Private Label Securities (other than
any retained interest).
Repurchase and Substitution of Non-Conforming Primary Assets. Unless
otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, if any document in the
file relating to the primary assets delivered by the depositor to the trustee
(or custodian) is found by the trustee, within 90 days of the execution of the
related agreement (or promptly after the trustee's receipt of any document
permitted to be delivered after the closing date), to be defective in any
material respect and the depositor or seller does not cure such defect within 90
days (or within any other period specified in the related prospectus supplement)
the depositor or seller will, not later than 90 days (or within such any period
specified in the related prospectus supplement), after the trustee's notice to
the depositor or the seller, as the case may be, of the defect, repurchase from
the trustee the related primary asset or any property acquired in respect of the
asset. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
repurchase shall be effected at a price equal to the sum of:
o the lesser of
o the principal balance of the primary asset, and
o the trust fund's federal income tax basis in the primary
asset;
plus
o accrued and unpaid interest to the date of the next scheduled
payment on the primary asset at the rate set forth in the related
agreement.
However, the purchase price shall not be limited to the trust fund's federal
income tax basis in the asset, if the repurchase at a price equal to the
principal balance of the repurchased primary asset will not result in any
prohibited transaction tax under Section 860F(a) of the Code.
If provided in the related prospectus supplement, the depositor or
seller, as the case may be, may, rather than repurchase the primary asset as
described above, remove the non-conforming primary asset from the trust fund and
substitute in its place one or more other
55
qualifying substitute primary assets. If no REMIC election is made with respect
to the trust fund, the substitution must be effected within 120 days of the date
of initial issuance of the securities. If a REMIC election is made with respect
to the trust fund the trustee must have received after a specified time period a
satisfactory opinion of counsel that the substitution will not cause the trust
fund to lose its status as a REMIC or otherwise subject the trust fund to a
prohibited transaction tax.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, any
qualifying substitute primary asset will, on the date of substitution, meet the
following criteria:
o it has a principal balance, after deduction of all scheduled
payments due in the month of substitution, not in excess of the
principal balance of the deleted primary asset (the amount of any
shortfall to be deposited to the collection account in the month of
substitution for distribution to holders),
o it has an interest rate not less than (and not more than 2% greater
than) the interest rate of the deleted primary asset,
o it has a remaining term-to-stated maturity not greater than (and
not more than two years less than) that of the deleted primary
asset; and
o it complies with all of the representations and warranties set
forth in the applicable agreement as of the date of substitution.
Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, the
above-described cure, repurchase or substitution obligations constitute the sole
remedies available to the holders or the trustee for a material defect in the
documentation for a primary asset.
The depositor or another entity will make representations and
warranties with respect to primary assets for each series. If the depositor or
the other entity cannot cure a breach of any such representations and warranties
in all material respects within the time period specified in the related
prospectus supplement after notification by the trustee of such breach, and if
the breach is of a nature that materially and adversely affects the value of the
primary asset, the depositor or the other entity will be obligated to repurchase
the affected primary asset or, if provided in the prospectus supplement, provide
a qualifying substitute primary asset, subject to the same conditions and
limitations on purchases and substitutions as described above.
The depositor's only source of funds to effect any cure, repurchase or
substitution will be through the enforcement of the corresponding obligations,
if any, of the responsible originator or seller of the non-conforming primary
assets. See "Risk Factors--Only the assets of the related trust fund are
available to pay your certificates" in this prospectus.
No holder of securities of a series, solely by virtue of the holder's
status as a holder, will have any right under the applicable agreement to
institute any proceeding with respect to agreement, unless holder previously has
given to the trustee for the series written notice of default and unless the
holders of securities evidencing not less than 51% of the aggregate voting
rights of the securities of the series have made written request upon the
trustee to institute the
56
proceeding in its own name as trustee thereunder and have offered to the trustee
reasonable indemnity, and the trustee for 60 days has neglected or refused to
institute the proceeding.
REPORTS TO HOLDERS
The applicable trustee or other entity specified in the related
prospectus supplement will prepare and forward to each holder on each
distribution date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, a statement setting
forth, to the extent applicable to any series, among other things:
o the amount of principal distributed to holders of the related
securities and the outstanding principal balance of the securities
following the distribution;
o the amount of interest distributed to holders of the related
securities and the current interest on the securities;
o the amount of any overdue accrued interest included in such
distribution, any remaining overdue accrued interest with respect
to the securities, or any current shortfall in amounts to be
distributed as accrued interest to holders of the securities;
o the amount of any overdue payments of scheduled principal included
in the distribution, any remaining overdue principal amounts with
respect to the securities, any current shortfall in receipt of
scheduled principal payments on the related primary assets, or any
realized losses or Liquidation Proceeds to be allocated as
reductions in the outstanding principal balances of the securities;
o the amount received under any related credit enhancement, and the
remaining amount available under the credit enhancement;
o the amount of any delinquencies with respect to payments on the
related primary assets;
o the book value of any REO property acquired by the related trust
fund; and
o other information specified in the related agreement.
In addition, within a reasonable period of time after the end of each
calendar year, the applicable trustee, unless otherwise specified in the related
prospectus supplement, will furnish to each holder of record at any time during
the calendar year:
o the total of the amounts reported pursuant to clauses under the
first and second bullets above and under the last clause of the
fourth bullet above for the calendar year, and
o the information specified in the related agreement to enable
holders to prepare their tax returns including, without limitation,
the amount of any original issue discount accrued on the
securities.
57
Information in the distribution date statements and annual statements
provided to the holders will not have been examined and reported upon by an
independent public accountant. However, the servicer will provide to the trustee
a report by independent public accountants with respect to its servicing of the
loans. See "Servicing of Loans--Evidence as to Compliance" in this prospectus.
If so specified in the prospectus supplement, the related series of
securities (or one or more classes of the series) will be issued in book-entry
form. In that event, owners of beneficial interests in those securities will not
be considered holders and will not receive such reports directly from the
trustee. The trustee will forward reports only to the entity or its nominee that
is the registered holder of the global certificate that evidences the book-entry
securities. Beneficial owners will receive reports from the participants and
indirect participants of the applicable book-entry system in accordance with the
policies and procedures of the participants and indirect participants.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Servicing Agreement. Unless otherwise
specified in the related prospectus supplement, "events of default" under the
pooling and servicing agreement for each series of certificates include:
o any failure by the servicer to deposit amounts in the collection
account and distribution account(s) to enable the trustee to
distribute to holders of securities of the series any required
payment, provided that this failure continues unremedied for the
number of days specified in the related prospectus supplement after
the giving of written notice to the servicer by the trustee, or to
the servicer and the trustee by holders having not less than 25% of
the total voting rights of the series;
o any failure by the servicer duly to observe or perform in any
material respect any other of its covenants or agreements in the
agreement provided that this failure continues unremedied for the
number of days specified in the related prospectus supplement after
the giving of written to the servicer by the trustee, or to the
servicer and the trustee by the holders having not less than 25% of
the total voting rights of the of the series; and
o certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of
assets and liabilities or similar proceedings and certain actions
by the servicer indicating its insolvency, reorganization or
inability to pay its obligations.
So long as an event of default remains unremedied under the applicable
agreement for a series of securities relating to the servicing of loans, unless
otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the trustee or holders
of securities of the series having not less than 51% of the total voting rights
of the series may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the servicer as
servicer under the applicable agreement (other than its right to recovery of
other expenses and amounts advanced pursuant to the terms of the agreement,
which rights the servicer will retain under all circumstances), whereupon the
trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the
servicer under the agreement and will be entitled to reasonable
58
servicing compensation not to exceed the applicable servicing fee, together with
other servicing compensation in the form of assumption fees, late payment
charges or otherwise as provided in the agreement.
In the event that the trustee is unwilling or unable so to act, it may
select (or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint) a finance
institution, bank or loan servicing institution with a net worth specified in
the related prospectus supplement to act as successor servicer under the
provisions of the agreement. The successor servicer would be entitled to
reasonable servicing compensation in an amount not to exceed the servicing fee
as set forth in the related prospectus supplement, together with other servicing
compensation in the form of assumption fees, late payment charges or otherwise,
as provided in the agreement.
During the continuance of any event of default of a servicer under an
agreement for a series of securities, the trustee will have the right to take
action to enforce its rights and remedies and to protect and enforce the rights
and remedies of the holders of securities of the series, and, unless otherwise
specified in the related prospectus supplement, holders of securities having not
less than 51% of the total voting rights of the series may direct the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the trustee. However,
the trustee will not be under any obligation to pursue any such remedy or to
exercise any of such trusts or powers unless the holders have offered the
trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the cost, expenses and
liabilities that may be incurred by the trustee as a result. The trustee may
decline to follow any such direction if it determines that the action or
proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or would involve it in personal
liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the non-assenting holders.
Indenture. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus
supplement, "events of default" under the indenture for each series of notes
include:
o a default for thirty (30) days or more in the payment of any
principal of or interest on any note of the series;
o failure to perform any other covenant of the depositor or the trust
fund in the indenture, provided that the failure continues for a
period of sixty (60) days after notice is given in accordance with
the procedures described in the related prospectus supplement;
o any representation or warranty made by the depositor or the trust
fund in the indenture or in any certificate or other writing
delivered pursuant to it or in connection with it with respect to
or affecting such series having been incorrect in a material
respect as of the time made, provided that the breach is not cured
within sixty (60) days after notice is given in accordance with the
procedures described in the related prospectus supplement;
o certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or
liquidation of the depositor or the trust fund; and
o any other event of default specified with respect to notes of that
series.
59
If an event of default with respect to the then-outstanding notes of
any series occurs and is continuing, either the indenture trustee or the holders
of a majority of the total amount of those notes may declare the principal
amount of all the notes of the series (or, if the notes of that series are zero
coupon securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in
the related prospectus supplement) to be due and payable immediately. Under
certain circumstances of this type the declaration may be rescinded and annulled
by the holders of a majority of the total amount of those notes.
If, following an event of default with respect to any series of notes,
the related notes have been declared to be due and payable, the indenture
trustee may, in its discretion, and notwithstanding such acceleration, elect to
maintain possession of the collateral securing the notes and to continue to
apply distributions on the collateral as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration, provided that the collateral continues to provide sufficient funds
for the payment of principal of and interest on the notes as they would have
become due if there had not been a declaration. In addition, the indenture
trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the collateral securing the notes of
a series following an event of default (other than a default in the payment of
any principal of or interest on any note of the series for thirty (30) days or
more), unless:
o the holders of 100% of the total amount of the then-outstanding
notes of the series consent to the sale; or
o the proceeds of the sale or liquidation are sufficient to pay in
full the principal of and accrued interest due and unpaid on the
outstanding notes of the series at the date of sale; or
o the indenture trustee determines that the collateral would not be
sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on the notes as
such payments would have become due if the notes had not been
declared due and payable, and the indenture trustee obtains the
consent of the holders of 66 2/3% of the total amount of the
then-outstanding notes of the series.
In the event that the indenture trustee liquidates the collateral in
connection with an event of default involving a default for thirty (30) days or
more in the payment of principal of or interest on the notes of a series, the
indenture provides that the indenture trustee will have a prior lien on the
proceeds of any liquidation for its unpaid fees and expenses. As a result, upon
the occurrence of an event of default of this type, the amount available for
distribution to the noteholders may be less than would otherwise be the case.
However, the indenture trustee may not institute a proceeding for the
enforcement of its lien except in connection with a proceeding for the
enforcement of the lien of the indenture for the benefit of the noteholders
after the occurrence of the event of default.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, in the
event that the principal of the notes of a series is declared due and payable as
described above, holders of the notes issued at a discount from par may be
entitled to receive no more than an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount
of those notes less the amount of the discount that remains unamortized.
60
Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of
the indenture trustee, in case an event of default shall occur and be continuing
with respect to a series of notes, the indenture trustee will be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the
request or direction of any of the holders of notes of the series, unless the
holders offer security or indemnity satisfactory to the indenture trustee
against the costs, expenses and liabilities it might incur in complying with
their request or direction. Subject to the provisions for indemnification and
certain limitations contained in the indenture, the holders of a majority of
amount of the then-outstanding notes of the series shall have the right to
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the indenture trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on
the indenture trustee with respect to those notes, and the holders of a majority
of the amount of the amount of the then- outstanding notes of the series may, in
certain cases, waive any default with respect to the notes, except a default in
the payment of principal or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or
provision of the indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent
of all affected holders of the outstanding notes.
THE TRUSTEES
The identity of the commercial bank, savings and loan association or
trust company named as the trustee or indenture trustee, as the case may be, for
each series of securities will be set forth in the related prospectus
supplement. Entities serving as trustee may have normal banking relationships
with the depositor or the servicer. In addition, for the purpose of meeting the
legal requirements of certain local jurisdictions, each trustee will have the
power to appoint co-trustees or separate trustees. In the event of an
appointment, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
upon the trustee by the related agreement will be conferred or imposed upon that
trustee and each separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction
in which the trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform certain
acts, singly upon the separate trustee or co-trustee who will exercise and
perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of
the trustee. The trustee may also appoint agents to perform any of its
responsibilities, which agents will have any or all of the rights, powers,
duties and obligations of the trustee conferred on them by their appointment;
provided, however, that the trustee will continue to be responsible for its
duties and obligations under the agreement.
DUTIES OF TRUSTEES
No trustee will make any representations as to the validity or
sufficiency of the related agreement, the securities or of any primary asset or
related documents. If no event of default (as defined in the related agreement)
has occurred, the applicable trustee will be required to perform only those
duties specifically required of it under the agreement. Upon receipt of the
various certificates, statements, reports or other instruments required to be
furnished to it, the trustee will be required to examine them to determine
whether they are in the form required by the related agreement. However, the
trustee will not be responsible for the accuracy or content of any documents
furnished to it by the holders or the servicer under the agreement.
Each trustee may be held liable for its own negligent action or failure
to act, or for its own misconduct; provided, however, that no trustee will be
personally liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be
taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction
61
of the related holders in an event of default. No trustee will be required to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties under the related agreement, or in the exercise
of any of its rights or powers, if it has reasonable grounds for believing that
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is
not reasonably assured to it.
RESIGNATION OF TRUSTEES
Each trustee may, upon written notice to the depositor, resign at any
time, in which event the depositor will be obligated to use its best efforts to
appoint a successor trustee. If no successor trustee has been appointed and has
accepted such appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
resignation, the resigning trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for appointment of a successor trustee. Each trustee may also be
removed at any time
o if the trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the
related agreement, or
o if the trustee becomes insolvent, or
o the holders of securities having more than over 50% of the total
voting rights of the securities in the trust fund give written
notice to the trustee and to the depositor.
Any resignation or removal of a trustee and appointment of a successor trustee
will not become effective until the successor trustee accepts its appointment.
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT
Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement, the Agreement
for each series of securities may be amended by the depositor, the servicer
(with respect to a series relating to loans), and the trustee, without notice to
or consent of the holders, for the following purposes:
o to cure any ambiguity,
o to correct any defective provisions or to correct or supplement any
provision in the agreement,
o to add to the duties of the depositor, the applicable trustee or
the servicer,
o to add any other provisions with respect to matters or questions
arising under the agreement or related credit enhancement,
o to add or amend any provisions of the agreement as required by any
rating agency named in the prospectus supplement in order to
maintain or improve the rating of the securities (it being
understood that none of the depositor, the seller, the servicer or
any trustee is obligated to maintain or improve the rating), or
o to comply with any requirements imposed by the Code.
62
In no event, however, shall any amendment (other than an amendment to comply
with Code requirements) adversely affect in any material respect the interests
of any holders of the series, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel delivered to
the trustee. Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement, an
amendment shall be deemed not to adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any holder if the trustee receives written confirmation from each
rating agency named in the prospectus supplement that the amendment will not
cause the rating agency to reduce its then-current rating.
Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement, each agreement
for a series may also be amended by the applicable trustee, the servicer, if
applicable, and the depositor with the consent of the holders possessing not
less than 66 2/3% of the total outstanding principal amount of the securities of
the series (or, if only certain classes are affected by the amendment, 66 2/3%
of the total outstanding principal amount of each affected class), for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of the agreement, or modifying in any manner the rights of
holders of the series. In no event, however, shall any amendment
o reduce the amount or delay the timing of payments on any security
without the consent of the holder of the security, or
o reduce the percentage of the total outstanding principal amount of
securities of each class, the holders of which are required to
consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the holders
of 100% of the total outstanding principal amount of each affected
class.
VOTING RIGHTS
The prospectus supplement will set forth the method of determining
allocation of voting rights with respect to the related series of securities.
LIST OF HOLDERS
Upon written request of three or more holders of record of a series for
purposes of communicating with other holders with respect to their rights under
the agreement (which request is accompanied by a copy of the communication such
holders propose to transmit), the trustee will afford them access during
business hours to the most recent list of holders of that series held by the
trustee.
No agreement will provide for the holding of any annual or other
meeting of holders.
BOOK-ENTRY SECURITIES
If specified in the related prospectus supplement for a series of
securities, the securities (or one or more of the securities) may be issued in
book-entry form. In that event, beneficial owners of those securities will not
be considered "Holders" under the agreements and may exercise the rights of
holders only indirectly through the participants in the applicable book-entry
system.
63
REMIC ADMINISTRATOR
For any series with respect to which a REMIC election is made,
preparation of certain reports and certain other administrative duties with
respect to the trust fund may be performed by a REMIC administrator, which may
be an affiliate of the depositor.
TERMINATION
Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Trust Agreement. The obligations
created by the pooling and servicing agreement or trust agreement for a series
will terminate upon the distribution to holders of all amounts distributable to
them under the agreement in the circumstances described in the related
prospectus supplement. See "Description of the Securities--Optional Redemption,
Purchase or Termination" in this prospectus.
Indenture. The indenture will be discharged with respect to a series of
notes (except with respect to certain continuing rights specified in the
indenture) upon the delivery to the indenture trustee for cancellation of all
the notes of that series or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the
indenture trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of the
notes of the series.
In addition to such discharge with certain limitations, if so specified
with respect to the notes of any series, the indenture will provide that the
related trust fund will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of
the notes of that series (except for certain obligations relating to temporary
notes and exchange of notes, registration of the transfer or exchange of those
notes, replacing stolen, lost or mutilated notes, maintaining paying agencies
and holding monies for payment in trust) upon the deposit with the indenture
trustee, in trust, of money and/or direct obligations of or obligations
guaranteed by the United States of America that, through the payment of interest
and principal in accordance with their terms, will provide money in an amount
sufficient to pay the principal of and each installment of interest on the notes
on the final scheduled distribution date for the notes and any installment of
interest on the notes in accordance with the terms of the indenture and the
notes. In the event of any such defeasance and discharge of notes of a series,
holders of notes of that series would be able to look only to such money and/or
direct obligations for payment of principal of and interest on, if any, their
notes until maturity.
MATERIAL LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS
The following discussion contains general summaries of material legal
matters mortgage loans, home improvement installment sales contracts and home
improvement installment loan agreements that are general in nature. Because the
legal matters are determined primarily by applicable state law and because state
laws may differ substantially, the summaries do not purport to be complete, to
reflect the laws of any particular state, or to encompass the laws of all states
in which the properties securing the loans may be situated.
64
MORTGAGES
The Residential Loans and Home Equity Loans for a series will, and the
Home Improvement Contracts for a series may, be secured by mortgages or deeds of
trust or deeds to secure debt, depending upon the prevailing practice in the
state in which the property subject to a mortgage loan is located. We refer to
Residential Loans, Home Equity Loans and Home Improvement Contracts that are
secured by mortgages as "mortgage loans." The filing of a mortgage, deed of
trust or deed to secure debt creates a lien or title interest upon the real
property covered by that instrument and represents the security for the
repayment of an obligation that is customarily evidenced by a promissory note.
It is not prior to the lien for real estate taxes and assessments or other
charges imposed under governmental police powers and may also be subject to
other liens pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which the mortgaged
property is located. Priority with respect to the instruments depends on their
terms, the knowledge of the parties to the mortgage and generally on the order
of recording with the applicable state, county or municipal office. There are
two parties to a mortgage: the mortgagor, who is the borrower/property owner or
the land trustee (as described below), and the mortgagee, who is the lender.
Under the mortgage instrument, the mortgagor delivers to the mortgagee a note or
bond and the mortgage. In the case of a land trust, there are three parties
because title to the property is held by a land trustee under a land trust
agreement of which the borrower/property owner is the beneficiary; at
origination of a mortgage loan, the borrower executes a separate undertaking to
make payments on the mortgage note. A deed of trust transaction normally has
three parties: the trustor, who is the borrower/property owner; the beneficiary,
who is the lender; and the trustee, a third-party grantee. Under a deed of
trust, the trustor grants the property, irrevocably until the debt is paid, in
trust, generally with a power of sale, to the trustee to secure payment of the
obligation. The mortgagee's authority under a mortgage and the trustee's
authority under a deed of trust are governed by the law of the state in which
the real property is located, the express provisions of the mortgage or deed of
trust, and, in some cases, in deed of trust transactions, the directions of the
beneficiary.
FORECLOSURE ON MORTGAGES
Foreclosure of a mortgage is generally accomplished by judicial action.
Generally, the action is initiated by the service of legal pleadings upon all
parties having an interest of record in the real property. Delays in completion
of the foreclosure occasionally may result from difficulties in locating
necessary parties defendant. When the mortgagee's right to foreclosure is
contested, the legal proceedings necessary to resolve the issue can be
time-consuming and expensive. After the completion of a judicial foreclosure
proceeding, the court may issue a judgment of foreclosure and appoint a receiver
or other officer to conduct the sale of the property. In some states, mortgages
may also be foreclosed by advertisement, pursuant to a power of sale provided in
the mortgage. Foreclosure of a mortgage by advertisement is essentially similar
to foreclosure of a deed of trust by nonjudicial power of sale.
Foreclosure of a deed of trust generally is accomplished by a
nonjudicial trustee's sale under a specific provision in the deed of trust that
authorizes the trustee to sell the property upon any default by the borrower
under the terms of the note or deed of trust. In certain states, foreclosure
also may be accomplished by judicial action in the manner provided for
foreclosure of mortgages. In some states, the trustee must record a notice of
default and send a copy to the
65
borrower-trustor and to any person who has recorded a request for a copy of a
notice of default and notice of sale. In addition, the trustee in some states
must provide notice to any other individual having an interest in the real
property, including any junior lienholders. If the deed of trust is not
reinstated within any applicable cure period, a notice of sale must be posted in
a public place and, in most states, published for a specified period of time in
one or more newspapers. In addition, some state laws require that a copy of the
notice of sale be posted on the property and sent to all parties having an
interest of record in the property. The trustor, borrower or any person having a
junior encumbrance on the real estate may, during a reinstatement period, cure
the default by paying the entire amount in arrears plus the costs and expenses
incurred in enforcing the obligation. Generally, state law controls the amount
of foreclosure expenses and costs, including attorney's fees, which may be
recovered by a lender.
An action to foreclose a mortgage is an action to recover the mortgage
debt by enforcing the mortgagee's rights under the mortgage. It is regulated by
statutes and rules and subject throughout to the court's equitable powers.
Generally, a mortgagor is bound by the terms of the related mortgage note and
the mortgage as made and cannot be relieved from his default if the mortgagee
has exercised its rights in a commercially reasonable manner. However, since a
foreclosure action historically was equitable in nature, the court may exercise
equitable powers to relieve a mortgagor of a default and deny the mortgagee
foreclosure on proof that either the mortgagor's default was neither willful nor
in bad faith or the mortgagee's action established a waiver, fraud, bad faith,
or oppressive or unconscionable conduct such as to warrant a court of equity to
refuse affirmative relief to the mortgagee. Under certain circumstances, a court
of equity may relieve the mortgagor from an entirely technical default where the
default was not willful.
A foreclosure action is subject to most of the delays and expenses of
other lawsuits if defenses or counterclaims are interposed, and sometimes
requires up to several years to complete. Moreover, a non-collusive, regularly
conducted foreclosure sale may be challenged as a fraudulent conveyance,
regardless of the parties' intent, if a court determines that the sale was for
less than fair consideration and the sale occurred while the mortgagor was
insolvent and within one year (or within the state statute of limitations if the
trustee in bankruptcy elects to proceed under state fraudulent conveyance law)
of the filing of bankruptcy. Similarly, a suit against the debtor on the related
mortgage note may take several years and, generally, is a remedy alternative to
foreclosure, the mortgagee being precluded from pursuing both at the same time.
In the case of foreclosure under either a mortgage or a deed of trust,
a public sale is conducted by the referee or other designated officer or by the
trustee. However, because of the difficulty potential third party purchasers at
the sale have in determining the exact status of title and because the physical
condition of the property may have deteriorated during the foreclosure
proceedings, it is uncommon for a third party to purchase the property at a
foreclosure sale. Rather, it is common for the lender to purchase the property
from the trustee or referee for an amount that may be equal to the unpaid
principal amount of the mortgage note secured by the mortgage or deed of trust
plus accrued and unpaid interest and the expenses of foreclosure, in which event
the mortgagor's debt will be extinguished. The lender may purchase the property
for a lesser amount in order to preserve its right against the borrower to seek
a deficiency judgment in states where such a judgment is available. Thereafter,
subject to the right of the
66
borrower in some states to remain in possession during the redemption period,
the lender will assume the burdens of ownership, including obtaining hazard
insurance, paying taxes and making such repairs at its own expense as are
necessary to render the property suitable for sale. The lender will commonly
obtain the services of a real estate broker and pay the broker's commission in
connection with the sale of the property. Depending upon market conditions, the
ultimate proceeds of the sale of the property may not equal the lender's
investment in the property. Any loss may be reduced by the receipt of any
mortgage guaranty insurance proceeds.
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS
Federal, state and local laws and regulations impose a wide range of
requirements on activities that may affect the environment, health and safety.
These include laws and regulations governing air pollutant emissions, hazardous
and toxic substances, impacts to wetlands, leaks from underground storage tanks
and the management, removal and disposal of lead- and asbestos-containing
materials. In certain circumstances, these laws and regulations impose
obligations on the owners or operators of residential properties such as those
subject to the loans. The failure to comply with these laws and regulations may
result in fines and penalties.
Moreover, under various federal, state and local laws and regulations,
an owner or operator of real estate may be liable for the costs of addressing
hazardous substances on, in or beneath such property and related costs.
Liability may be imposed without regard to whether the owner or operator knew
of, or was responsible for, the presence of hazardous substances, and could
exceed the value of the property and the aggregate assets of the owner or
operator. In addition, persons who transport or dispose of hazardous substances,
or arrange for the transportation, disposal or treatment of hazardous
substances, at off-site locations may also be held liable if there are releases
or threatened releases of hazardous substances at such off-site locations.
In addition, under the laws of some states and under the Federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA),
contamination of property may give rise to a lien on the property to assure the
payment of the costs of clean-up. In several states, such a lien has priority
over the lien of an existing mortgage against the property. Under CERCLA, the
clean-up lien is subordinate to pre-existing, perfected security interests.
Under the laws of some states, and under CERCLA, there is a possibility
that a lender may be held liable as an "owner or operator" for costs of
addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances at a
property, regardless of whether or not the environmental damage or threat was
caused by the current or prior owner or operator. CERCLA and some state laws
provide an exemption from the definition of "owner or operator" for a secured
creditor who, without "participating in the management" of a facility, holds
indicia of ownership primarily to protect its security interest in the facility.
The Solid Waste Disposal Act (SWDA) provides similar protection to secured
creditors in connection with liability for releases of petroleum from certain
underground storage tanks. However, if a lender "participates in the management"
of the facility in question or is found not to have held its interest primarily
to protect a security interest, the lender may forfeit its secured creditor
exemption status.
67
A regulation promulgated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) in April 1992 attempted to clarify the activities in which lenders could
engage both prior to and subsequent to foreclosure of a security interest
without forfeiting the secured creditor exemption under CERCLA. The rule was
struck down in 1994 by the United States Court of Appeals for the District of
Columbia Circuit in Kelley ex rel State of Michigan v. Environmental Protection
Agency, 15 F.3d 1100 (D.C. Cir. 1994), reh'g denied, 25 F.3d 1088, cert. denied
sub nom. Am. Bankers Ass'n v. Kelley, 115 S.Ct. 900 (1995). Another EPA
regulation promulgated in 1995 clarifies the activities in which lenders may
engage without forfeiting the secured creditor exemption under the underground
storage tank provisions of SWDA. That regulation has not been struck down.
On September 30, 1996, Congress enacted the Asset Conservation, Limited
Liability and Deposit Insurance Protection Act (ACA) which amended both CERCLA
and SWDA to provide additional clarification regarding the scope of the lender
liability exemptions under the two statutes. Among other things, ACA specifies
the circumstances under which a lender will be protected by the CERCLA and SWDA
exemptions, both while the borrower is still in possession of the secured
property and following foreclosure on the secured property.
Generally, ACA states that a lender who holds indicia of ownership
primarily to protect a security interest in a facility will be considered to
participate in management only if, while the borrower is still in possession of
the facility encumbered by the security interest, the lender
o exercises decision-making control over environmental compliance
related to the facility such that the lender has undertaken
responsibility for hazardous substance handling or disposal
practices related to the facility or
o exercises control at a level comparable to that of a manager of the
facility such that the lender has assumed or manifested
responsibility for (a) overall management of the facility
encompassing daily decision-making with respect to environmental
compliance or (b) overall or substantially all of the operational
functions (as distinguished from financial or administrative
functions) of the facility other than the function of environmental
compliance.
ACA also specifies certain activities that are not considered to be
"participation in management," including monitoring or enforcing the terms of
the extension of credit or security interest, inspecting the facility, and
requiring a lawful means of addressing the release or threatened release of a
hazardous substance.
ACA also specifies that a lender who did not participate in management
of a facility prior to foreclosure will not be considered an "owner or
operator," even if the lender forecloses on the facility and after foreclosure
sells or liquidates the facility, maintains business activities, winds up
operations, undertakes an appropriate response action, or takes any other
measure to preserve, protect, or prepare the facility prior to sale or
disposition, if the lender seeks to sell or otherwise divest the facility at the
earliest practicable, commercially reasonable time, on commercially reasonable
terms, taking into account market conditions and legal and regulatory
requirements.
68
ACA specifically addresses the potential liability of lenders who hold
mortgages or similar conventional security interests in real property, such as
the trust fund does in connection with the mortgage loans and the Home
Improvement Contracts.
If a lender is or becomes liable under CERCLA, it may be authorized to
bring a statutory action for contribution against any other "responsible
parties," including a previous owner or operator. However, these persons or
entities may be bankrupt or otherwise judgment proof, and the costs associated
with environmental cleanup and related actions may be substantial. Moreover,
some state laws imposing liability for addressing hazardous substances do not
contain exemptions from liability for lenders. Whether the costs of addressing a
release or threatened release at a property pledged as collateral for one of the
loans would be imposed on the related trust fund, and thus occasion a loss to
the holders, therefore depends on the specific factual and legal circumstances
at issue.
RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION
In some states, after sale pursuant to a deed of trust or foreclosure
of a mortgage, the trustor or mortgagor and foreclosed junior lienors are given
a statutory period in which to redeem the property from the foreclosure sale.
The right of redemption should be distinguished from the equity of redemption,
which is a non-statutory right that must be exercised prior to the foreclosure
sale. In some states, redemption may occur only upon payment of the entire
principal balance of the loan, accrued interest and expenses of foreclosure. In
other states, redemption may be authorized if the former borrower pays only a
portion of the sums due. The effect of a statutory right of redemption is to
diminish the ability of the lender to sell the foreclosed property. The exercise
of a right of redemption would defeat the title of any purchaser at a
foreclosure sale, or of any purchaser from the lender subsequent to foreclosure
or sale under a deed of trust. Consequently, the practical effect of a right of
redemption is to force the lender to retain the property and pay the expenses of
ownership until the redemption period has run. In some states, there is no right
to redeem property after a trustee's sale under a deed of trust.
JUNIOR MORTGAGES; RIGHTS OF SENIOR MORTGAGES
The mortgage loans comprising or underlying the primary assets included
in the trust fund for a series will be secured by mortgages or deeds of trust,
which may be second or more junior mortgages to other mortgages held by other
lenders or institutional investors. The rights of the related trust fund (and
therefore of the security holders), as mortgagee under a junior mortgage, are
subordinate to those of the mortgagee under the senior mortgage, including the
prior rights of the senior mortgagee to receive hazard insurance and
condemnation proceeds and to cause the property securing the mortgage loan to be
sold upon default of the mortgagor, thereby extinguishing the junior mortgagee's
lien unless the junior mortgagee asserts its subordinate interest in the
property in foreclosure litigation and, possibly, satisfies the defaulted senior
mortgage. A junior mortgagee may satisfy a defaulted senior loan in full and, in
some states, may cure the default and bring the senior loan current, in either
event adding the amounts expended to the balance due on the junior loan. In most
states, absent a provision in the mortgage or deed of trust, no notice of
default is required to be given to a junior mortgagee.
69
The standard form of the mortgage used by most institutional lenders
confers on the mortgagee the right both to receive all proceeds collected under
any hazard insurance policy and all awards made in connection with condemnation
proceedings, and to apply the proceeds and awards to any indebtedness secured by
the mortgage, in such order as the mortgagee may determine. Thus, in the event
improvements on the property are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty,
or in the event the property is taken by condemnation, the mortgagee or
beneficiary under underlying senior mortgages will have the prior right to
collect any insurance proceeds payable under a hazard insurance policy and any
award of damages in connection with the condemnation and to apply the same to
the indebtedness secured by the senior mortgages. Proceeds in excess of the
amount of senior mortgage indebtedness, in most cases, may be applied to the
indebtedness of a junior mortgage.
Another provision sometimes found in the form of the mortgage or deed
of trust used by institutional lenders obligates the mortgagor to pay before
delinquency all taxes and assessments on the property and, when due, all
encumbrances, charges and liens on the property that appear prior to the
mortgage or deed of trust, to provide and maintain fire insurance on the
property, to maintain and repair the property and not to commit or permit any
waste thereof, and to appear in and defend any action or proceeding purporting
to affect the property or the rights of the mortgagee under the mortgage. Upon a
failure of the mortgagor to perform any of these obligations, the mortgagee is
given the right under certain mortgages to perform the obligation itself, at its
election, with the mortgagor agreeing to reimburse the mortgagee for any sums
expended by the mortgagee on behalf of the mortgagor. All sums so expended by
the mortgagee become part of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage.
ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON LENDERS
Certain states have imposed statutory prohibitions that limit the
remedies of a beneficiary under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under a mortgage.
In some states, statutes limit the right of the beneficiary or mortgagee to
obtain a deficiency judgment against the borrower following foreclosure or sale
under a deed of trust. A deficiency judgment is a personal judgment against the
former borrower equal in most cases to the difference between the net amount
realized upon the public sale of the real property and the amount due to the
lender. Other statutes require the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust the
security afforded under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an attempt
to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against the borrower.
In other states, the lender has the option of bringing a personal action against
the borrower on the debt without first exhausting the security. However, in some
of these states, the lender, following judgment on the personal action, may be
deemed to have elected a remedy and may be precluded from exercising remedies
with respect to the security. Consequently, the practical effect of the election
requirement, when applicable, is that lenders will usually proceed first against
the security rather than bringing a personal action against the borrower.
Finally, other statutory provisions limit any deficiency judgment against the
former borrower following a foreclosure sale to the excess of the outstanding
debt over the fair market value of the property at the time of the public sale.
The purpose of these statutes is generally to prevent a beneficiary or a
mortgagee from obtaining a large deficiency judgment against the former borrower
as a result of low or no bids at the foreclosure sale.
70
In addition to laws limiting or prohibiting deficiency judgments,
numerous other statutory provisions, including the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the
Soldiers' and Sailors' Relief Act of 1940 and state laws affording relief to
debtors, may interfere with or affect the ability of the secured lender to
realize upon collateral and/or enforce a deficiency judgment. For example, with
respect to Federal Bankruptcy Code, the filing of a petition acts as a stay
against the enforcement of remedies for collection of a debt. Moreover, a court
with federal bankruptcy jurisdiction may permit a debtor through a
rehabilitation plan under chapter 13 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code to cure a
monetary default with respect to a loan on his residence by paying arrearages
within a reasonable time period and reinstating the original loan payment
schedule even though the lender accelerated the loan and the lender has taken
all steps to realize upon its security (provided no sale of the property has yet
occurred) prior to the filing of the debtor's chapter 13 petition. Some courts
with federal bankruptcy jurisdiction have approved plans, based on the
particular facts of the reorganization case, that effected the curing of a loan
default by permitting the obligor to pay arrearages over a number of years.
Courts with federal bankruptcy jurisdiction have also indicated that
the terms of a mortgage loan may be modified if the borrower has filed a
petition under chapter 13. These courts have suggested that such modifications
may include reducing the amount of each monthly payment, changing the rate of
interest, altering the repayment schedule and reducing the lender's security
interest to the value of the residence, thus leaving the lender a general
unsecured creditor for the difference between the value of the residence and the
outstanding balance of the loan. Federal bankruptcy law and limited case law
indicate that the foregoing modifications could not be applied to the terms of a
loan secured by property that is the principal residence of the debtor. In all
cases, the secured creditor is entitled to the value of its security plus
post-petition interest, attorney's fees and costs to the extent the value of the
security exceeds the debt.
In a chapter 11 case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the lender is
precluded from foreclosing without authorization from the bankruptcy court. The
lender's lien may be transferred to other collateral and/or be limited in amount
to the value of the lender's interest in the collateral as of the date of the
bankruptcy. The loan term may be extended, the interest rate may be adjusted to
market rates and the priority of the loan may be subordinated to bankruptcy
court-approved financing. The bankruptcy court can, in effect, invalidate
due-on-sale clauses through confirmed Chapter 11 plans of reorganization.
The Federal Bankruptcy Code provides priority to certain tax liens over
the lender's security. This may delay or interfere with the enforcement of
rights in respect of a defaulted mortgage loan. In addition, substantive
requirements are imposed upon lenders in connection with the origination and the
servicing of mortgage loans by numerous federal and some state consumer
protection laws. The laws include the federal Truth in Lending Act, Real Estate
Settlement Procedures Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Billing
Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act and related statutes and regulations. These
federal laws impose specific statutory liabilities upon lenders that originate
loans and that fail to comply with the provisions of the law. In some cases,
this liability may affect assignees of the loans.
71
DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES IN MORTGAGE LOANS
Due-on-sale clauses permit the lender to accelerate the maturity of the
loan if the borrower sells or transfers, whether voluntarily or involuntarily,
all or part of the real property securing the loan without the lender's prior
written consent. The enforceability of these clauses has been the subject of
legislation or litigation in many states, and in some cases, typically involving
single family residential mortgage transactions, their enforceability has been
limited or denied. In any event, the Garn-St. Germain Depository Institutions
Act of 1982 preempts state constitutional, statutory and case law that prohibits
the enforcement of due-on-sale clauses and permits lenders to enforce these
clauses in accordance with their terms, subject to certain exceptions. As a
result, due-on-sale clauses have become generally enforceable except in those
states whose legislatures exercised their authority to regulate the
enforceability of such clauses with respect to mortgage loans that were (i)
originated or assumed during the "window period" under the Garn-St. Germain Act,
which ended in all cases not later than October 15, 1982, and (ii) originated by
lenders other than national banks, federal savings institutions and federal
credit unions. Freddie Mac has taken the position in its published mortgage
servicing standards that, out of a total of eleven "window period states," five
states (Arizona, Michigan, Minnesota, New Mexico and Utah) have enacted statutes
extending, on various terms and for varying periods, the prohibition on
enforcement of due-on-sale clauses with respect to certain categories of window
period loans. Also, the Garn-St. Germain Act does "encourage" lenders to permit
assumption of loans at the original rate of interest or at some other rate less
than the average of the original rate and the market rate.
In addition, under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, due-on-sale clauses may
not be enforceable in bankruptcy proceedings and may, under certain
circumstances, be eliminated in any modified mortgage resulting from bankruptcy
proceedings.
ENFORCEABILITY OF PREPAYMENT AND LATE PAYMENT FEES
Forms of notes, mortgages and deeds of trust used by lenders may
contain provisions obligating the borrower to pay a late charge if payments are
not timely made, and in some circumstances may provide for prepayment fees or
penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity. In certain states, there
are or may be specific limitations upon the late charges a lender may collect
from a borrower for delinquent payments. Certain states also limit the amounts
that a lender may collect from a borrower as an additional charge if the loan is
prepaid. Late charges and prepayment fees are typically retained by servicers as
additional servicing compensation.
EQUITABLE LIMITATIONS ON REMEDIES
In connection with lenders' attempts to realize upon their security,
courts have invoked general equitable principles. The equitable principles are
generally designed to relieve the borrower from the legal effect of his default
under the loan documents. Examples of judicial remedies that have been fashioned
include judicial requirements that the lender undertake affirmative and
expensive actions to determine the causes of the borrower's default and the
likelihood that the borrower will be able to reinstate the loan. In some cases,
courts have substituted their judgment for the lender's judgment and have
required that lenders reinstate loans or recast payment schedules in order to
accommodate borrowers who are suffering from
72
temporary financial disability. In other cases, courts have limited the right of
a lender to realize upon its security if the default under the security
agreement is not monetary, such as the borrower's failure to adequately maintain
the property or the borrower's execution of secondary financing affecting the
property. Finally, some courts have been faced with the issue of whether or not
federal or state constitutional provisions reflecting due process concerns for
adequate notice require that borrowers under security agreements receive notices
in addition to the statutorily-prescribed minimums. For the most part, these
cases have upheld the notice provisions as being reasonable or have found that,
in cases involving the sale by a trustee under a deed of trust or by a mortgagee
under a mortgage having a power of sale, there is insufficient state action to
afford constitutional protections to the borrower.
Most conventional single-family mortgage loans may be prepaid in full
or in part without penalty. The regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision
prohibit the imposition of a prepayment penalty or equivalent fee for or in
connection with the acceleration of a loan by exercise of a due-on-sale clause.
A mortgagee to whom a prepayment in full has been tendered may be compelled to
give either a release of the mortgage or an instrument assigning the existing
mortgage. The absence of a restraint on prepayment, particularly with respect to
mortgage loans having higher mortgage rates, may increase the likelihood of
refinancing or other early retirements of such mortgage loans.
APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS
Title V of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary
Control Act of 1980 provides that state usury limitations shall not apply to
certain types of residential first mortgage loans originated by certain lenders
after March 31, 1980. Similar federal statutes were in effect with respect to
mortgage loans made during the first three months of 1980. The Office of Thrift
Supervision, as successor to the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, is authorized to
issue rules and regulations and to publish interpretations governing
implementation of Title V.
Title V authorizes any state to reimpose interest rate limits by
adopting a state law before April 1, 1983 or by certifying that the voters of
such state have voted in favor of any provision, constitutional or otherwise,
which expressly rejects an application of the federal law. Fifteen states
adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition, even where
Title V is not rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a provision
limiting discount points or other charges on mortgage loans covered by Title V.
THE HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS AND THE MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONTRACTS
General
The Home Improvement Contracts and Manufactured Housing Contracts,
other than those that are unsecured or secured by mortgages on real estate,
generally are "chattel paper" or constitute "purchase money security interests,"
each as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) in effect in the applicable
jurisdiction. Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a
manner similar to perfection of a security interest in chattel paper. Under the
related agreement, the depositor will transfer physical possession of the
contracts to the trustee or a custodian or may retain possession of the
contracts as custodian for the trustee. In addition, the
73
depositor will make an appropriate filing of a UCC-1 financing statement in the
appropriate states to give notice of the trustee's ownership of the contracts.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the contracts
will not be stamped or otherwise marked to reflect their assignment from the
depositor to the trustee. Therefore, if through negligence, fraud or otherwise,
a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of the contracts
without notice of such assignment, the trustee's interest in the contracts could
be defeated.
Security Interests in Home Improvements
A Home Improvement Contract that is secured by the related home
improvements grants to the originator of the contract a purchase money security
interest in the related home improvements to secure all or part of the purchase
price of the home improvements and related services. A financing statement
generally is not required to be filed to perfect a purchase money security
interest in consumer goods. Purchase money security interests of this type are
assignable. In general, a purchase money security interest grants to the holder
a security interest that has priority over a conflicting security interest in
the same collateral and the proceeds of the collateral. However, to the extent
that the collateral subject to a purchase money security interest becomes a
fixture, in order for the related purchase money security interest to take
priority over a conflicting interest in the fixture, the holder's interest in
the home improvement must generally be perfected by a timely fixture filing. In
general, under the UCC, a security interest does not exist under the UCC in
ordinary building material incorporated into an improvement on land. Home
Improvement Contracts that finance lumber, bricks, other types of ordinary
building material or other goods that are deemed to lose their characterization,
upon incorporation of the materials into the related property, will not be
secured by a purchase money security interest in the home improvement being
financed.
Enforcement of Security Interest in Home Improvements
So long as the home improvement has not become subject to real estate
law, a creditor can repossess a home improvement securing a Home Improvement
Contract by voluntary surrender, by "self-help" repossession that is "peaceful"
(i.e., without breach of the peace) or, in the absence of voluntary surrender
and the ability to repossess without breach of the peace, by judicial process.
The holder of a Home Improvement Contract must give the debtor a number of days'
notice, which varies from ten to 30 days depending on the state, prior to
commencement of any repossession. The UCC and consumer protection laws in most
states place restrictions on repossession sales, including requiring prior
notice to the debtor and commercial reasonableness in effecting the sale. The
law in most states also requires that the debtor be given notice of any sale
prior to resale of the unit that the debtor may redeem it at or before resale.
Under the laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession
and resale of the property securing the debtor's loan. However, some states
impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments, and in many cases
the defaulting borrower will have no assets from which to pay a judgment.
74
Certain other statutory provisions, including federal and state
bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or
delay the ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a
deficiency judgment.
Security Interests in the Manufactured Homes
The manufactured homes securing the Manufactured Housing Contracts may
be located in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Security interests in
manufactured homes may be perfected either by notation of the secured party's
lien on the certificate of title or by delivery of the required documents and
payment of a fee to the state motor vehicle authority, depending on state law.
The security interests of the trustee in the manufactured homes will not be
noted on the certificates of title or by delivery of the required documents and
payment of fees to the applicable state motor vehicle authorities unless the
related prospectus supplement so requires. With respect to each transaction, a
decision will be made as to whether or not the security interests of the trustee
in the manufactured homes will be noted on the certificates of title and the
required documents and fees will be delivered to the applicable state motor
vehicle authorities based upon, among other things, the practices and procedures
of the related originator and servicer and after consultation with the
applicable rating agency or rating agencies. In some nontitle states, perfection
pursuant to the provisions of the UCC is required. As manufactured homes have
become large and often have been attached to their sites without any apparent
intention to move them, courts in many states have held that manufactured homes,
under particular circumstances, may become governed by real estate title and
recording laws. As a result, a security interest in a manufactured home could be
rendered subordinate to the interests of other parties claiming an interest in
the manufactured home under applicable state real estate law. In order to
perfect a security interest in a manufactured home under real estate laws, the
secured party must file either a "fixture filing" under the provisions of the
UCC or a real estate mortgage under the real estate laws of the state where the
home is located. These filings must be made in the real estate records office of
the county where the manufactured home is located. If so specified in the
related prospectus supplement, the Manufactured Housing Contracts may contain
provisions prohibiting the borrower from permanently attaching the manufactured
home to its site. So long as the borrower does not violate this agreement, a
security interest in the manufactured home will be governed by the certificate
of title laws or the UCC, and the notation of the security interest on the
certificate of title or the filing of a UCC financing statement will be
effective to maintain the priority of the security interest in the manufactured
home. If, however, a manufactured home is permanently attached to its site, the
related lender may be required to perfect a security interest in the
manufactured home under applicable real estate laws.
In the event that the owner of a manufactured home moves it to a state
other than the state in which the manufactured home initially is registered,
under the laws of most states the perfected security interest in the
manufactured home would continue for four months after relocation and, after
expiration of the four months, only if and after the owner re-registers the
manufactured home in the new state. If the owner were to relocate a manufactured
home to another state and not re-register a security interest in that state, the
security interest in the manufactured home would cease to be perfected. A
majority of states generally require surrender of a certificate of title to
re-register a manufactured home. Accordingly, the secured party must surrender
possession if it holds the certificate of title to the manufactured home or, in
the case of manufactured homes registered in states which provide for notation
of lien on the
75
certificate of title, notice of surrender would be given to the secured party
noted on the certificate of title. In states which do not require a certificate
of title for registration of a manufactured home, re-registration could defeat
perfection.
Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on a
manufactured home and liens for personal property taxes take priority over a
perfected security interest in the manufactured home.
Consumer Protection Laws
The so-called "Holder-in-Due-Course" rule of the Federal Trade
Commission is intended to defeat the ability of the transferor of a consumer
credit contract that is the seller of goods that gave rise to the transaction
(and certain related lenders and assignees) to transfer the contract free of
notice of claims by the related debtor. The effect of this rule is to subject
the assignee of the contract to all claims and defenses the debtor could assert
against the seller of goods. Liability under this rule is limited to amounts
paid under a contract; however, the obligor also may be able to assert the rule
to set off remaining amounts due as a defense against a claim brought by the
trustee against such obligor. Numerous other federal and state consumer
protection laws impose requirements applicable to the origination and lending
pursuant to the contracts, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Federal Trade
Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the
Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these laws, the failure to
comply with their provisions may affect the enforceability of the related
contract.
Applicability of Usury Laws
Title V of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary
Control Act of 1980 provides that, subject to the following conditions, state
usury limitations shall not apply to any contract that is secured by a first
lien on certain kinds of consumer goods. The Home Improvement Contracts or
Manufactured Housing Contracts would be covered if they satisfy certain
conditions, among other things, governing the terms of any prepayments, late
charges and deferral fees and requiring a 30-day notice period prior to
instituting any action leading to repossession of the related unit.
Title V authorized any state to reimpose limitations on interest rates
and finance charges by adopting before April 1, 1983 a law or constitutional
provision that expressly rejects application of the federal law. Fifteen states
adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition, even where
Title V was not rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on loans covered by Title V.
INSTALLMENT SALES CONTRACTS
The loans may also consist of installment sales contracts. Under an
installment sales contract the seller/lender retains legal title to the property
and enters into an agreement with the purchaser/borrower for the payment of the
purchase price, plus interest, over the term of the contract. Only after full
performance by the purchaser/borrower of the contract is the seller/lender
obligated to convey title to the property to the borrower. As with mortgage or
deed of trust financing, during the effective period of the installment sales
contract, the borrower is
76
generally responsible for maintaining the property in good condition and for
paying real estate taxes, assessments and hazard insurance policy premiums
associated with the property.
The method of enforcing the rights of the seller/lender under an
installment sales contract varies on a state-by-state basis depending upon the
extent to which state courts are willing, or able pursuant to state statute, to
enforce the contract strictly according to the terms. The terms of installment
sales contracts generally provide that upon a default by the borrower, the
borrower loses his right to occupy the property, the entire indebtedness is
accelerated, and the borrower's equitable interest in the property is forfeited.
The seller/lender in such a situation does not have to foreclose in order to
obtain title to the property, although in some cases a quiet title action is in
order if the borrower has filed the installment sales contract in local land
records and an ejectment action may be necessary to recover possession. In a few
states, particularly in cases of borrower default during the early years of an
installment sales contract, the courts will permit ejectment of the buyer and a
forfeiture of his interest in the property. However, most state legislatures
have enacted provisions by analogy to mortgage law protecting borrowers under
installment sales contracts from the harsh consequences of forfeiture. Under
these statutes, a judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure may be required, the
lender may be required to give notice of default and the borrower may be granted
some grace period during which the installment sales contract may be reinstated
upon full payment of the default amount and the borrower may have a
post-foreclosure statutory redemption right. In other states, courts in equity
may permit a borrower with significant investment in the property under an
installment sales contract for the sale of real estate to share in the proceeds
of sale of the property after the indebtedness is repaid or may otherwise refuse
to enforce the forfeiture clause. Nevertheless, generally speaking, the lender's
procedures for obtaining possession and clear title under an installment sales
contract in a given state are simpler and less time-consuming and costly than
are the procedures for foreclosing and obtaining clear title to a property
subject to one or more liens.
SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT OF 1940
Under the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, members of
all branches of the military on active duty, including draftees and reservists
in military service,
o are entitled to have their interest rates reduced and capped at 6%
per year, on obligations (including loans) incurred prior to the
commencement of military service for the duration of military
service, and
o may be entitled to a stay of proceedings on any kind of foreclosure
or repossession action in the case of defaults on such obligations
entered into prior to military service for the duration of military
service, and
o may have the maturity of their obligations incurred prior to
military service extended, the payments lowered and the payment
schedule readjusted for a period of time after the completion of
military service.
However, these benefits are subject to challenge by creditors and if, in the
opinion of the court, the ability of a person to comply with his obligations is
not materially impaired by military service, the court may apply equitable
principles accordingly.
77
If a borrower's obligation to repay amounts otherwise due on a loan included in
a trust fund for a series is relieved pursuant to the Relief Act, none of the
trust fund, the servicer, the depositor or the trustee will be required to
advance such amounts, and any related loss may reduce the amounts available to
be paid to the holders of the related securities. Unless otherwise specified in
the related prospectus supplement, any shortfalls in interest collections on
loans (or underlying loans), included in a trust fund for a series resulting
from application of the Relief Act will be allocated to each class of securities
of the series that is entitled to receive interest in respect of the loans (or
underlying loans) in proportion to the interest that each class of securities
would have otherwise been entitled to receive in respect of the loans (or
underlying loans) had the interest shortfall not occurred.
THE DEPOSITOR
The depositor, Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., was
incorporated in the state of Delaware in June 1995, and is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of The Bear Stearns Companies Inc. The depositor's principal
executive offices are located at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179.
Its telephone number is (212) 272-2000.
The depositor will not engage in any activities other than to
authorize, issue, sell, deliver, purchase and invest in (and enter into
agreements in connection with), and/or to engage in the establishment of one or
more trusts, which will issue and sell, bonds, notes, debt or equity securities,
obligations and other securities and instruments. The depositor securities must
be collateralized or otherwise secured or backed by, or otherwise represent an
interest in, among other things, receivables or pass-through certificates or
participations or certificates of participation or beneficial ownership in one
or more pools of receivables, and the proceeds of the foregoing, that arise in
connection with loans secured by senior or junior mortgages on real estate or
manufactured housing and any and all other commercial transactions and
commercial, sovereign, student or consumer loans or indebtedness. The depositor
may purchase, acquire, own, hold, transfer, convey, service, sell, pledge,
assign, finance and otherwise deal with such receivables, pass-through
certificates, or participations or certificates of participation or beneficial
ownership. Article Third of the depositor's Certificate of Incorporation limits
the depositor's activities to the above activities and certain related
activities, such as credit enhancement with respect to depositor securities, and
to any activities incidental to and necessary or convenient for the
accomplishment of those purposes.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The depositor will apply all or substantially all of the net proceeds
from the sale of each of the related trust fund series of securities for one or
more of the following purposes:
o to purchase the primary assets of the related trust fund,
o to repay indebtedness incurred to obtain funds to acquire the primary assets
of the related trust fund,
o to establish any reserve funds described in the related prospectus
supplement, and
78
o to pay costs of structuring and issuing the securities, including the costs
of obtaining any credit enhancement.
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the purchase of the
primary assets for a series may be effected by delivering the securities to the
seller in exchange for the primary assets.
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
GENERAL
The following summary of the material federal income tax consequences
of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the securities is based on the
opinion of Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP or other
tax counsel designated in the prospectus supplement, as special counsel to the
depositor. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, including, where applicable,
proposed regulations, and the judicial and administrative rulings and decisions
now in effect, all of which are subject to change or possible differing
interpretations. The statutory provisions, regulations, and interpretations on
which this interpretation is based are subject to change either prospectively or
retroactively.
The summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of federal income
taxation that may affect particular investors in light of their individual
circumstances. This summary focuses primarily upon investors who will hold
securities as "capital assets" (generally, property held for investment) within
the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. Prospective investors may wish to
consult their own tax advisers concerning the federal, state, local and any
other tax consequences as relates specifically to such investors in connection
with the purchase, ownership and disposition of the securities.
The federal income tax consequences to security holders will vary
depending on whether
o the securities of a series are classified as indebtedness;
o an election is made to treat the trust fund relating to a
particular series of securities as a real estate mortgage
investment conduit or REMIC under the Code;
o the securities represent an ownership interest in some or all of
the assets included in the trust fund for a series;
o an election is made to treat the trust fund relating to a
particular series of certificates as a partnership; or
o an election is made to treat the trust fund relating to a
particular series of securities as a financial asset securitization
investment trust or FASIT under the Code.
79
The prospectus supplement for each series of securities will specify how the
securities will be treated for federal income tax purposes and will discuss
whether a REMIC election, if any, will be made with respect to the series.
TAXATION OF DEBT SECURITIES
Status as Real Property Loans. Except to the extent otherwise provided
in the related prospectus supplement, if the securities are regular interests in
a REMIC or represent interests in a grantor trust, in the opinion of tax
counsel:
o securities held by a domestic building and loan association will
constitute "loans... secured by an interest in real property"
within the meaning of section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of the Code; and
o securities held by a real estate investment trust will constitute
"real estate assets" within the meaning of section 856(c)(4)(A) of
the Code and interest on securities will be considered "interest on
obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests
in real property" within the meaning of section 856(c)(3)(B) of the
Code.
Interest and Acquisition Discount. In the opinion of tax counsel,
securities that are REMIC regular interests are generally taxable to holders in
the same manner as evidences of indebtedness issued by the REMIC. Stated
interest on the securities that are REMIC regular interests will be taxable as
ordinary income and taken into account using the accrual method of accounting,
regardless of the holder's normal accounting method. Interest (other than
original issue discount) on securities (other than securities that are REMIC
regular interests) which are characterized as indebtedness for federal income
tax purposes will be includible in income by holders thereof in accordance with
their usual methods of accounting. When we refer to "debt securities" in this
section, we mean securities characterized as debt for federal income tax
purposes and securities that are REMIC regular interests.
In the opinion of tax counsel, "compound interest securities" (i.e.,
debt securities that permit all interest to accrue for more than one year before
payments of interest are scheduled to begin) will, and certain of the other debt
securities issued at a discount may, be issued with "original issue discount" or
OID. The following discussion is based in part on the OID Regulations. A holder
should be aware, however, that the OID Regulations do not adequately address
certain issues relevant to prepayable securities, such as the debt securities.
In general, OID, if any, will equal the difference between the stated
redemption price at maturity of a debt security and its issue price. In the
opinion of tax counsel, a holder of a debt security must include OID in gross
income as ordinary interest income as it accrues under a method taking into
account an economic accrual of the discount. In general, OID must be included in
income in advance of the receipt of the cash representing that income. The
amount of OID on a debt security will be considered to be zero if it is less
than a de minimis amount determined under the Code.
The issue price of a debt security is the first price at which a
substantial amount of debt securities of that class are sold to the public
(excluding bond houses, brokers, underwriters or
80
wholesalers). If less than a substantial amount of a particular class of debt
securities is sold for cash on or prior to the closing date, the issue price for
that class will be treated as the fair market value of that class on the closing
date. The issue price of a debt security also includes the amount paid by an
initial debt security holder for accrued interest that relates to a period prior
to the issue date of the debt security. The stated redemption price at maturity
of a debt security includes the original principal amount of the debt security,
but generally will not include distributions of interest if the distributions
constitute "qualified stated interest."
Under the OID Regulations, qualified stated interest generally means
interest payable at a single fixed rate or qualified variable rate (as described
below), provided that the interest payments are unconditionally payable at
intervals of one year or less during the entire term of the debt security. The
OID Regulations state that interest payments are unconditionally payable only if
a late payment or nonpayment is expected to be penalized or reasonable remedies
exist to compel payment. Debt securities may provide for default remedies in the
event of late payment or nonpayment of interest. Although the matter is not free
from doubt, the trustee intends to treat interest on such debt securities as
unconditionally payable and as constituting qualified stated interest, not OID.
However, absent clarification of the OID Regulations, where debt securities do
not provide for default remedies, the interest payments will be included in the
debt security's stated redemption price at maturity and taxed as OID. Interest
is payable at a single fixed rate only if the rate appropriately takes into
account the length of the interval between payments. Distributions of interest
on debt securities with respect to which deferred interest will accrue, will not
constitute qualified stated interest payments, in which case the stated
redemption price at maturity of such debt securities includes all distributions
of interest as well as principal thereon. Where the interval between the issue
date and the first distribution date on a debt security is longer than the
interval between subsequent distribution dates, the greater of (i) the interest
foregone and (ii) the excess of the stated principal amount over the issue price
will be included in the stated redemption price at maturity and tested under the
de minimis rule described below. Where the interval between the issue date and
the first distribution date on a debt security is shorter than the interval
between subsequent distribution dates, all of the additional interest will be
included in the stated redemption price at maturity and tested under the de
minimis rule described below. In the case of a debt security with a long first
period that has non-de minimis OID, all stated interest in excess of interest
payable at the effective interest rate for the long first period will be
included in the stated redemption price at maturity and the debt security will
generally have OID. Holders of debt securities should consult their own tax
advisors to determine the issue price and stated redemption price at maturity of
a debt security.
Under the de minimis rule, OID on a debt security will be considered to
be zero if the OID is less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price at maturity
of the debt security multiplied by the weighted average maturity of the debt
security. For this purpose, the weighted average maturity of the debt security
is computed as the sum of the amounts determined by multiplying the number of
full years (i.e., rounding down partial years) from the issue date until each
distribution in reduction of stated redemption price at maturity is scheduled to
be made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of each distribution
included in the stated redemption price at maturity of the debt security and the
denominator of which is the stated redemption price at maturity of the debt
security. Holders generally must report de minimis OID pro rata as principal
payments are received, and such income will be capital gain if the debt security
is held as a capital asset. However, holders may elect to accrue all de minimis
OID as
81
well as market discount under a constant yield method. See "--Election to Treat
All Interest as Original Issue Discount" below.
Debt securities may provide for interest based on a qualified variable
rate. Under the OID Regulations, interest is generally treated as payable at a
qualified variable rate and not as contingent interest if
o the interest is unconditionally payable at least annually,
o the issue price of the debt instrument does not exceed the total
noncontingent principal payments, and
o interest is based on a "qualified floating rate," an "objective
rate," or a combination of "qualified floating rates" that do not
operate in a manner that significantly accelerates or defers
interest payments on the debt security.
In the case of compound interest securities, certain interest weighted
securities, and certain of the other debt securities, none of the payments under
the instrument will be considered qualified stated interest, and thus the
aggregate amount of all payments will be included in the stated redemption price
at maturity.
The Internal Revenue Service issued contingent payment regulations
governing the calculation of OID on instruments having contingent interest
payments. These contingent payment regulations represent the only guidance
regarding the views of the IRS with respect to contingent interest instruments
and specifically do not apply for purposes of calculating OID on debt
instruments subject to section 1272(a)(6) of the Code, such as the debt
securities. Additionally, the OID Regulations do not contain provisions
specifically interpreting section 1272(a)(6) of the Code. Until the Treasury
issues guidance to the contrary, trustee intends to base its computation on
section 1272(a)(6) of the Code and the OID Regulations as described in this
prospectus. However, because no regulatory guidance currently exists under
section 1272(a)(6) of the Code, there can be no assurance that such methodology
represents the correct manner of calculating OID.
The holder of a debt security issued with OID must include in gross
income, for all days during its taxable year on which it holds the debt
security, the sum of the "daily portions" of OID. The amount of OID includible
in income by a holder will be computed by allocating to each day during an
accrual period a pro rata portion of the original issue discount that accrued
during the accrual period. In the case of a debt security that is not a REMIC
regular interest security and the principal payments on which are not subject to
acceleration resulting from prepayments on the loans, the amount of OID
includible in income of a holder for an accrual period (generally the period
over which interest accrues on the debt instrument) will equal the product of
the yield to maturity of the debt security and the adjusted issue price of the
debt security, reduced by any payments of qualified stated interest. The
adjusted issue price is the sum of the debt security's issue price plus prior
accruals of OID, reduced by the total payments made with respect to the debt
security in all prior periods, other than qualified stated interest payments.
82
Certain classes of the debt securities may be "pay-through securities,"
which are debt instruments that are subject to acceleration due to prepayments
on other debt obligations securing those instruments. The amount of OID to be
included in the income of a holder of a pay-through security is computed by
taking into account the prepayment rate assumed in pricing the debt instrument.
The amount of OID that will accrue during an accrual period on a pay-through
security is the excess, if any, of the
o sum of
(a) the present value of all payments remaining to be made on
the pay-through security as of the close of the accrual
period and
(b) the payments during the accrual period of amounts included
in the stated redemption price of the pay-through security,
over
o the adjusted issue price of the pay-through security at the
beginning of the accrual period.
The present value of the remaining payments is to be determined on the basis of
three factors:
o the original yield to maturity of the pay-through security
(determined on the basis of compounding at the end of each accrual
period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period),
o events that have occurred before the end of the accrual period and
o the assumption that the remaining payments will be made in
accordance with the original prepayment assumption.
The effect of this method is to increase the portions of OID required to be
included in income by a holder of a pay-through security to take into account
prepayments with respect to the loans at a rate that exceeds the prepayment
assumption, and to decrease (but not below zero for any period) the portions of
OID required to be included in income by a holder of a pay-through security to
take into account prepayments with respect to the loans at a rate that is slower
than the prepayment assumption. Although OID will be reported to holders of
pay-through securities based on the prepayment assumption, no representation is
made to holders that loans will be prepaid at that rate or at any other rate.
The depositor may adjust the accrual of OID on a class of securities
that are REMIC regular interests in a manner that it believes to be appropriate,
to take account of realized losses on the loans, although the OID Regulations do
not provide for such adjustments. If the IRS were to require that OID be accrued
without such adjustments, the rate of accrual of OID for a class of securities
that are REMIC regular interests could increase.
Certain classes of securities may represent more than one class of
REMIC regular interests. Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus
supplement, the applicable trustee
83
intends, based on the OID Regulations, to calculate OID on such securities as
if, solely for the purposes of computing OID, the separate regular interests
were a single debt instrument.
A subsequent holder of a debt security will also be required to include
OID in gross income, but a holder who purchases the debt security for an amount
that exceeds its adjusted issue price will be entitled (as will an initial
holder who pays more than a debt security's issue price) to offset such OID by
comparable economic accruals of portions of the excess.
Effects of Defaults and Delinquencies. In the opinion of tax counsel,
holders will be required to report income with respect to the related securities
under an accrual method without giving effect to delays and reductions in
distributions attributable to a default or delinquency on the loans, except
possibly to the extent that it can be established that such amounts are
uncollectible. As a result, the amount of income (including OID) reported by a
holder of a security in any period could significantly exceed the amount of cash
distributed to the holder in that period. The holder will eventually be allowed
a loss (or will be allowed to report a lesser amount of income) to the extent
that the aggregate amount of distributions on the securities is reduced as a
result of a loan default. However, the timing and character of losses or
reductions in income are uncertain and, accordingly, holders of securities
should consult their own tax advisors on this point.
Interest Weighted Securities. An "interest weighted security" is a
security that is a REMIC regular interest or a "stripped" security (as discussed
under "--Tax Status as a Grantor Trust; General" below) the payments on which
consist solely or primarily of a specified portion of the interest payments on
qualified mortgages held by the REMIC or on loans underlying pass-through
securities. It is not clear how income should be accrued with respect to
interest weighted securities. The trustee intends to take the position that all
of the income derived from an interest weighted security should be treated as
OID and that the amount and rate of accrual of such OID should be calculated by
treating the interest weighted security as a compound interest security.
However, in the case of interest weighted securities that are entitled to some
payments of principal and are REMIC regular interests, the IRS could assert that
income derived from the interest weighted security should be calculated as if
the security were a security purchased at a premium equal to the excess of the
price paid by the holder for the security over its stated principal amount, if
any. Under this approach, a holder would be entitled to amortize such premium
only if it has in effect an election under section 171 of the Code with respect
to all taxable debt instruments held by such holder, as described below.
Alternatively, the IRS could assert that an interest weighted security should be
taxable under the rules governing bonds issued with contingent payments. This
treatment may be more likely in the case of interest weighted securities that
are stripped securities as described below. See "--Tax Status as a Grantor
Trust--Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Securities" below.
Variable Rate Debt Securities. In the opinion of tax counsel, in the
case of debt securities bearing interest at a rate that varies directly,
according to a fixed formula, with an objective index, it appears that the yield
to maturity of the debt securities and, in the case of pay-through securities,
the present value of all payments remaining to be made on the debt securities,
should be calculated as if the interest index remained at its value as of the
issue date of the securities. Because the proper method of adjusting accruals of
OID on a variable rate debt security is
84
uncertain, holders of variable rate debt securities should consult their own tax
advisers regarding the appropriate treatment of such securities for federal
income tax purposes.
Market Discount. In the opinion of tax counsel, a purchaser of a
security may be subject to the market discount rules of sections 1276 through
1278 of the Code. A holder that acquires a debt security with more than a
prescribed de minimis amount of "market discount" (generally, the excess of the
principal amount of the debt security over the purchaser's purchase price) will
be required to include accrued market discount in income as ordinary income in
each month, but limited to an amount not exceeding the principal payments on the
debt security received in that month and, if the securities are sold, the gain
realized. This market discount would accrue in a manner to be provided in
Treasury regulations but, until such regulations are issued, market discount
would in general accrue either
o on the basis of a constant yield (in the case of a pay-through
security, taking into account a prepayment assumption) or
o in the ratio of (a) in the case of securities (or, in the case of a
pass-through security, as set forth below, the loans underlying the
security) not originally issued with OID, stated interest payable
in the relevant period to total stated interest remaining to be
paid at the beginning of the period or (b) in the case of
securities (or, in the case of a pass-through security, as
described below, the loans underlying the security) originally
issued at a discount, OID in the relevant period to total OID
remaining to be paid.
Section 1277 of the Code provides that, regardless of the origination
date of the debt security (or, in the case of a pass-through security, the
loans), the excess of interest paid or accrued to purchase or carry the security
(or, in the case of a pass-through security, as described below, the underlying
loans) with market discount over interest received on the security is allowed as
a current deduction only to the extent such excess is greater than the market
discount that accrued during the taxable year in which such interest expense was
incurred. In general, the deferred portion of any interest expense will be
deductible when such market discount is included in income, including upon the
sale, disposition, or repayment of the security (or, in the case of a
pass-through security, an underlying loan). A holder may elect to include market
discount in income currently as it accrues, on all market discount obligations
acquired by such holder during the taxable year such election is made and
thereafter, in which case the interest deferral rule will not apply.
Premium. In the opinion of tax counsel, a holder who purchases a debt
security (other than an interest weighted security to the extent described
above) at a cost greater than its stated redemption price at maturity, generally
will be considered to have purchased the security at a premium, which it may
elect to amortize as an offset to interest income on the security (and not as a
separate deduction item) on a constant yield method. Although no regulations
addressing the computation of premium accrual on comparable securities have been
issued, the legislative history of The Tax Reform Act of 1986 indicates that
premium is to be accrued in the same manner as market discount. Accordingly, it
appears that the accrual of premium on a class of pay-through securities will be
calculated using the prepayment assumption used in pricing the class. If a
holder makes an election to amortize premium on a debt security, the election
will
85
apply to all taxable debt instruments (including all REMIC regular interests and
all pass-through certificates representing ownership interests in a trust
holding debt obligations) held by the holder at the beginning of the taxable
year in which the election is made, and to all taxable debt instruments acquired
thereafter by the holder, and will be irrevocable without the consent of the
IRS. Purchasers who pay a premium for the securities should consult their tax
advisers regarding the election to amortize premium and the method to be
employed.
On December 30, 1997, the IRS issued final amortizable bond premium
regulations dealing with amortizable bond premium. The regulations specifically
do not apply to prepayable debt instruments subject to section 1272(a)(6) of the
Code. Absent further guidance from the IRS, the trustee intends to account for
amortizable bond premium in the manner described above. Prospective purchasers
of the debt securities should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible
application of the amortizable bond premium regulations.
Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. The OID
Regulations permit the holder of a debt security to elect to accrue all
interest, discount (including de minimis market discount or OID) and premium as
interest, based on a constant yield method for debt securities acquired on or
after April 4, 1994. If such an election were to be made with respect to a debt
security with market discount, the holder of the debt security would be deemed
to have made an election to include in income currently market discount with
respect to all other debt instruments having market discount that such holder of
the debt security acquires during the year of the election or thereafter.
Similarly, the holder of a debt security that makes this election for a debt
security that is acquired at a premium will be deemed to have made an election
to amortize bond premium with respect to all debt instruments having amortizable
bond premium that the holder owns or acquires. The election to accrue interest,
discount and premium on a constant yield method with respect to a debt security
is irrevocable.
TAXATION OF THE REMIC AND ITS HOLDERS
General. In the opinion of tax counsel, if a REMIC election is made
with respect to a series of securities, then the arrangement by which the
securities of that series are issued will be treated as a REMIC as long as all
of the provisions of the applicable governing agreement are complied with and
the statutory and regulatory requirements are satisfied. Securities will be
designated as "regular interests" or "residual interests" in a REMIC, as
specified in the related prospectus supplement.
Except to the extent specified otherwise in a prospectus supplement, if
a REMIC election is made with respect to a series of securities, in the opinion
of tax counsel:
o securities held by a domestic building and loan association will
constitute "a regular or a residual interest in a REMIC" within the
meaning of Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(xi) of the Code (assuming that at
least 95% of the REMIC's assets consist of cash, government
securities, "loans secured by an interest in real property," and
other types of assets described in Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C));
and
o securities held by a real estate investment trust will constitute
"real estate assets" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of
the Code, and income with respect to
86
the securities will be considered "interest on obligations secured
by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property"
within the meaning of Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code (assuming,
for both purposes, that at least 95% of the REMIC's assets are
qualifying assets).
If less than 95% of the REMIC's assets consist of assets described in the
immediately preceding bullets, then a security will qualify for the tax
treatment described in the previous sentence in the proportion that such REMIC's
assets are qualifying assets.
REMIC EXPENSES; SINGLE CLASS REMICS
As a general rule, in the opinion of tax counsel, all of the expenses
of a REMIC will be taken into account by holders of the residual interest
securities. In the case of a "single class REMIC," however, the expenses will be
allocated under Treasury regulations among the holders of the REMIC regular
interest securities and the holders of the REMIC residual interest securities on
a daily basis in proportion to the relative amounts of income accruing to each
holder on that day. In the case of a holder of a REMIC regular interest security
who is an individual or a "pass-through interest holder" (including certain
pass-through entities but not including real estate investment trusts), the
expenses will be deductible only to the extent that the expenses, plus other
"miscellaneous itemized deductions" of the holder, exceed 2% of the holder's
adjusted gross income. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December
31, 1990, the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable for the taxable
year for an individual whose adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable amount
(which amount will be adjusted for inflation for taxable years beginning after
1990) will be reduced by the lesser of
o 3% of the excess of adjusted gross income over the applicable
amount, or
o 80% of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable for
the taxable year.
This reduction is scheduled to be phased-out over a five-year period beginning
in 2006. The reduction or disallowance of this deduction may have a significant
impact on the yield of the REMIC regular interest security to the holder. In
general terms, a single class REMIC is one that either
o would qualify, under existing Treasury regulations, as a grantor
trust if it were not a REMIC (treating all interests as ownership
interests, even if they would be classified as debt for federal
income tax purposes), or
o is similar to such a trust and is structured with the principal
purpose of avoiding the single class REMIC rules.
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the expenses of
the REMIC will be allocated to holders of the related REMIC residual interest
securities.
87
TAXATION OF THE REMIC
General. Although a REMIC is a separate entity for federal income tax
purposes, in the opinion of tax counsel, a REMIC is not generally subject to
entity-level tax. Rather, the taxable income or net loss of a REMIC is taken
into account by the holders of the REMIC residual interests. As described above,
the REMIC regular interests are generally taxable as debt of the REMIC.
Qualification as a REMIC requires ongoing compliance with certain conditions.
Although a REMIC is not generally subject to federal income tax, the Code
provides that failure to comply with one or more of the ongoing requirements of
the Code for REMIC status during any taxable year, including the implementation
of restrictions on the purchase and transfer of the residual interests in a
REMIC as described below under "--Taxation of Owners of Residual Interest
Securities", would cause the trust not to be treated as a REMIC for that year
and thereafter. In this event, the entity may be taxable as a separate
corporation and the related certificates may not be accorded the status or given
the tax treatment described below.
Calculation of REMIC Income. In the opinion of tax counsel, the taxable
income or net loss of a REMIC is determined under an accrual method of
accounting and in the same manner as in the case of an individual, with certain
adjustments. In general, the taxable income or net loss will be the difference
between
o the gross income produced by the REMIC's assets, including stated
interest and any OID or market discount on loans and other assets,
and
o deductions, including stated interest and original issue discount
accrued on the REMIC regular interest securities, amortization of
any premium with respect to loans, and servicing fees and other
expenses of the REMIC.
A holder of a REMIC residual interest security that is an individual or a
"pass-through interest holder" (including certain pass-through entities, but not
including real estate investment trusts) will be unable to deduct servicing fees
payable on the loans or other administrative expenses of the REMIC for a given
taxable year, to the extent that these expenses, when aggregated with the
holder's other miscellaneous itemized deductions for that year, do not exceed 2%
of the holder's adjusted gross income.
For purposes of computing its taxable income or net loss, the REMIC
should have an initial aggregate tax basis in its assets equal to the aggregate
fair market value of the regular interests and the residual interests on the
startup day (generally, the day that the interests are issued). That aggregate
basis will be allocated among the assets of the REMIC in proportion to their
respective fair market values.
The OID provisions of the Code apply to loans of individuals originated
on or after March 2, 1984, and the market discount provisions apply to loans
originated after July 18, 1984. Subject to possible application of the de
minimis rules, the method of accrual by the REMIC of OID income on such loans
will be equivalent to the method under which holders of pay-through securities
accrue OID (i.e., under the constant yield method taking into account the
prepayment assumption). The REMIC will deduct OID on the regular interest
securities in the same manner that the holders of the regular interest
securities include such discount in income, but without
88
regard to the de minimis rules. See "--Taxation of Debt Securities" above.
However, a REMIC that acquires loans at a market discount must include such
market discount in income currently, as it accrues, on a constant interest
basis.
To the extent that the REMIC's basis allocable to loans that it holds
exceeds their principal amounts, the resulting premium, if attributable to
mortgages originated after September 27, 1985, will be amortized over the life
of the loans (taking into account the prepayment assumption) on a constant yield
method. Although the law is somewhat unclear regarding recovery of premium
attributable to loans originated on or before that date, it is possible that the
premium may be recovered in proportion to payments of loan principal.
Prohibited Transactions and Contributions Tax. The REMIC will be
subject to a 100% tax on any net income derived from a "prohibited transaction."
For this purpose, net income will be calculated without taking into account any
losses from prohibited transactions or any deductions attributable to any
prohibited transaction that resulted in a loss. In general, prohibited
transactions include:
o subject to limited exceptions, the sale or other disposition of any
qualified mortgage transferred to the REMIC;
o subject to a limited exception, the sale or other disposition of a
cash flow investment;
o the receipt of any income from assets not permitted to be held by
the REMIC pursuant to the Code; or
o the receipt of any fees or other compensation for services rendered
by the REMIC.
It is anticipated that a REMIC will not engage in any prohibited transactions in
which it would recognize a material amount of net income. In addition, subject
to a number of exceptions, a tax is imposed at the rate of 100% on amounts
contributed to a REMIC after the close of the three-month period beginning on
the startup day. The holders of REMIC residual interest securities will
generally be responsible for the payment of any taxes imposed on the REMIC.
However, to the extent not paid by the holders of the REMIC residual interest
securities or otherwise, taxes will be paid out of the trust fund and will be
allocated pro rata to all outstanding classes of securities of the REMIC.
TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RESIDUAL INTEREST SECURITIES
In the opinion of tax counsel, the holder of a certificate representing
a REMIC residual interest will take into account the "daily portion" of the
taxable income or net loss of the REMIC for each day during the taxable year on
which the holder held the residual interest security. The daily portion is
determined by allocating to each day in any calendar quarter its ratable portion
of the taxable income or net loss of the REMIC for that quarter, and by
allocating that amount among the holders (on that day) of the residual interest
securities in proportion to their respective holdings on that day.
In the opinion of tax counsel, the holder of a residual interest
security must report its proportionate share of the taxable income of the REMIC
whether or not it receives
89
cash distributions from the REMIC attributable to income or loss. The reporting
of taxable income without corresponding distributions could occur, for example,
if the loans held by the REMIC were issued or acquired at a discount, since
mortgage prepayments cause recognition of discount income, while the
corresponding portion of the prepayment could be used in whole or in part to
make principal payments on REMIC regular interests securities issued without any
discount or at an insubstantial discount. (If this occurs, it is likely that
cash distributions will exceed taxable income in later years.) The taxable
income of a REMIC may also be greater in earlier years as a result of the fact
that interest expense deductions, as a percentage of outstanding principal on
the REMIC regular interest securities, will typically increase over time as
lower yielding securities are paid, whereas interest income with respect to
loans will generally remain constant over time as a percentage of loan
principal.
In any event, because the holder of a REMIC residual interest security
is taxed on the net income of the REMIC, the taxable income derived from the
residual interest security in a given taxable year will not be equal to the
taxable income associated with investment in a corporate bond or stripped
instrument having similar cash flow characteristics and pretax yield. Therefore,
the after-tax yield on a residual interest security may be less than that of a
corporate bond or stripped instrument.
Limitation on Losses. In the opinion of tax counsel, the amount of the
REMIC's net loss that a holder may take into account currently is limited to the
holder's adjusted basis at the end of the calendar quarter in which the loss
arises. A holder's basis in a REMIC residual interest security will initially
equal the holder's purchase price, and will subsequently be increased by the
amount of the REMIC's taxable income allocated to the holder, and decreased (but
not below zero) by the amount of distributions made and the amount of the
REMIC's net loss allocated to the holder. Any disallowed loss may be carried
forward indefinitely, but may be used only to offset income generated by the
same REMIC. The ability of holders of residual interest securities to deduct net
losses may be subject to additional limitations under the Code. Holders should
consult their tax advisers with respect to such additional limitations.
Distributions. In the opinion of tax counsel, distributions on a REMIC
residual interest security (whether at their scheduled times or as a result of
prepayments) will generally not result in any additional taxable income or loss
to a holder of the residual interest security. If the amount of the payment
exceeds the holder's adjusted basis in the residual interest security, however,
the holder will recognize gain (treated as gain from the sale of the residual
interest security) to the extent of the excess.
Sale or Exchange. In the opinion of tax counsel, the holder of a
residual interest security will recognize gain or loss on the sale or exchange
of the residual interest security equal to the difference, if any, between the
amount realized and the holder's adjusted basis in the residual interest
security at the time of sale or exchange. A holder's adjusted basis in a
residual interest security generally equals the cost of the residual interest
security increased by the taxable income of the REMIC that was included in the
income of the holder and decreased by distributions received thereon by the
holder and amounts of the REMIC net loss allocated to the holder. Except to the
extent provided in regulations which have not yet been issued, any loss upon
disposition of a residual interest security will be disallowed if the selling
holder acquires any residual interest in a REMIC or similar mortgage pool within
six months before or after
90
disposition. In that event, the loss will be used to increase the residual
interest security holder's adjusted basis in the newly acquired asset.
Excess Inclusions. In the opinion of tax counsel, the portion of the
REMIC taxable income of a holder of a residual interest security consisting of
"excess inclusion" income may not be offset by other deductions or losses,
including net operating losses, on the holder's federal income tax return.
Further, if the holder of a residual interest security is an organization
subject to the tax on unrelated business income imposed by Section 511 of the
Code, the holder's excess inclusion income will be treated as unrelated business
taxable income of the holder. In addition, under Treasury regulations yet to be
issued, if a real estate investment trust, a regulated investment company, a
common trust fund, or certain cooperatives were to own a residual interest
security, a portion of dividends (or other distributions) paid by the real
estate investment trust (or other entity) would be treated as excess inclusion
income. If a residual interest security is owned by a foreign person, excess
inclusion income is subject to tax at a rate of 30%, which may not be reduced by
treaty, is not eligible for treatment as "portfolio interest" and is subject to
certain additional limitations. See "--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors"
below. The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 has eliminated the special
rule permitting Section 593 thrift institutions to use net operating losses and
other allowable deductions to offset their excess inclusion income from residual
interest securities that have "significant value" within the meaning of the
REMIC Regulations, effective for taxable years beginning after December 31,
1995, except with respect to residual interest securities continuously held by a
thrift institution since November 1, 1995.
In addition, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 provides
three rules for determining the effect of excess inclusions on the alternative
minimum taxable income of a residual holder.
o First, alternative minimum taxable income for the residual holder
is determined without regard to the special rule that taxable
income cannot be less than excess inclusions.
o Second, the residual holder's alternative minimum taxable income
for a tax year cannot be less than excess inclusions for the year.
o Third, the amount of any alternative minimum tax net operating loss
deductions must be computed without regard to any excess
inclusions.
These rules are effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 1986,
unless a residual holder elects to have such rules apply only to tax years
beginning after August 20, 1996.
The excess inclusion portion of a REMIC's income is generally equal to
the excess, if any, of
91
o REMIC taxable income for the quarterly period allocable to a
residual interest security,
over
o the daily accruals for such quarterly period of (i) 120% of the
long term applicable federal rate on the startup day multiplied by
(ii) the adjusted issue price of the residual interest security at
the beginning of the quarterly period.
The adjusted issue price of a residual interest security at the beginning of
each calendar quarter will equal its issue price (calculated in a manner
analogous to the determination of the issue price of a regular interest
security), increased by the aggregate of the daily accruals for prior calendar
quarters, and decreased (but not below zero) by the amount of loss allocated to
a holder and the amount of distributions made on the residual interest security
before the beginning of the quarter. The long-term federal rate, which is
announced monthly by the Treasury Department, is an interest rate that is based
on the average market yield of outstanding marketable obligations of the United
States government having remaining maturities in excess of nine years.
Under the REMIC Regulations, transfers of residual interest securities
may be disregarded in certain circumstances. See "--Restrictions on Ownership
and Transfer of Residual Interest Securities" and "--Tax Treatment of Foreign
Investors" below.
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Residual Interest Securities.
As a condition to qualification as a REMIC, reasonable arrangements must be made
to prevent the ownership of a REMIC residual interest by any "disqualified
organization" including the United States, any State or political subdivision
thereof, any foreign government, any international organization, or any agency
or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, a rural electric or telephone
cooperative described in Section 1381(a)(2)(C) of the Code, or any entity exempt
from the tax imposed by sections 1 through 1399 of the Code, if the entity is
not subject to tax on its unrelated business income. Accordingly, the applicable
pooling and servicing agreement will prohibit disqualified organizations from
owning a residual interest security. In addition, no transfer of a residual
interest security will be permitted unless the proposed transferee shall have
furnished to the trustee an affidavit representing and warranting that it is
neither a disqualified organization nor an agent or nominee acting on behalf of
a disqualified organization.
If a residual interest security is transferred to a disqualified
organization after March 31, 1988 (in violation of the restrictions set forth
above), a substantial tax will be imposed on the transferor of the residual
interest security at the time of the transfer. In addition, if a disqualified
organization holds an interest in a pass-through entity after March 31, 1988
(including, among others, a partnership, trust, real estate investment trust,
regulated investment company, or any person holding as nominee), that owns a
residual interest security, the pass-through entity will be required to pay an
annual tax on its allocable share of the excess inclusion income of the REMIC.
Under the REMIC Regulations, if a residual interest security is a
"noneconomic residual interest" as described below, the transfer of a residual
interest security to a U.S. Person will be disregarded for all federal tax
purposes unless no significant purpose of the transfer was to impede the
assessment or collection of tax. Such a purpose exists if the transferor, at the
time of
92
the transfer, either knew or should have known that the transferee would be
unwilling or unable to pay taxes due on its share of the taxable income of the
REMIC (i.e., the transferor had "improper knowledge"). However, a safe harbor
exists under which a transferor is presumed to lack such knowledge provided that
the following two conditions are met:
o the transferor conducted, at the time of the transfer, a reasonable
investigation of the financial condition of the transferee and
found that the transferee had historically paid its debts as they
became due and found no significant evidence to indicate that the
transferee will not continue to pay its debts as they become due;
and
o the transferee represents to the transferor that it understands
that, as the holder of the noneconomic residual interest, it may
incur tax liabilities in excess of any cash flows generated by the
interest and that it intends to pay taxes associated with holding
the residual interest as they become due.
A residual interest security is a "noneconomic residual interest"
unless, at the time of the transfer:
o the present value of the expected future distributions on the
residual interest security at least equals the product of the
present value of the anticipated excess inclusions and the highest
rate of tax for the year in which the transfer occurs; and
o the transferor reasonably expects that the transferee will receive
distributions from the REMIC at or after the time at which the
taxes accrue on the anticipated excess inclusions in an amount
sufficient to satisfy the accrued taxes.
If a transfer of a residual interest security is disregarded, the
transferor would be liable for any federal income tax imposed upon taxable
income derived by the transferee from the REMIC. A similar type of limitation
exists with respect to certain transfers of residual interests by foreign
persons to U.S. Persons. See "--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors" below.
New proposed Treasury regulations issued on February 4, 2000 would add
a third condition to the safe harbor under which transfers of noneconomic
residual interests would not be disregarded for federal income tax purposes.
Under the new proposed regulations, a transfer of a noneconomic residual
interest will qualify under this safe harbor only if the present value of the
anticipated tax liabilities associated with holding the residual interest does
not exceed the present value of the sum of:
o any consideration given to the transferee to acquire the interest;
o future distributions on the interest; and
o any anticipated tax savings associated with holding the interest as
the REMIC generates losses. For purposes of this calculation, the
present value generally is calculated using a discount rate equal
to the applicable federal rate. The new proposed regulations have a
proposed effective date of February 4, 2000.
93
A recently issued revenue procedure provides that, during the period in
which the IRS and Treasury consider comments on the new proposed regulations, a
transferor will be presumed to lack improper knowledge if:
o both conditions specified in the fourth preceding paragraph are
met, are satisfied; and
o either (x) the safe harbor specified in the immediately preceding
paragraph is satisfied or (y) the following three conditions are
satisfied:
o for financial reporting purposes, the transferee's gross
assets exceed $100 million and its net assets exceed $10
million for the current year and prior two fiscal years,
excluding certain related party obligations;
o the transferee is an eligible corporation (i.e., a U.S.
branch of a domestic C corporation (other than a tax-exempt
corporation, a RIC, a REIT, a REMIC or cooperative)) that
will not be subject to net tax by a foreign country or U.S.
possession in respect of the residual interest security and
agrees in writing that any subsequent transfer of the
residual interest will be to an eligible corporation and
will satisfy the requirements for the transferor of such
subsequent transfer to be presumed to lack improper
knowledge; and
o the facts and circumstances known to the transferor,
including any payment actually made to the transferee, must
not reasonably indicate that the taxes associated with the
residual interest will not be paid. Prospective investors
should consult their own tax advisors as to the
applicability and effect of the new proposed regulations and
the Revenue Procedure.
Mark-to-Market Rules. Prospective purchasers of a REMIC residual
interest security should be aware that the IRS recently issued final
mark-to-market regulations which provide that a REMIC residual interest security
acquired after January 3, 1995 cannot be marked-to-market. Prospective
purchasers of a REMIC residual interest security should consult their tax
advisors regarding the possible application of the mark-to-market regulations.
ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS
The REMIC's books must be maintained on a calendar year basis and the
REMIC must file an annual federal income tax return. The REMIC will also be
subject to the procedural and administrative rules of the Code applicable to
partnerships, including the determination of any adjustments to, among other
things, items of REMIC income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit, by the IRS in a
unified administrative proceeding.
TAX STATUS AS A GRANTOR TRUST
General. As further specified in the related prospectus supplement, if
a REMIC election is not made and the trust fund is not structured as a
partnership, then, in the opinion of tax counsel, the trust fund relating to a
series of securities will be classified for federal income tax purposes as a
grantor trust under Subpart E, Part 1 of Subchapter J of the Code and not as an
association taxable as a corporation. We refer to the securities of a series of
this type as
94
"pass-through securities". In some series there will be no separation of the
principal and interest payments on the loans. In these circumstances, a holder
will be considered to have purchased a pro rata undivided interest in each of
the loans. In the case of "stripped securities", sale of the securities will
produce a separation in the ownership of all or a portion of the principal
payments from all or a portion of the interest payments on the loans.
In the opinion of tax counsel, each holder must report on its federal
income tax return its share of the gross income derived from the loans (not
reduced by the amount payable as trust expense fees to the applicable trustee
and the servicer and similar fees), at the same time and in the same manner as
the items would have been reported under the holder's tax accounting method had
it held its interest in the loans directly, received directly its share of the
amounts received with respect to the loans, and paid directly its share of the
trust expense fees. In the case of pass-through securities other than stripped
securities, income will consist of a pro rata share of all of the income derived
from all of the loans and, in the case of stripped securities, income will
consist of a pro rata share of the income derived from each stripped bond or
stripped coupon in which the holder owns an interest. The holder of a security
will generally be entitled to deduct trust expense fees under section 162 or
section 212 of the Code to the extent that such fees represent "reasonable"
compensation for the services rendered by the applicable trustee and the
servicer (or third parties that are compensated for the performance of
services). In the case of a noncorporate holder, however, trust expense fees (to
the extent not otherwise disallowed, e.g., because they exceed reasonable
compensation) will be deductible in computing the holder's regular tax liability
only to the extent that the fees, when added to other miscellaneous itemized
deductions, exceed 2% of adjusted gross income and may not be deductible to any
extent in computing the holder's alternative minimum tax liability. In addition,
for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1990, the amount of itemized
deductions otherwise allowable for the taxable year for an individual whose
adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable amount (which amount will be
adjusted for inflation in taxable years beginning after 1990) will be reduced by
the lesser of:
o 3% of the excess of adjusted gross income over the applicable
amount, or
o 80% of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable for
that taxable year.
This reduction is scheduled to be phased-out over a five-year period
beginning in 2006.
Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Securities. In the opinion of tax
counsel, the holder's purchase price of a pass-through security is to be
allocated among the loans in proportion to their fair market values, determined
as of the time of purchase of the securities. In the typical case, the trustee
(to the extent necessary to fulfill its reporting obligations) will treat each
loan as having a fair market value proportional to the share of the aggregate
principal balances of all of the loans that it represents, since the securities,
unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, will have a
relatively uniform interest rate and other common characteristics. To the extent
that the portion of the purchase price of a pass-through security allocated to a
loan (other than to a right to receive any accrued interest thereon and any
undistributed principal payments) is less than or greater than the portion of
the principal balance of the loan allocable to the security, the interest in the
loan allocable to the pass-through security will be deemed to have been acquired
at a discount or premium, respectively.
95
The treatment of any discount will depend on whether the discount
represents OID or market discount. In the case of a loan with OID in excess of a
prescribed de minimis amount or a stripped security, a holder of the security
will be required to report as interest income in each taxable year its share of
the amount of OID that accrues during that year in the manner described above.
OID with respect to a loan could arise, for example, by virtue of the financing
of points by the originator of the loan, or by virtue of the charging of points
by the originator of the loan in an amount greater than a statutory de minimis
exception, in circumstances under which the points are not currently deductible
pursuant to applicable Code provisions. Any market discount or premium on a loan
will be includible in income, generally in the manner described above, except
that in the case of pass-through securities, market discount is calculated with
respect to the loans underlying the security, rather than with respect to the
security itself. A holder that acquires an interest in a loan originated after
July 18, 1984 with more than a de minimis amount of market discount (generally,
the excess of the principal amount of the loan over the purchaser's allocable
purchase price) will be required to include accrued market discount in income in
the manner set forth above. See "--Taxation of Debt Securities --Market
Discount" and "--Premium" above.
In the case of market discount on a pass-through security attributable
to loans originated on or before July 18, 1984, the holder generally will be
required to allocate the portion of the discount that is allocable to a loan
among the principal payments on the loan and to include the discount allocable
to each principal payment in ordinary income at the time the principal payment
is made. This treatment would generally result in discount being included in
income at a slower rate than discount would be required to be included in income
using the method described in the preceding paragraph.
Stripped Securities. A stripped security may represent a right to
receive only a portion of the interest payments on the loans, a right to receive
only principal payments on the loans, or a right to receive certain payments of
both interest and principal. Ratio stripped securities may represent a right to
receive differing percentages of both the interest and principal on each loan.
Pursuant to section 1286 of the Code, the separation of ownership of the right
to receive some or all of the interest payments on an obligation from ownership
of the right to receive some or all of the principal payments results in the
creation of "stripped bonds" with respect to principal payments and "stripped
coupons" with respect to interest payments. Section 1286 of the Code applies the
OID rules to stripped bonds and stripped coupons. For purposes of computing OID,
a stripped bond or a stripped coupon is treated as a debt instrument issued on
the date that such stripped interest is purchased with an issue price equal to
its purchase price or, if more than one stripped interest is purchased, the
ratable share of the purchase price allocable to the stripped interest.
Servicing fees in excess of reasonable servicing fees will be treated
under the stripped bond rules. If the excess servicing fee is less than 100
basis points (i.e., 1% interest on the loan's principal balance) or the
securities are initially sold with a de minimis discount (assuming no prepayment
assumption is required), any non-de minimis discount arising from a subsequent
transfer of the securities should be treated as market discount. The IRS appears
to require that reasonable servicing fees be calculated on a loan by loan basis,
which could result in some loans being treated as having more than 100 basis
points of interest stripped off.
96
The Code, OID Regulations and judicial decisions provide no direct
guidance as to how the interest and OID rules are to apply to stripped
securities and other pass-through securities. Under the cash flow bond method
described above for pay-through securities, a prepayment assumption is used and
periodic recalculations are made that take into account with respect to each
accrual period the effect of prepayments during such period. However, the Tax
Reform Act of 1986 does not, absent Treasury regulations, appear specifically to
cover instruments such as stripped securities, which technically represent
ownership interests in the underlying loans, rather than being debt instruments
"secured by" those loans. Nevertheless, it is believed that the cash flow bond
method is a reasonable method of reporting income for such securities, and it is
expected that OID will be reported on that basis unless otherwise specified in
the related prospectus supplement. In applying the calculation to pass-through
securities, the trustee will treat all payments to be received by a holder with
respect to the underlying loans as payments on a single installment obligation.
The IRS could, however, assert that OID must be calculated separately for each
loan underlying a security.
Under certain circumstances, if the loans prepay at a rate faster than
the prepayment assumption, the use of the cash flow bond method may accelerate
the holder's recognition of income. If, however, the loans prepay at a rate
slower than the Prepayment Assumption, in some circumstances the use of this
method may decelerate the holder's recognition of income.
In the case of a stripped security that is an interest weighted
security, the applicable trustee intends, absent contrary authority, to report
income to holders as OID, in the manner described above for interest weighted
securities.
Possible Alternative Characterizations. The characterizations of the
stripped securities described above are not the only possible interpretations of
the applicable Code provisions. Among other possibilities, the IRS could contend
that:
o in certain series, each non-interest weighted security is composed
of an unstripped undivided ownership interest in loans and an
installment obligation consisting of stripped principal payments;
o the non-interest weighted securities are subject to the contingent
payment provisions of the regulations; or
o each interest weighted stripped security is composed of an
unstripped undivided ownership interest in loans and an installment
obligation consisting of stripped interest payments.
Given the variety of alternatives for treatment of the stripped
securities and the different federal income tax consequences that result from
each alternative, potential purchasers are urged to consult their own tax
advisers regarding the proper treatment of the securities for federal income tax
purposes.
Character as Qualifying Loans. In the case of stripped securities,
there is no specific legal authority existing regarding whether the character of
the securities, for federal income tax purposes, will be the same as the loans.
The IRS could take the position that the loans' character
97
is not carried over to the securities in such circumstances. Pass-through
securities will be, and, although the matter is not free from doubt, stripped
securities should be considered to represent:
o "real estate assets" within the meaning of section 856(c)(4)(A) of
the Code; and
o "loans secured by an interest in real property" within the meaning
of section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of the Code.
Interest income attributable to pass-through securities and stripped securities
should be considered to represent "interest on obligations secured by mortgages
on real property or on interests in real property" within the meaning of section
856(c)(3)(B) of the Code. Reserves or funds underlying the securities may cause
a proportionate reduction in the above-described qualifying status categories of
securities.
SALE OR EXCHANGE
Subject to the discussion below with respect to any trust fund as to
which a partnership election is made, in the opinion of tax counsel, a holder's
tax basis in a security is the price the holder pays for the security, increased
by amounts of OID or market discount included in income, and reduced by any
payments received (other than qualified stated interest payments) and any
amortized premium. Gain or loss recognized on a sale, exchange, or redemption of
a security, measured by the difference between the amount realized and the
security's basis as so adjusted, will generally be capital gain or loss,
assuming that the security is held as a capital asset and will generally be
long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period of the security is more
than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the holding period of the
Security is one year or less. Non-corporate taxpayers are subject to reduced
maximum rates on long-term capital gains and are generally subject to tax at
ordinary income rates on short-term capital gains. The deductibility of capital
losses is subject to certain limitations. Prospective investors should consult
their own tax advisors concerning these tax law provisions.
In the case of a security held by a bank, thrift, or similar
institution described in section 582 of the Code, however, gain or loss realized
on the sale or exchange of a REMIC regular interest security will be taxable as
ordinary income or loss. In addition, gain from the disposition of a regular
interest security that might otherwise be capital gain will be treated as
ordinary income to the extent of the excess, if any, of:
o the amount that would have been includible in the holder's income
if the yield on the regular interest security had equaled 110% of
the applicable federal rate as of the beginning of such holder's
holding period,
over
o the amount of ordinary income actually recognized by the holder
with respect to the regular interest security.
98
MISCELLANEOUS TAX ASPECTS
Backup Withholding. Subject to the discussion below with respect to any
trust fund as to which a partnership election is made, a holder, other than a
holder of a REMIC residual interest security, may, under certain circumstances,
be subject to "backup withholding" with respect to distributions or the proceeds
of a sale of certificates to or through brokers that represent interest or
original issue discount on the securities. The current backup withholding rate
is 30%. This rate is scheduled to adjust in future periods. This withholding
generally applies if the holder of a security:
o fails to furnish the applicable trustee with its taxpayer
identification number;
o furnishes the applicable trustee an incorrect taxpayer
identification number;
o fails to report properly interest, dividends or other "reportable
payments" as defined in the Code; or
o under certain circumstances, fails to provide the applicable
trustee or such holder's securities broker with a certified
statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the taxpayer
identification number provided is its correct number and that the
holder is not subject to backup withholding.
Backup withholding will not apply, however, with respect to certain
payments made to holders, including payments to certain exempt recipients (such
as exempt organizations) and to certain nonresident alien individuals, foreign
partnerships or foreign corporations. Holders should consult their tax advisers
as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the
procedure for obtaining the exemption.
The applicable trustee will report to the holders and to the servicer
for each calendar year the amount of any "reportable payments" during such year
and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to payments on the
securities.
TAX TREATMENT OF FOREIGN INVESTORS
Subject to the discussion below with respect to any trust fund as to
which a partnership election is made, under the Code, unless interest (including
OID) paid on a security (other than a residual interest security) is considered
to be "effectively connected" with a trade or business conducted in the United
States by a nonresident alien individual, foreign partnership or foreign
corporation, in the opinion of tax counsel, interest will normally qualify as
portfolio interest, and will be exempt from federal income tax. However,
interest will not qualify as portfolio interest where:
o the recipient is a holder, directly or by attribution, of 10% or
more of the capital or profits interest in the issuer, or
o the recipient is a controlled foreign corporation to which the
issuer is a related person.
99
For interest to qualify for the portfolio interest exemption from U.S.
withholding tax, the holder must generally complete a Form W-8BEN indicating
that the holder is a non-U.S. Person. The Form W-8BEN, or in certain
circumstances other documentation, must be provided to the person otherwise
required to withhold U.S. tax. If a foreign holder is a partnership or other
type of pass-through entity that is not treated for U.S. withholding tax
purposes as the beneficial owner of the income with respect to the security, the
holder generally must receive the Form W-8BEN as described in the previous
sentence from the holder's partners or other beneficial owners of the income
with respect to the security and may be required to provide the forms, and
certain additional information, to the person through whom the holder holds the
security. The forms provided by the holder or its interestholders regarding
status as a non-U.S. Person must generally be passed through the ownership chain
to the person otherwise required to withhold tax in order for the exemption to
apply. These provisions supersede the generally applicable provisions of United
States law that would otherwise require the issuer to withhold at a 30% rate
(unless such rate were reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty) on,
among other things, interest and other fixed or determinable, annual or periodic
income paid to nonresident alien individuals, foreign partnerships or foreign
corporations. Holders of pass-through securities and stripped securities,
including ratio strip securities, however, may be subject to withholding to the
extent that the loans were originated on or before July 18, 1984.
Interest and OID of holders who are foreign persons are not subject to
withholding if they are effectively connected with a United States business
conducted by the holder and appropriate documentation is provided to the person
otherwise required to withhold. They will, however, generally be subject to the
regular United States income tax.
Payments to holders of REMIC residual interest securities who are
foreign persons will generally be treated as interest for purposes of the 30%
(or lower treaty rate) United States withholding tax. Holders should assume that
such income does not qualify for exemption from United States withholding tax as
"portfolio interest." It is clear that, to the extent that a payment represents
a portion of REMIC taxable income that constitutes excess inclusion income, the
holder of a residual interest security will not be entitled to an exemption from
or reduction of the 30% (or lower treaty rate) withholding tax rule. If the
payments are subject to United States withholding tax, they generally will be
taken into account for withholding tax purposes only when paid or distributed
(or when the residual interest security is disposed of). The Treasury has
statutory authority, however, to promulgate regulations that would require such
amounts to be taken into account at an earlier time in order to prevent the
avoidance of tax. Regulations could, for example, require withholding prior to
the distribution of cash in the case of residual interest securities that do not
have significant value. Under the REMIC Regulations, if a residual interest
security has tax avoidance potential, a transfer of a residual interest security
to a nonresident alien individual, foreign partnership or foreign corporation
will be disregarded for all federal tax purposes. A residual interest security
has tax avoidance potential unless, at the time of the transfer the transferor
reasonably expects that the REMIC will distribute to the transferee residual
interest holder amounts that will equal at least 30% of each excess inclusion,
and that such amounts will be distributed at or after the time at which the
excess inclusions accrue and not later than the calendar year following the
calendar year of accrual. If a nonresident alien individual, foreign partnership
or foreign corporation transfers a residual interest security to a U.S. Person,
and if the transfer has the effect of allowing the transferor to avoid tax on
accrued excess inclusions, then the transfer is disregarded and the transferor
continues to be treated as the
100
owner of the residual interest security for purposes of the withholding tax
provisions of the Code. See "--Excess Inclusions" above.
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST FUND AS A PARTNERSHIP
Tax counsel is of the opinion that a trust fund structured as a
partnership will not be an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable
as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. This opinion is based on the
assumption that the terms of the trust agreement and related documents will be
complied with, and on counsel's conclusions that the nature of the income of the
trust fund will exempt it from the rule that certain publicly traded
partnerships are taxable as corporations or the issuance of the certificates has
been structured as a private placement under an IRS safe harbor, so that the
trust fund will not be characterized as a publicly traded partnership taxable as
a corporation.
If the trust fund were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes, in the opinion of tax counsel, the trust fund would be subject to
corporate income tax on its taxable income. The trust fund's taxable income
would include all its income, possibly reduced by its interest expense on the
notes. Any such corporate income tax could materially reduce cash available to
make payments on the notes and distributions on the certificates, and holders of
certificates could be liable for any such tax that is unpaid by the trust fund.
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES
Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness. The trust fund will agree, and
the noteholders will agree by their purchase of notes, to treat the notes as
debt for federal income tax purposes. As a result, tax counsel is, (except as
otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement,) of the opinion that
the notes will be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes. The
discussion below assumes this characterization of the notes is correct.
OID, Indexed Securities, etc. The discussion below assumes that all
payments on the notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, and that the notes are
not "indexed securities" or "strip notes." Moreover, the discussion assumes that
the interest formula for the notes meets the requirements for "qualified stated
interest" under the OID Regulations, and that any OID on the notes (i.e., any
excess of the principal amount of the notes over their issue price) does not
exceed a de minimis amount (i.e., 0.25% of their principal amount multiplied by
the number of full years included in their term), all within the meaning of the
OID Regulations. If these conditions are not satisfied with respect to any given
series of notes, additional tax considerations with respect to the notes will be
disclosed in the applicable prospectus supplement.
Interest Income on the Notes. Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following paragraph, in the opinion of tax counsel, the notes
will not be considered issued with OID. The stated interest on the notes will be
taxable to a noteholder as ordinary interest income when received or accrued in
accordance with the noteholder's method of tax accounting. Under the OID
Regulations, a holder of a note issued with a de minimis amount of OID must
include the OID in income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made
on the note. It is believed that any prepayment premium paid as a result of a
mandatory redemption will be taxable as contingent interest when it becomes
fixed and unconditionally payable. A purchaser
101
who buys a note for more or less than its principal amount will generally be
subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market discount rules of
the Code.
A holder of a note that is a "short-term note" (i.e., it has a fixed
maturity date of not more than one year from the issue date) may be subject to
special rules. An accrual basis holder of a short-term note (and certain cash
method holders, including regulated investment companies, as set forth in
section 1281 of the Code) generally would be required to report interest income
as interest accrues on a straight-line basis over the term of each interest
period. Other cash basis holders of a short-term note would, in general, be
required to report interest income as interest is paid (or, if earlier, upon the
taxable disposition of the short-term note). However, a cash basis holder of a
short-term note reporting interest income as it is paid may be required to defer
a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness incurred
to purchase or carry the short-term note until the taxable disposition of the
short-term note. A cash basis taxpayer may elect under section 1281 of the Code
to accrue interest income on all nongovernment debt obligations with a term of
one year or less, in which case the taxpayer would include interest on the
short-term note in income as it accrues, but would not be subject to the
interest expense deferral rule referred to in the preceding sentence. Certain
special rules apply if a short-term note is purchased for more or less than its
principal amount.
Sale or Other Disposition. In the opinion of tax counsel, if a
noteholder sells a note, the holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount
equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the holder's
adjusted tax basis in the note. The adjusted tax basis of a note to a particular
noteholder will equal the holder's cost for the note, increased by any market
discount, acquisition discount, OID and gain previously included by the
noteholder in income with respect to the note and decreased by the amount of
bond premium (if any) previously amortized and by the amount of principal
payments previously received by the noteholder with respect to the note. Any
such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the note was held as a capital
asset, except for gain representing accrued interest and accrued market discount
not previously included in income. Capital losses generally may be used only to
offset capital gains.
Foreign Holders. In the opinion of tax counsel, interest payments made
(or accrued) to a noteholder who is a "foreign person" (i.e., nonresident alien,
foreign corporation or other non-U.S. Person) generally will be considered
"portfolio interest," and generally will not be subject to United States federal
income tax and withholding tax, if the interest is not effectively connected
with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the foreign
person and the foreign person:
o is not actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder" of the
trust fund or the seller (including a holder of 10% of the
outstanding certificates) or a "controlled foreign corporation"
with respect to which the trust fund or the seller is a "related
person" within the meaning of the Code; and
o provides the trustee or other person who is otherwise required to
withhold U.S. tax with respect to the notes with an appropriate
statement (on Form W-8BEN), signed under penalties of perjury,
certifying that the beneficial owner of the note is a foreign
person and providing the foreign person's name and address.
102
If a foreign holder is a partnership or other type of pass-through entity that
is not treated for U.S. withholding tax purposes as the beneficial owner of the
income with respect to the certificate, the holder generally must receive the
Form W-8BEN as described in the previous sentence from the holder's partners or
other beneficial owners of the income with respect to the certificate and may be
required to provide the forms, and certain additional information, to the person
through whom the holder holds the certificates. The forms provided by the holder
or its interestholders regarding status as a non-U.S. Person must generally be
passed through the ownership chain to the person otherwise required to withhold
tax in order for the exemption to apply. If a note is held through a securities
clearing organization or certain other financial institutions, the foreign
person that owns the note should furnish such organization or institution with a
Form W-8BEN or a similar form. The organization or institution may then be
required to forward the Form W-8BEN to the withholding agent. If interest is not
portfolio interest and is not effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S.
trade or business, then it will be subject to United States federal income and
withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an
applicable tax treaty.
Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax; provided, that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the foreign person and (ii) in the case of an individual foreign
person, the foreign person is not present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year.
Backup Withholding. Each holder of a note (other than an exempt holder
such as a corporation, tax-exempt organization, qualified pension and
profit-sharing trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who
provides certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to
provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name,
address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the
holder is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt noteholder fail
to provide the required certification, the trust fund will be required to backup
withhold from the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld
amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.
The current backup withholding rate is 30%. This rate is scheduled to adjust in
future periods.
Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes. If, contrary to the
opinion of tax counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the
notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the notes might be
treated as equity interests in the trust fund. If so treated, the trust fund
might be taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences described above
(and the taxable corporation would not be able to reduce its taxable income by
deductions for interest expense on notes recharacterized as equity).
Alternatively, and most likely in the view of tax counsel, the trust fund might
be treated as a publicly traded partnership that would not be taxable as a
corporation because it would meet certain qualifying income tests. Nonetheless,
treatment of the notes as equity interests in such a publicly traded partnership
could have adverse tax consequences to certain holders. For example, income to
certain tax-exempt entities (including pension funds) may be "unrelated business
taxable income," income to foreign holders generally would be subject to U.S.
tax and U.S. tax return filing and withholding
103
requirements, and individual holders might be subject to certain limitations on
their ability to deduct their share of the trust fund's expenses.
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES
Treatment of the Trust Fund as a Partnership. The trust fund and the
servicer will agree, and the certificateholders will agree by their purchase of
certificates, to treat the trust fund as a partnership for purposes of federal
and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in
part by income, with the assets of the partnership being the assets held by the
trust fund, the partners of the partnership being the certificateholders, and
the notes being debt of the partnership. However, the proper characterization of
the arrangement involving the trust fund, the certificates, the notes, the trust
fund and the servicer is not clear because there is no authority on transactions
closely comparable to that contemplated herein.
A variety of alternative characterizations are possible. For example,
because the certificates have certain features characteristic of debt, the
certificates might be considered debt of the trust fund. Any such
characterization would not result in materially adverse tax consequences to
certificateholders as compared to the consequences from treatment of the
certificates as equity in a partnership, described below. The following
discussion assumes that the certificates represent equity interests in a
partnership.
Indexed Securities, etc. The following discussion assumes that all
payments on the certificates are denominated in U.S. dollars, none of the
certificates is an indexed security or a stripped certificate, and that a series
of securities includes a single class of certificates. If these conditions are
not satisfied with respect to any given series of certificates, additional tax
considerations with respect to such certificates will be disclosed in the
applicable prospectus supplement.
Partnership Taxation. If the trust fund is a partnership, in the
opinion of tax counsel, the trust fund will not be subject to federal income
tax. Rather, in the opinion of tax counsel, each certificateholder will be
required to separately take into account the holder's allocated share of income,
gains, losses, deductions and credits of the trust fund. The trust fund's income
will consist primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the loans
(including appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium)
and any gain upon collection or disposition of loans. The trust fund's
deductions will consist primarily of interest accruing with respect to the
notes, servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection or
disposition of loans.
In the opinion of tax counsel, the tax items of a partnership are
allocable to the partners in accordance with the Code, Treasury regulations and
the partnership agreement (here, the trust agreement and related documents). The
trust agreement will provide, in general, that the certificateholders will be
allocated taxable income of the trust fund for each month equal to the sum of:
o the interest that accrues on the certificates in accordance with
their terms for such month, including interest accruing at the
pass-through rate for that month and interest on amounts previously
due on the certificates but not yet distributed;
104
o any trust fund income attributable to discount on the loans that
corresponds to any excess of the principal amount of the
certificates over their initial issue price;
o prepayment premium payable to the certificateholders for that
month; and
o any other amounts of income payable to the certificateholders for
that month.
This allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the trust fund
of premium on loans that corresponds to any excess of the issue price of
certificates over their principal amount. All remaining taxable income of the
trust fund will be allocated to the depositor. Based on the economic arrangement
of the parties, in the opinion of tax counsel, this approach for allocating
trust fund income should be permissible under applicable Treasury regulations,
although no assurance can be given that the IRS would not require a greater
amount of income to be allocated to certificateholders. Moreover, in the opinion
of tax counsel, even under the foregoing method of allocation,
certificateholders may be allocated income equal to the entire pass-through rate
plus the other items described above even though the trust fund might not have
sufficient cash to make current cash distributions of that amount. Thus, cash
basis holders will in effect be required to report income from the certificates
on the accrual basis and certificateholders may become liable for taxes on trust
fund income even if they have not received cash from the trust fund to pay
taxes. In addition, because tax allocations and tax reporting will be done on a
uniform basis for all certificateholders but certificateholders may be
purchasing certificates at different times and at different prices,
certificateholders may be required to report on their tax returns taxable income
that is greater or less than the amount reported to them by the trust fund.
In the opinion of tax counsel, all of the taxable income allocated to a
certificateholder that is a pension, profit sharing or employee benefit plan or
other tax-exempt entity (including an individual retirement account) may
constitute "unrelated business taxable income" generally taxable to the holder
under the Code.
In the opinion of tax counsel, an individual taxpayer's share of
expenses of the trust fund (including fees to the servicer but not interest
expense) would be miscellaneous itemized deductions. Such deductions might be
disallowed to the individual in whole or in part and might result in such holder
being taxed on an amount of income that exceeds the amount of cash actually
distributed to the holder over the life of the trust fund.
The trust fund intends to make all tax calculations relating to income
and allocations to certificateholders on an aggregate basis. If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each loan, the trust fund
might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed that there
would not be a material adverse effect on certificateholders.
Discount and Premium. It is believed that the loans were not issued
with OID, and, therefore, the trust fund should not have OID income. However,
the purchase price paid by the trust fund for the loans may be greater or less
than the remaining principal balance of the loans at the time of purchase. If
so, in the opinion of tax counsel, the loan will have been acquired at a premium
or discount, as the case may be. (As indicated above, the trust fund will make
this calculation on an aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it on
a loan-by-loan basis.)
105
If the trust fund acquires the loans at a market discount or premium,
the trust fund will elect to include any discount in income currently as it
accrues over the life of the loans or to offset any premium against interest
income on the loans. As indicated above, a portion of market discount income or
premium deduction may be allocated to certificateholders.
Section 708 Termination. In the opinion of tax counsel, under section
708 of the Code, the trust fund will be deemed to terminate for federal income
tax purposes if 50% or more of the capital and profits interests in the trust
fund are sold or exchanged within a 12-month period. Pursuant to final Treasury
regulations issued May 9, 1997 under section 708 of the Code, if such a
termination occurs, the trust fund would be deemed to contribute its assets to a
new partnership in exchange for interests in the new partnership. Such interests
would be deemed distributed to the partners of the original trust fund in
liquidation thereof, which would not constitute a sale or exchange.
Disposition of Certificates. Generally, in the opinion of tax counsel,
capital gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of certificates in an amount
equal to the difference between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis
in the certificates sold. A certificateholder's tax basis in a certificate will
generally equal the holder's cost increased by the holder's share of trust fund
income (includible in income) and decreased by any distributions received with
respect to the certificate. In addition, both the tax basis in the certificates
and the amount realized on a sale of a certificate would include the holder's
share of the notes and other liabilities of the trust fund. A holder acquiring
certificates at different prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate
adjusted tax basis in the certificates, and, upon sale or other disposition of
some of the certificates, allocate a portion of the aggregate tax basis to the
certificates sold (rather than maintaining a separate tax basis in each
certificate for purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of that
certificate).
Any gain on the sale of a certificate attributable to the holder's
share of unrecognized accrued market discount on the loans would generally be
treated as ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to special tax
reporting requirements. The trust fund does not expect to have any other assets
that would give rise to such special reporting requirements. Thus, to avoid
those special reporting requirements, the trust fund will elect to include
market discount in income as it accrues.
If a certificateholder is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, this excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the certificates.
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees. In general, the trust
fund's taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items
for a particular calendar month will be apportioned among the certificateholders
in proportion to the principal amount of certificates owned by them as of the
close of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing
certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and
tax basis) attributable to periods before the actual transaction.
106
The use of such a monthly convention may not be permitted by existing
regulations. If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or losses
of the trust fund might be reallocated among the certificateholders. The trust
fund's method of allocation between transferors and transferees may be revised
to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.
Section 754 Election. In the event that a certificateholder sells its
certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing certificateholder will have a
higher (lower) basis in the certificates than the selling certificateholder had.
The tax basis of the trust fund's assets will not be adjusted to reflect that
higher (or lower) basis unless the trust fund were to file an election under
section 754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that
would be involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as potentially
onerous information reporting requirements, the trust fund will not make such
election. As a result, certificateholders might be allocated a greater or lesser
amount of trust fund income than would be appropriate based on their own
purchase price for certificates.
Administrative Matters. The trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete and accurate books of the trust fund. Books will be maintained for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year of
the trust fund will be the calendar year. The trustee will file a partnership
information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each taxable year of the
trust fund and will report each certificateholder's allocable share of items of
trust fund income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The trust
fund will provide the Schedule K-l information to nominees that fail to provide
the trust fund with the information statement described below and such nominees
will be required to forward such information to the beneficial owners of the
certificates. Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with
the information return filed by the trust fund or be subject to penalties unless
the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.
Under section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the trust fund
with a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial
owners and the certificates so held. Such information includes:
o the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the
nominee; and
o as to each beneficial owner (a) the name, address and
identification number of such person, (b) whether such person is a
U.S. Person, a tax-exempt entity or a foreign government, an
international organization or any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and (c) certain
information on certificates that were held, bought or sold on
behalf of such person throughout the year.
In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the trust fund information
as to themselves and their ownership of certificates. A clearing agency
registered under section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is not
required to furnish any such information statement to the trust fund. The
information referred to above for any calendar year must be furnished to the
trust fund on or before the
107
following January 31. Nominees, brokers and financial institutions that fail to
provide the trust fund with the information described above may be subject to
penalties.
The depositor will be designated as the tax matters partner in the
related trust agreement and, as such, will be responsible for representing the
certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS. The Code provides for
administrative examination of a partnership as if the partnership were a
separate and distinct taxpayer. Generally, the statute of limitations for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the
partnership information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an
audit of the return of the trust fund by the appropriate taxing authorities
could result in an adjustment of the returns of the certificateholders, and,
under certain circumstances, a certificateholder may be precluded from
separately litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of the trust fund. An
adjustment could also result in an audit of a certificateholder's returns and
adjustments of items not related to the income and losses of the trust fund.
Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders. It is not clear whether
the trust fund would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the
United States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S.
Persons because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue under facts
substantially similar to those described herein. Although it is not expected
that the trust fund would be engaged in a trade or business in the United States
for such purposes, the trust fund will withhold as if it were so engaged in
order to protect the trust fund from possible adverse consequences of a failure
to withhold. The trust fund expects to withhold on the portion of its taxable
income that is allocable to foreign certificateholders pursuant to section 1446
of the Code, as if such income were effectively connected to a U.S. trade or
business, at a rate of 35% for foreign holders that are taxable as corporations
and 38.6% (subject to adjustment in future periods) for all other foreign
holders. Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the issuance of other
administrative pronouncements may require the trust fund to change its
withholding procedures. In determining a holder's withholding status, the trust
fund may rely on IRS Form W-8BEN or a similar form, IRS Form W-9 or the holder's
certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.
Each foreign holder might be required to file a U.S. individual or
corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch
profits tax) on its share of the trust fund's income. Each foreign holder must
obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to
the trust fund on Form W-8BEN in order to assure appropriate crediting of the
taxes withheld. A foreign holder generally would be entitled to file with the
IRS a claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld by the trust fund taking
the position that no taxes were due because the trust fund was not engaged in a
U.S. trade or business. However, interest payments made (or accrued) to a
certificateholder who is a foreign person generally will be considered
guaranteed payments to the extent such payments are determined without regard to
the income of the trust fund. If these interest payments are properly
characterized as guaranteed payments, then the interest will not be considered
"portfolio interest." As a result, certificateholders will be subject to United
States federal income tax and withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless reduced
or eliminated pursuant to an applicable treaty. In such case, a foreign holder
would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of the taxes in excess
of the taxes that should be withheld with respect to the guaranteed payments.
108
Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the certificates will be subject to "backup" withholding tax
if, in general, the certificateholder fails to comply with certain
identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt recipient under
applicable provisions of the Code. The current backup withholding rate is 30%.
This rate is scheduled to adjust in future periods.
STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
In addition to the federal income tax considerations described in this
prospectus under "Material Federal Income Tax Considerations," potential
investors should consider the state and local income tax consequences of the
acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the securities. State and local
income tax law may differ substantially from the corresponding federal law, and
this discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of the income tax laws
of any state or locality. Therefore, potential investors should consult their
own tax advisors with respect to the various state and local tax consequences of
an investment in the securities.
FASIT SECURITIES
General. The FASIT provisions of the Code were enacted by the Small
Business Job Protection Act of 1996 and create a new elective statutory vehicle
for the issuance of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities effective on
September 1, 1997. On February 4, 2000, the IRS and Treasury issued proposed
Treasury regulations for FASITs. The regulations generally would not be
effective until final regulations are filed with the federal register. However,
it appears that certain anti-abuse rules would apply as of February 4, 2000.
Investors also should note that the FASIT discussions contained herein
constitutes only a summary of the federal income tax consequences to holders of
FASIT securities. With respect to each series of FASIT securities, the related
prospectus supplement will provide a detailed discussion regarding the federal
income tax consequences associated with the particular transaction.
FASIT securities will be classified as either FASIT "regular
securities," which generally will be treated as debt for federal income tax
purposes, or FASIT "ownership securities," which generally are not treated as
debt for such purposes, but rather as representing rights and responsibilities
with respect to the taxable income or loss of the related series. The prospectus
supplement for each series of securities will indicate whether one or more FASIT
elections will be made for the series, and which securities of the series will
be designated as regular securities, and which, if any, will be designated as
ownership securities.
Qualification as a FASIT. The trust fund underlying a series (or one or
more designated pools of assets held in the trust fund) will qualify under the
Code as a FASIT in which the FASIT regular securities and the FASIT ownership
securities will constitute the "regular interests" and the "ownership
interests," respectively, if
o a FASIT election is in effect,
o certain tests concerning the composition of the FASIT's assets and
the nature of the holders' interests in the FASIT are met on a
continuing basis, and
109
o the trust fund is not a regulated investment company or RIC as
defined in section 851(a) of the Code.
However, the qualification as a FASIT of any trust fund for which a
FASIT election is made depends on the trust's ability to satisfy the
requirements of the FASIT provisions on an ongoing basis, including, without
limitation, the requirements of any final Treasury regulations that may be
promulgated in the future under the FASIT provisions or as a result of any
change in applicable law. Thus, no assurances can be made regarding the
qualification as a FASIT of any trust for which a FASIT election is made at any
particular time after the issuance of securities by the trust.
Asset Composition. In order for a trust fund (on one or more designated
pools of assets held by a trust fund) to be eligible for FASIT status,
substantially all of the assets of the trust fund (or the designated pool) must
consist of "permitted assets" as of the close of the third month beginning after
the closing date and at all times thereafter. Permitted assets include
o cash or cash equivalents,
o debt instruments with fixed terms that would qualify as REMIC
regular interests if issued by a REMIC (generally, instruments that
provide for interest at a fixed rate, a qualifying variable rate,
or a qualifying interest-only type rate,
o foreclosure property,
o certain hedging instruments (generally, interest and currency rate
swaps and credit enhancement contracts) that are reasonably
required to guarantee or hedge against the FASIT's risks associated
with being the obligor on FASIT interests,
o contract rights to acquire qualifying debt instruments or
qualifying hedging instruments,
o FASIT regular interests, and
o REMIC regular interests.
o Permitted assets do not include any debt instruments issued by the
holder of the FASIT's ownership interest or by any person related
to the holder.
Interests in a FASIT. In addition to the foregoing asset qualification
requirements, the interests in a FASIT must meet certain requirements. All of
the interests in a FASIT must belong to either
o one or more classes of regular interests or
o a single class of ownership interest that is held by a fully
taxable domestic corporation. In the case of series that include
FASIT ownership securities, the ownership interest will be
represented by the FASIT ownership securities.
110
A FASIT interest generally qualifies as a regular interest if
o it is designated as a regular interest,
o it has a stated maturity no greater than thirty years,
o it entitles its holder to a specified principal amount,
o the issue price of the interest does not exceed 125% of its stated
principal amount,
o the yield to maturity of the interest is less than the applicable
Treasury rate published by the IRS plus 5%, and
o if it pays interest, such interest is payable either at a fixed
rate with respect to the principal amount of the regular interest
or at a permissible variable rate with respect to the principal
amount.
Permissible variable rates for FASIT regular interests are the same as those for
REMIC regular interest (i.e., certain qualified floating rates and weighted
average rates). See "Material Federal Income Tax Considerations--Taxation of
Debt Securities--Variable Rate Debt Securities" in this prospectus.
If a FASIT security fails to meet one or more of the requirements set
out in the third, fourth or fifth bullet in the preceding paragraph, but
otherwise meets the above requirements, it may still qualify as a type of
regular interest known as a "high-yield interest." In addition, if a FASIT
security fails to meet the requirements of the final bullet in the preceding
paragraph, but the interest payable on the security consists of a specified
portion of the interest payments on permitted assets and that portion does not
vary over the life of the security, the security also will qualify as a
high-yield interest. A high-yield interest may be held only by domestic
corporations that are fully subject to corporate income tax, other FASITs and
dealers in securities who acquire such interests as inventory, rather than for
investment. In addition, holders of high-yield interests are subject to
limitations on offset of income derived from such interest. See "--Tax Treatment
of FASIT Regular Securities" and "--Treatment of High-Yield Interests" below.
Anti-Abuse Rule. Under proposed Treasury regulations, the IRS
Commissioner may make appropriate adjustments with regard to the FASIT and any
arrangement or transaction involving the FASIT if a principal purpose of forming
or using the FASIT is to achieve results inconsistent with the intent of the
FASIT provisions and the FASIT regulations. This determination would be based on
all of the facts and circumstances, including a comparison of the purported
business purpose for a transaction and the claimed tax benefits resulting from
the transaction.
Consequences of the Failure of the FASIT Trust to Qualify as a FASIT.
If a FASIT trust fails to comply with one or more of the Code's ongoing
requirements for FASIT status during any taxable year, proposed Treasury
regulations provide that its FASIT status would be lost for that year and the
FASIT trust would be unable to elect FASIT status without the Commissioner's
approval. If FASIT status is lost, under proposed Treasury regulations the
entity classification of the former FASIT would be determined under general
federal income tax principles. The holder
111
of the FASIT ownership security would be treated as exchanging the assets of the
former FASIT for an amount equal to their value and gain recognized would be
treated as gain from a prohibited transaction that is subject to the 100% tax,
without exception. Loss, if any, would be disallowed. In addition, the holder of
the FASIT ownership security must recognize cancellation of indebtedness income,
on a regular interest by regular interest basis, in an amount equal to the
adjusted issue price of each FASIT regular security outstanding immediately
before the loss of FASIT status over its fair market value. If the holder of the
FASIT ownership security has a continuing economic interest in the former FASIT,
the characterization of this interest is determined under general federal income
tax principles. Holders of FASIT regular securities are treated as exchanging
their securities for interests in the new entity classification of the former
FASIT, which classification is determined under general federal income tax
principles. Gain is recognized to the extent the new interest either does not
qualify as debt or differs either in kind or extent. The basis of the interest
in the new entity classification of the former FASIT equals the basis in the
FASIT regular security increased by any gain recognized on the exchange.
Tax Treatment of FASIT Regular Securities. Payments received by holders
of FASIT regular securities generally should be accorded the same tax treatment
under the Code as payments received on other taxable corporate debt instruments
and on REMIC regular securities. As in the case of holders of REMIC regular
securities, holders of FASIT regular securities must report income from such
securities under an accrual method of accounting, even if they otherwise would
have used the cash receipts and disbursements method. Except in the case of
FASIT regular securities issued with original issue discount or acquired with
market discount or premium, interest paid or accrued on a FASIT regular security
generally will be treated as ordinary income to the holder and a principal
payment on the security will be treated as a return of capital to the extent
that the holder's basis is allocable to that payment. Holders of FASIT regular
securities issued with original issue discount or acquired with market discount
or premium generally will be required to treat interest and principal payments
on the securities in the same manner described for REMIC regular securities. See
"Material Federal Income Tax Considerations--Taxation of Debt Securities,"
"--Market Discount," and "--Premium" in this prospectus. High-yield interests
may be held only by fully taxable domestic corporations, other FASITs, and
certain securities dealers. Holders of high-yield interests are subject to
limitations on their ability to use current losses or net operating loss
carryforwards or carrybacks to offset any income derived from those securities.
If a FASIT regular security is sold or exchanged, the holder generally
will recognize gain or loss upon the sale in the manner described above for
securities other than REMIC regular interest securities. See "Material Federal
Income Tax Considerations--Sale or Exchange" in this prospectus. In addition, if
a FASIT regular security becomes wholly or partially worthless as a result of
default and delinquencies of the underlying assets, the holder of the security
should be allowed to deduct the loss sustained (or alternatively be able to
report a lesser amount of income). See "Material Federal Income Tax
Considerations--Taxation of Debt Securities--Effects of Default and
Delinquencies" in this prospectus.
FASIT regular securities held by a real estate investment trust or REIT
will qualify as "real estate assets" within the meaning of section 856(c) (4)(A)
of the Code, and interest on such securities will be considered "interest on
obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real
property" within the meaning of section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code to the same
112
extent that REMIC securities would be so considered. FASIT regular securities
held by a thrift institution taxed as a "domestic building and loan association"
will represent qualifying assets for purposes of the qualification requirements
set forth in section 7701(a)(19) of the Code to the same extent that REMIC
securities would be so considered. See "Material Federal Income Tax
Considerations--Taxation of Debt Securities--Status as Real Property Loans" in
this prospectus. In addition, FASIT regular securities held by a financial
institution to which section 585 of the Code applies will be treated as
evidences of indebtedness for purposes of section 582(c)(1) of the Code. FASIT
securities will not qualify as "government securities" for either REIT - or RIC
- - qualification purposes.
Treatment of High-Yield Interests. High-yield interests are subject to
special rules regarding the eligibility of holders of such interests, and the
ability of such holders to offset income derived from their FASIT security with
losses. High-yield interests may be held only by eligible corporations other
FASITs, and dealers in securities who acquire such interests as inventory. If a
securities dealer (other than an eligible corporation) initially acquires a
high-yield interest as inventory, but later begins to hold it for investment,
the dealer will be subject to an excise tax equal to the income from the
high-yield interest multiplied by the highest corporate income tax rate. In
addition, transfers of high-yield interests to disqualified holders will be
disregarded for federal income tax purposes, and the transferor still will be
treated as the holder of the high-yield interest.
The holder of a high-yield interest may not use non-FASIT current
losses or net operating loss carryforwards or carrybacks to offset any income
derived from the high-yield interest, for either regular federal income tax
purposes or for alternative minimum tax purposes. In addition, the FASIT
provisions contain an anti-abuse rule that imposes corporate income tax on
income derived from a FASIT regular security that is held by a pass-through
entity (other than another FASIT) that issues debt or equity securities backed
by the FASIT regular security and that have the same features as high-yield
interests.
Tax Treatment of FASIT Ownership Securities. A FASIT ownership security
represents the residual equity interest in a FASIT. As such, the holder of a
FASIT ownership security determines its taxable income by taking into account
all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, deduction, loss and credit of
a FASIT. In general, the character of the income to the holder of a FASIT
ownership interest will be the same as the character of such income of the
FASIT, except that any tax-exempt interest income taken into account by the
holder of a FASIT ownership interest is treated as ordinary income. In
determining that taxable income, the holder of a FASIT ownership security must
determine the amount of interest, original issue discount, market discount and
premium recognized with respect to the FASIT's assets and the FASIT regular
securities issued by the FASIT according to a constant yield methodology and
under an accrual method of accounting. In addition, holders of FASIT ownership
securities are subject to the same limitations on their ability to use losses to
offset income from their FASIT security as are the holders of high-yield
interests. See "FASIT Securities--Treatment of High-Yield Interests."
Rules similar to the wash sale rules applicable to REMIC residual
securities also will apply to FASIT ownership securities. Accordingly, losses on
dispositions of a FASIT ownership security generally will be disallowed where,
within six months before or after the disposition, the
113
seller of such security acquires any other FASIT ownership security or, in the
case of a FASIT holding mortgage assets, any interest in a taxable mortgage pool
described in section 7701 of the Code that is economically comparable to a FASIT
Ownership Security. In addition, if any security that is sold or contributed to
a FASIT by the holder of the related FASIT ownership security was required to be
marked-to-market under section 475 of the Code by such holder, then section 475
will continue to apply to such securities, except that the amount realized under
the mark-to-market rules will be a greater of the securities' value under
present law or the securities' value after applying special valuation rules
contained in the FASIT provisions. Those special valuation rules generally
require that the value of debt instruments that are not traded on an established
securities market be determined by calculating the present value of the
reasonably expected payments under the instrument using a discount rate of 120%
of the applicable federal rate, compounded semiannually.
The holder of a FASIT ownership security will be subject to a tax equal
to 100% of the net income derived by the FASIT from any "prohibited
transactions." Prohibited transactions include (i) the receipt of income derived
from assets that are not permitted assets, (ii) certain dispositions of
permitted assets, (iii) the receipt of any income derived from any loan
originated by a FASIT and (iv) in certain cases, the receipt of income
representing a servicing fee or other compensation. Any series for which a FASIT
election is made generally will be structured in order to avoid application of
the prohibited transaction tax.
Backup Withholding, Reporting and Tax Administration. Holders of FASIT
securities will be subject to backup withholding to the same extent holders of
REMIC securities would be subject. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations--Miscellaneous Tax Aspects--Backup Withholding." For purposes of
reporting and tax administration, holders of record of FASIT securities
generally will be treated in the same manner as holders of REMIC securities.
Under proposed Treasury regulations, if a non-U.S. Person holds (either
directly or through a vehicle which itself is not subject to U.S. federal income
tax, such as a partnership or a trust) a FASIT regular security and a "conduit
debtor" pays or accrues interest on a debt instrument held by such FASIT, any
interest received or accrued by the non-U.S. Person FASIT regular security
holder is treated as received or accrued from the conduit debtor. The proposed
Treasury regulations state that a debtor is a conduit debtor if the debtor is a
U.S. Person or the United States branch of a non-U.S. Person and the non-U.S.
Person FASIT regular security holder is (1) a "10 percent shareholder" of the
debtor, (2) a "controlled foreign corporation" and the debtor is a related
person with respect to the controlled foreign corporation or (3) related to the
debtor. As set forth above, the proposed Treasury regulations would not be
effective until final regulations are filed with the federal register.
Due to the complexity of the federal income tax rules applicable to
holders and the considerable uncertainty that exists with respect to many
aspects of those rules, potential investors should consult their own tax
advisors regarding the tax treatment of the acquisition, ownership, and
disposition of the securities.
114
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The following describes certain considerations under the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and the Code, which apply
only to securities of a series that are not divided into subclasses. If
securities are divided into subclasses, the related prospectus supplement will
contain information concerning considerations relating to ERISA and the Code
that are applicable to the related subclasses.
ERISA and section 4975 of the Code impose requirements on employee
benefit plans - and on certain other retirement plans and arrangements,
including individual retirement accounts and annuities, Keogh plans and
collective investment funds and separate accounts in which plans, accounts or
arrangements are invested - and on persons who are fiduciaries with respect to
these types of plans and arrangements. In this prospectus we refer to these
types of plans and arrangements as "Plans." Generally, ERISA applies to
investments made by Plans. Among other things, ERISA requires that the assets of
Plans be held in trust and that the trustee, or other duly authorized fiduciary,
have exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the assets of such
Plans. ERISA also imposes certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of
Plans, such as the duty to invest prudently, to diversify investments unless it
is prudent not to do so, and to invest in accordance with the documents
governing the Plan. Under ERISA, any person who exercises any authority or
control respecting the management or disposition of the assets of a Plan, or who
renders investment advice for a fee, is considered to be a fiduciary of such
Plan (subject to certain exceptions not here relevant). Certain employee benefit
plans, such as governmental plans (as defined in section 3(32) of ERISA) and, if
no election has been made under section 410(d) of the Code, church plans (as
defined in section 3(33) of ERISA), are not subject to ERISA's requirements.
Accordingly, assets of such plans may be invested in securities without regard
to the ERISA considerations described above and below, subject to the provisions
of applicable federal or state law. Any such plan that is qualified and exempt
from taxation under sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, however, is subject
to the prohibited transaction rules set forth in section 503 of the Code.
The United States Department of Labor (DOL) has issued final
regulations under section 401(c) of ERISA describing a safe harbor for insurers
that issued certain nonguaranteed policies supported by their general accounts
to Plans, and under which an insurer would not be considered an ERISA fiduciary
with respect to its general account by virtue of a Plan's investment in such a
policy. In general, to meet the safe harbor, an insurer must
o disclose certain specified information to investing Plan
fiduciaries initially and on an annual basis;
o allow Plans to terminate or discontinue a policy on 90 days' notice
to the insurer, and to elect, without penalty, either a lump-sum
payment or annual installment payments over a ten-year period, with
interest; and
o give Plans written notice of "insurer-initiated amendments" 60 days
before the amendments take effect.
115
In addition to the imposition of general fiduciary standards of
investment prudence and diversification, ERISA and section 4975 of the Code
prohibit a broad range of transactions involving Plan assets and persons having
certain specified relationships to a Plan ("parties in interest"), and impose
additional prohibitions where parties in interest are fiduciaries with respect
to a Plan. Certain parties in interest that participate in a prohibited
transaction may be subject to excise taxes imposed pursuant to section 4975 of
the Code, or penalties imposed pursuant to section 502(i) of ERISA, unless a
statutory, regulatory or administrative exemption is available.
The DOL has issued Plan asset regulations defining what constitutes the
assets of a Plan (Department of Labor Reg. Section 2510.3-101). Under these
regulations, the underlying assets and properties of corporations, partnerships,
trusts and certain other entities in which a Plan makes an "equity" investment
could be deemed for purposes of ERISA to be assets of the investing Plan in
certain circumstances.
Under the Plan asset regulations, the term "equity" interest is defined
as any interest in an entity other than an instrument that is treated as
indebtedness under "applicable local law" and which has no "substantial equity
features." If the trust fund issues notes that are not treated as equity
interests in the trust fund for purposes of the Plan asset regulations, a Plan's
investment in such notes would not cause the assets of the trust to be deemed
Plan assets. However, the seller, the servicer, the backup servicer, the
indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the underwriter and the depositor may be
the sponsor of or investment advisor with respect to one or more Plans. Because
such parties may receive certain benefits in connection with the sale of the
notes, the purchase of notes using Plan assets over which any of these parties
(or their affiliates) has investment authority might be deemed to be a violation
of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the Code for which no exemption
may be available. Accordingly, a prospective purchaser should consult with
counsel before purchasing a note using the assets of any Plan if the seller, the
servicer, the backup servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the
underwriter, the depositor or any of their affiliates
o has investment or administrative discretion with respect to such
Plan assets;
o has authority or responsibility to give, or regularly gives,
investment advice with respect to such Plan assets for a fee and
pursuant to an agreement or understanding that the advice will
serve as a primary basis for investment decisions with respect to
the Plan assets and will be based on the particular investment
needs for the Plan; or
o is an employer maintaining or contributing to such Plan.
In addition, the trust fund, any underwriter, the trustee or their
affiliates might be considered or might become "parties in interest" with
respect to a Plan. Also, any holder of certificates of the trust fund, because
of its activities or the activities of its respective affiliates, may be deemed
to be a "party in interest" with respect to certain Plans, including but not
limited to Plans sponsored by the holder. In either case, whether nor not the
assets of the trust are considered to be Plan assets, the acquisition or holding
of notes by or on behalf of a Plan could give rise to a prohibited transaction
within the meaning of ERISA and the Code, unless it is subject to one or more
exemptions such as:
116
o Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (PTCE) 84-14, which exempts
certain transactions effected on behalf of a Plan by a "qualified
professional asset manager;"
o PTCE 90-1, which exempts certain transactions involving insurance
company pooled separate accounts;
o PTCE 91-38, which exempts certain transactions involving bank
collective investment funds;
o PTCE 95-60, which exempts certain transactions involving insurance
company general accounts; or
o PTCE 96-23, which exempts certain transactions effected on behalf
of a Plan by certain "in-house asset managers."
There can be no assurance that any of these class exemptions will apply with
respect to any particular Plan's investment in notes, or, even if it did apply,
that any exemption would apply to all prohibited transactions that may occur in
connection with such an investment. Unless a different requirement is imposed in
the prospectus supplement, each prospective purchaser or transferee of a note
that is a Plan or a person acting on behalf or investing the assets of a Plan
shall be required to represent (or, with respect to any transfer of a beneficial
interest in a global note, shall be deemed to represent) to the indenture
trustee and the note registrar that the relevant conditions for exemptive relief
under at least one of the foregoing exemptions have been satisfied.
The Plan asset regulations provide that, generally, the assets of an
entity in which a Plan invests will not be deemed to be assets of the Plan for
purposes of ERISA if the equity interest acquired by the investing Plan is a
publicly-offered security, or if equity participation by benefit plan investors
is not significant. In general, a publicly-offered security, as defined in the
Plan asset regulations, is a security that is widely held, freely transferable
and registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Equity
participation in an entity by benefit plan investors is not significant if,
after the most recent acquisition of an equity interest in the entity, less than
25% of the value of each class of equity interest in the entity is held by
"benefit plan investors," which include benefit plans described in ERISA or
under section 4975 of the Code, whether or not they are subject to Title I of
ERISA, as well as entities whose underlying assets include assets of a Plan by
reason of a Plan's investment in the entity.
If no exception under the Plan asset regulations applies and if a Plan
(or a person investing Plan assets, such as an insurance company general
account) acquires an equity interest in the trust, then the assets of the trust
would be considered to be assets of the Plan. Because the loans held by the
trust may be deemed assets of each Plan that purchases an equity interest, an
investment in an equity interest issued by the trust by a Plan might be a
prohibited transaction under ERISA and subject to an excise tax under section
4975 of the Code, and may cause transactions undertaken in the course of
operating the trust to constitute prohibited transactions, unless a statutory or
administrative exemption applies.
117
The DOL issued to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., an individual underwriter
exemption (Prohibited Transaction Exemption 90-30, 55 Fed. Reg. 21461 (1990)),
which exempts from the application of certain of the prohibited transaction
rules transactions relating to the acquisition, sale and holding by Plans of
certain securities, including certificates, representing an interest in
asset-backed pass-through entities, including trusts, that hold certain types of
receivables or obligations and with respect to which Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.,
or certain of its affiliates, is the underwriter, or the manager or co-manager
of an underwriting syndicate.
The underwriter exemption sets forth the following general conditions
which must be satisfied before a transaction involving the acquisition, sale and
holding of the certificates or a transaction in connection with the servicing,
operation and management of the trust fund may be eligible for exemptive relief
thereunder:
o The acquisition of the certificates by a Plan is on terms
(including the price for the certificates) that are at least as
favorable to the investing Plan as they would be in an arm's-length
transaction with an unrelated party.
o The rights and interests evidenced by the certificates acquired by
the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests evidenced
by other certificates of the same trust fund, other than in the
case of a "designated transaction" (as defined below).
o The certificates acquired by the Plan have received a rating at the
time of such acquisition that is in one of the three (or in the
case of a designated transaction, four) highest generic rating
categories from any of Fitch, Inc., Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
and Standard & Poor's.
o The trustee is not an affiliate of any member of the Restricted
Group, other than an underwriter.
o The sum of all payments made to and retained by the underwriters in
connection with the distribution of the certificates represents not
more than reasonable compensation for underwriting or placing such
certificates; the sum of all payments made to and retained by the
depositor pursuant to the sale of the mortgage loans to the trust
represents not more than the fair market value of such mortgage
loans; and the sum of all payments made to and retained by the
servicers represent not more than reasonable compensation for the
servicers' services under the pooling and servicing agreements and
reimbursement of the servicers' reasonable expenses in connection
therewith.
o The Plan investing in the certificates is an "accredited investor"
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
For purposes of the underwriter exemption, a "designated transaction"
means, for certificates issued on or after August 23, 2000, a transaction in
which the assets underlying the certificates consist of single-family
residential, multi-family residential, home equity, manufactured housing and/or
commercial mortgage obligations that are fully secured by
118
single-family residential, multi-family residential or commercial real property
or leasehold interests in the foregoing.
Moreover, the underwriter exemption provides relief from certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when a
fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust containing
receivables on which such person (or its affiliate) is an obligor; provided,
that among other requirements:
o the person (or its affiliate) is not an obligor with respect to
more than 5% of the fair market value of the obligations or
receivables contained in the trust;
o the Plan is not a plan with respect to which any member of the
Restricted Group is the "plan sponsor" (as defined in section
3(16)(B) of ERISA);
o in the case of an acquisition in connection with the initial
issuance of certificates, at least 50% of each class of
certificates in which Plans have invested is acquired by persons
independent of the Restricted Group and at least 50% of the
aggregate interest in the trust fund is acquired by persons
independent of the Restricted Group;
o a Plan's investment in certificates of any class does not exceed
25% of all of the certificates of that class outstanding at the
time of the acquisition; and
o immediately after the acquisition, no more than 25% of the assets
of any Plan with respect to which such person has discretionary
authority or renders investment advice are invested in certificates
representing an interest in one or more trusts containing assets
sold or serviced by the same entity.
The underwriter exemption issued to Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. was
amended by Prohibited Transaction Exemption 97-34, 62 Fed. Reg. 39021 (1997), in
part, to provide exemptive relief to certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed
securities transactions that utilize pre-funding accounts and that otherwise
satisfy the requirements of the underwriter exemption. Mortgage loans or other
secured receivables supporting payments to certificateholders, and having a
value equal to no more than 25% of the total principal amount of the
certificates being offered by the trust, may be transferred to the trust within
a 90-day or three-month funding period following the closing date instead of
being required to be either identified or transferred on or before the closing
date. The relief is available when the following conditions are met:
o The funding limit (i.e., the ratio of the amount allocated to the
pre-funding account to the total principal amount of the
certificates being offered) must not exceed 25%.
o All the additional obligations transferred after the closing date
must meet the same terms and conditions for eligibility as the
original obligations used to create the trust, which terms and
conditions have been approved by a rating agency; provided, that
the terms and conditions for determining the eligibility of an
obligation may be changed if such changes receive prior approval
either by a majority vote of the outstanding certificateholders or
by a rating agency.
119
o The transfer of additional obligations to the trust during the
funding period must not result in the certificates to be covered by
the underwriter exemption receiving a lower credit rating from a
rating agency upon termination of the funding period than the
rating that was obtained at the time of the initial issuance of the
certificates by the trust.
o Solely as a result of the use of pre-funding, the weighted average
annual percentage interest rate for all of the obligations in the
trust at the end of the funding period must not be more than 100
basis points lower than the average interest rate for the
obligations transferred to the trust on the closing date.
o In order to insure that the characteristics of the additional
obligations are substantially similar to the original obligations
which were transferred to the trust fund:
(i) the characteristics of the additional obligations must be
monitored by an insurer or other credit support provider
that is independent of the depositor; or
(ii) an independent accountant retained by the depositor must
provide the depositor with a letter (with copies provided
to each rating agency rating the certificates, the related
underwriter and the related trustee) stating whether or not
the characteristics of the additional obligations conform
to the characteristics described in the related prospectus
or prospectus supplement and/or pooling and servicing
agreement. In preparing the letter, the independent
accountant must use the same type of procedures as were
applicable to the obligations transferred to the trust as
of the closing date.
o The period of pre-funding must end no later than three months or 90
days after the closing date or earlier in certain circumstances if
the pre-funding account falls below the minimum level specified in
the pooling and servicing agreement or an event of default occurs.
o Amounts transferred to any pre-funding account and/or capitalized
interest account used in connection with the pre-funding may be
invested only in certain permitted investments.
o The related prospectus or prospectus supplement must describe:
(i) any pre-funding account and/or capitalized interest account
used in connection with a pre-funding account;
(ii) the duration of the period of pre-funding;
(iii) the percentage and/or dollar amount of the funding limit
for the trust; and
120
(iv) that the amounts remaining in the pre-funding account at
the end of the funding period will be remitted to
certificateholders as repayments of principal.
o The related pooling and servicing agreement must describe the
permitted investments for the pre-funding account and/or
capitalized interest account and, if not disclosed in the related
prospectus or prospectus supplement, the terms and conditions for
eligibility of additional obligations.
The underwriter exemption issued to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. was
amended by Prohibited Transaction Exemption 2000-58, 65 Fed. Reg. 67765 (2000)
in part, to permit Plans to purchase securities, including subordinated
securities, rated in any of the four highest ratings categories (provided that
all other requirements of the underwriter exemption are met). The description
above reflects this amendment.
In general, neither PTCE 83-1, which exempts certain transactions
involving Plan investments in mortgage trusts, nor the underwriter exemption
applies to a trust which contains unsecured obligations. However, PTE 2000-58
provides that, for purposes of the underwriter exemption, residential and home
equity loan receivables issued in designated transactions may be less than fully
secured if:
o the rights and interests evidenced by the certificates issued in
the designated transaction are not subordinated to the rights and
interests evidenced by other securities of the same trust fund,
o the certificates have received a rating at the time of acquisition
that is in one of the two highest generic rating categories from a
rating agency, and
o the receivables are secured by collateral whose fair market value
on the closing date of the designated transaction is at least 80%
of the sum of the outstanding principal balance due under the
receivable and the outstanding principal balance of any other
receivable of higher priority which is secured by the same
collateral.
Any Plan fiduciary that proposes to cause a Plan to purchase securities
should consult with counsel concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the
applicability of PTCE 83-1, the underwriter exemption, or any other exemption
and the potential consequences in their specific circumstances, prior to making
an investment. Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether, under the
general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, an
investment in the securities is appropriate for the Plan, taking into account
the overall investment policy of the Plan and the composition of the Plan's
investment portfolio.
LEGAL MATTERS
The legality of the securities of each series, including the material
federal income tax consequences with respect to the securities, will be passed
upon for the depositor by Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York,
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, New York, New York, or other counsel designated in
the prospectus supplement.
121
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A new trust fund will be formed for each series of securities. No trust
fund will engage in any business activities or have any assets or obligations
prior to the issuance of the related series of securities. Accordingly, no
financial statements with respect to any trust fund will be included in this
prospectus or in the related prospectus supplement.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The depositor has filed with the SEC a registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the securities. This
prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, and the prospectus
supplement relating to each series of securities contain summaries of the
material terms of the documents referred to herein and therein, but do not
contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement pursuant
to the Rules and Regulations of the SEC. For further information, reference is
made to the registration statement and its exhibits. The registration statement
and exhibits can be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public
reference facilities maintained by the SEC at its Public Reference Section, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at its Regional Offices located
as follows: Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511; and Northeast Regional Office, 7 World Trade
Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. In addition, the SEC maintains a
Web site at http://www.sec.gov containing reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding registrants, including the depositor,
that file electronically with the SEC.
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE
This prospectus incorporates by reference all documents and reports
filed by the depositor, Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., with respect
to a trust fund pursuant to Section 13(a), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, prior to the termination of the offering of
the related securities. Upon request by any person to whom this prospectus is
delivered in connection with the offering of one or more classes securities, the
depositor will provide or cause to be provided without charge a copy of any of
the documents and/or reports incorporated herein by reference, in each case to
the extent the documents or reports relate to those classes of securities, other
than the exhibits to the documents (unless the exhibits are specifically
incorporated by reference in such documents). Requests to the depositor should
be directed in writing to: Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities, Inc., 383
Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, telephone number (212) 272-2000. The
depositor has determined that its financial statements are not material to the
offering of any securities.
Investors may read and copy the documents and/or reports incorporated
herein by reference at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange
Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Investors may
obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the
SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at
http://www.sec.gov containing reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding issuers, including each trust fund, that file
electronically with the SEC.
122
RATINGS
It is a condition to the issuance of the securities of each series
offered by this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement that they
shall have been rated in one of the four highest rating categories by the
nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies specified in the
prospectus supplement.
Each such rating will be based on, among other things, the adequacy of
the value of the trust fund assets and any credit enhancement with respect to
the related class and will reflect the rating agency's assessment solely of the
likelihood that the related holders will receive payments to which they are
entitled. No rating will constitute an assessment of the likelihood that
principal prepayments on the related loans will be made, the degree to which the
rate of prepayments might differ from that originally anticipated or the
likelihood of early optional termination of the securities. A rating should not
be deemed a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell securities, inasmuch as it
does not address market price or suitability for a particular investor. A rating
will not address the possibility that prepayment at higher or lower rates than
anticipated by an investor may cause such investor to experience a lower than
anticipated yield or that an investor purchasing a security at a significant
premium might fail to recoup its initial investment under certain prepayment
scenarios.
There is also no assurance that any rating will remain in effect for
any given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by
the applicable rating agency in the future if in its judgment circumstances so
warrant. In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion in the
adequacy of the value of trust fund assets or any credit enhancement with
respect to a series, a rating might also be lowered or withdrawn because of,
among other reasons, an adverse change in the financial or other condition of a
credit enhancement provider or a change in the rating of the credit enhancement
provider's long-term debt.
The amount, type and nature of any credit enhancement established with
respect to a series of securities will be determined on the basis of criteria
established by each rating agency named in the related prospectus supplement.
These criteria are sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior of
mortgage loans in a larger group. Such analysis is often the basis upon which
each rating agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required with
respect to each class of securities. There can be no assurance that the
historical data supporting any such actuarial analysis will accurately reflect
future experience nor any assurance that the data derived from a large pool of
mortgage loans will accurately predict the delinquency, foreclosure or loss
experience of any particular pool of loans. No assurance can be given that
values of any properties have remained or will remain at their levels on the
respective dates of origination of the related loans. If residential real estate
markets should experience an overall decline in property values such that the
principal balances of the loans in a particular trust fund and any secondary
financing on the related properties become equal to or greater than the value of
those properties, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be
higher than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In
additional, adverse economic conditions (which may or may not affect real
property values) may affect the timely payment by borrowers of scheduled
payments of principal of and interest on the loans and, accordingly, the rates
of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with respect to any trust fund. To the
extent that
123
losses are not covered by credit enhancement, losses will be borne, at least in
part, by the holders of one or more classes of the securities of the related
series.
LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS
Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
securities will not constitute "mortgage-related securities" within the meaning
of the Secondary Market Mortgage Credit Enhancement Act of 1984, as amended.
Accordingly, investors whose investment authority is subject to legal
restrictions should consult their own legal advisors to determine whether and to
what extent the securities constitute legal investments for them.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
The depositor may offer each series of securities through Bear, Stearns
& Co. Inc. (BS&Co.) or one or more other firms that may be designated at the
time of the related offering. The participation of BS&Co. in any offering will
comply with Schedule E to the By-Laws of the National Association of securities
Dealers, Inc. The prospectus supplement relating to each series of securities
will set forth the specific terms of the offering of the series and of each
class within the series, the names of the underwriters, the purchase price of
the securities, the proceeds to the depositor from the sale, any securities
exchange on which the securities may be listed, and, if applicable, the initial
public offering prices, the discounts and commissions to the underwriters and
any discounts and concessions allowed or reallowed to dealers. The place and
time of delivery of each series of securities will also be set forth in the
related prospectus supplement. BS&Co. is an affiliate of the depositor.
124
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Agency Securities. Mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by
Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.
Asset Value. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus
supplement with respect to the primary assets in the trust fund, the product of
the Asset Value percentage set forth in the related indenture multiplied by the
lesser of
o the stream of remaining regularly scheduled payments in the primary
assets net of certain amounts payable as expenses, together with
income earned on each regularly scheduled payment received through
the day preceding the next distribution date at the Assumed
Reinvestment Rate, if any, discounted to present value at the
highest interest rate on the notes of the series over periods equal
to the interval between payments on the notes and
o the then outstanding principal balance of the primary assets.
Assumed Reinvestment Rate. With respect to a series of securities, the
highest rate permitted by the rating agencies named in the related prospectus
supplement or a rate insured by means of a surety bond, guaranteed investment
contract, reinvestment agreement or other arrangement satisfactory to the rating
agencies.
Home Equity Loans. Closed-end loans and/or revolving credit line loans
secured by mortgages, deeds of trust or other similar security instruments
creating senior or junior liens on one- to four-family residential properties or
mixed-use properties.
Home Improvement Contracts. Home Improvement installment sales
contracts and installment loan agreements which are either unsecured or secured
by mortgages, deeds of trust or similar security instruments creating generally
junior liens on one- to four-family residential properties or mixed-use
properties or secured by purchase money security interests in the related home
improvements.
Insurance Proceeds. Amounts received by the related servicer under any
title insurance policy, hazard insurance policy or other insurance policy
covering any primary asset in a trust fund, other than amounts to be applied to
the restoration or repair of the related property or released to the borrower
under the related agreement.
Liquidation Proceeds. Amounts received by the related servicer in
connection with the liquidation of the primary assets or related real property
in a trust fund, whether through foreclosure sale, repossession or otherwise,
including payments in connection with the primary assets received from the
borrower, other than amounts required to be paid or refunded to the borrower
under the applicable loan documents or pursuant to law, net of the related
liquidation expenses.
125
OID Regulations. Sections 1271 through 1275 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder on
February 2, 1994 and amended on June 11, 1996.
Manufactured Housing Contracts. Manufactured housing installment sales
contracts and installment loan agreements secured by senior or junior liens on
the related manufactured homes or secured by mortgages, deeds of trust or other
similar security instruments creating senior or junior liens on the real estate
on which the related manufactured homes are located.
Private Label Securities. Private mortgage-backed securities, other
than Agency Securities, backed or secured by underlying loans that may be
Residential Loans, Home Equity Loans, Home Improvement Contracts and/or
Manufactured Housing Contracts.
Residential Loans. Loans secured by mortgages, deeds of trust or other
similar security instruments creating senior or junior liens on one- to
four-family residential properties.
Restricted Group. The group consisting of the trustee, any underwriter,
the depositor, any servicer, any borrower whose obligations under one or more
mortgage loans constitute more than 5% of the aggregate unamortized principal
balance of the assets in the trust, any counterparty in a permitted notional
principal transaction, or any of their respective affiliates.
U.S. Person: Any of the following:
o a citizen or resident of the United States;
o a corporation or a partnership (including an entity treated as a
corporation or partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes)
organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any State
thereof or the District of Columbia (unless in the case of a
partnership Treasury regulations are adopted that provide
otherwise);
o an estate whose income from sources outside the United States is
includible in gross income for federal income tax purposes
regardless of its connection with the conduct of a trade or
business within the United States; or
o a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary supervision of the administration of the trust and one or
more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all substantial
decisions of the trust.
In addition, certain trusts which would not qualify as U.S. Persons under the
above definition but which are eligible to and make an election to be treated as
U.S. Persons will also be treated as U.S. Persons.
126
$433,693,000
(APPROXIMATE)
HOME EQUITY LOAN-BACKED NOTES,
SERIES 2002-1
IRWIN HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 2002-1
ISSUER
BEAR STEARNS ASSET BACKED SECURITIES, INC.
DEPOSITOR
IRWIN UNION BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
MASTER SERVICER
-------------------------
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
-------------------------
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
-------------------------
JUNE 11, 2002
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representation other than those contained in this prospectus supplement or the
prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representation must not
be relied upon. This prospectus supplement and the prospectus do not constitute
an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than
the notes offered hereby, nor an offer of the notes in any State or
jurisdiction in which, or to any person to whom, such offer would be unlawful.
The delivery of this prospectus supplement or the prospectus at any time does
not imply that information herein or therein is correct as of any time
subsequent to its date; however, if any material change occurs while this
prospectus supplement or the prospectus is required by law to be delivered,
this prospectus supplement or the prospectus will be amended or supplemented
accordingly.